Documents - Tips - Ibscbase Station Controller Radio Parameter Reference PDF

ZXG10 iBSC
Base Station Controller

Radio Parameter Reference
Version 6.20.21
ZTE CORPORATION
NO. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.China
Postcode: 518057
Tel: (86) 755 26771900
Fax: (86) 755 26770801
URL: http://ensupport.zte.com.cn
E-mail: support@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright 2010 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or distribution of
this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written consent of ZTE CORPO-
RATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by contractual confidentiality obligations.
All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE CORPORATION
or of their respective owners.
This document is provided as is, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions are dis-
claimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, title or non-in-
fringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the use of or reliance on the
information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications covering the subject
matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE CORPORATION and its licensee,
the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter herein.
ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.
Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information.
The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.
Revision History
Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason

R1.0 20100430 First edition
R1.1 20100530 Updated(In Chapter 1 Overview, the description of
"Change mode" in "The Format to Explain Parameters"
is updated.)
R1.2 20100620 Revise the parameter category based on DLD parameter
division results
R1.3 20100730 Add a field Impact on sevice for each parameters;
optimize description of some parameters
Mo Shenghua
Serial Number: SJ-20100414142254-017

Contents
About This Manual............................................. I

Overview ...........................................................1
Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters ............................... 1
Method of Modifying Radio Parameters .............................. 2
Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch........................... 6
The Format to Explain Parameters ...................................12
Precautions on Parameter Adjustment ..............................13
BSC Function Parameters ................................ 15
Radio Basic Property ......................................................15
DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt).......................16
Load indication allowed (LoadInd)................................17
Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg) ..........17
Inter-Cell handover allowed (InHoEnable) .....................18
Send assignment failure allowed (ExDRSendAss-
Fail).................................................................19
Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime) ....................20
Load indication period (LoadIndPrd) .............................21
Automatic resource indication threshold (Resour-
ceIndThs) .........................................................21
Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs) .............23
BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum) .................24
MR report enable (MrRptEnable) ..................................24
HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) .................25
Range of BARANG......................................................26
Other Parameters ..........................................................27
Length of super vision (LcsSuperVision)........................27
Length of radio (LcsRadio) ..........................................28
LCS wait intra BSS handover timer (LcsWaitIn-
TraHO) .............................................................29
Monitor physical context request (RmsT9108,
100ms) ............................................................30
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION I

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference
Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)....................30

Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst,
100ms) ............................................................31
Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting (TWaitRancsCleCom,
100ms) ............................................................32
Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer) ........................33
Get static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer,
100ms) ............................................................34
Starting time for oriented retry (RmsT10, 100ms)..........34
TFO Enable (TFOControl_0).........................................35
Codec type optimization enable (TFOControl_1).............36
Codec mismatch resolution enable (TFOControl_2) .........37
AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3) .......................37
External cell load notify (Info_0_0) ..............................38
Neighbor cell load valid duration (Info_0_1,10s) ............39
LMU build request deal or not (Info_1_0)......................39
MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1) ...........................40
Channel request reserved field deal or not
(Info_1_2)........................................................41
MS power hold in handover option (Info_0_9) ...............41
Level threshold of target cell (Info_0_10) .....................42
Channel Allocation Control Parameters .............................43
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)............................44
Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR (HRThs) .........45
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
(AmrHRThs)......................................................46
HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSup-
port)................................................................46
HR channel percentage threshold (HRTsPercent-
age) ................................................................47
User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold) ..........................48
Preferred speech version (PreferSpeechVer H) ...............49
Preferred speech version (PreferSpeedchVer F)..............50
Reserved channel first (RsvChanFirst) ..........................51
EMLPP channel reserved time (EMLPPThs, %) ................51
TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs) ........................52
Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %) .....................53
Maximum PS uplink user per TS (MaxPsUser-
PerTs_0)...........................................................54
II Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Maximum PS downlink user per TS (MaxPsUser-
PerTs_1)...........................................................54
Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
(ExUpDynSupport).............................................55
Timer 1 ........................................................................56
Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms) .......................56
Global resetting period (T4, 100ms) .............................57
Protection period for global resetting (T13, 100ms) .........58
Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms) .........59
Circuit group blocking/unblocking period (T20,
100ms) ............................................................60
RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101,
100ms) ............................................................60
Channel activation protection timer (RmsT9103,
100ms) ............................................................61
MSC clear command protection timer (T9104,
100ms) ............................................................62
SCCP connection protection timer (T9105, 100ms) .........63
Protective time waiting for access (RmsT1, 100ms) .........64
Protective time for applying to channel (RmsT2,
100ms) ............................................................65
Protective time for link establishment response
(RmsT3, 100ms) ...............................................66
Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS
COM (RmsT4, 100ms) ........................................66
Encryption mode modification time (RmsT5,
100ms) ............................................................67
SAPI3 link establishment time (RmsT6, 100ms) .............68
External handover protective time (RmsT8,
100ms) ............................................................69
Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous
disconnection (T3, 100ms)..................................70
Protective time that PO responses external handover
completion message (RmsT7, 100ms) ..................71
HBTS scan begin time (HBTSScanBT) ...........................72
HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) .......................72
Timer 2 ........................................................................73
Protective time for RF channel release (RmsT9,
100ms) ............................................................74
Queue period of assignment (RmsT11, 100ms)..............74
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION III

Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (RmsT12,

100ms) ............................................................75
Mode modification process time (RmsT13, 100ms) .........76
Protective time of UM assignment completion (RmsT14,
100ms) ............................................................77
Waiting time for oriented retry (RmsT16, 100ms) ..........78
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) ...............78
First overload period of flow traffic control (mT11,
100ms) ............................................................79
Second overload period of flow traffic control (mT12,
100ms) ............................................................80
Time of micro-micro handover delay (Tmicro,
100ms) ............................................................81
BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms) ...........................82
Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121,
100ms) ............................................................83
Immediate assignment period (RmsT3101,
100ms) ............................................................84
Handover period of source cell (RmsT3103,
100ms) ............................................................84
Assignment period (RmsT3107, 100ms) .......................85
Channel release period (RmsT3109, 100ms) .................86
Channel deactivation delay (RmsT3111, 100ms) ............87
Continue timer for mode modify (TModeModifyConn,
100ms) ............................................................88
Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7, 100ms) .........89
Time of destination instance waiting for available
resources when forced disconnection (RmsT15,
100ms) ............................................................90
Protecting time of FUC response to system message
broadcast (BcProtect, 100ms) .............................91
HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms) .........91
Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms) ............................92
GPRS Maximum Retrying Times .......................................93
MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax) ...................94
MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax) ............95
MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax) .................96
MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax) ......................97
MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax) ...............98
MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax) .....................99
IV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax) ................. 100
MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax) ................... 101
MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry
(UpdateMax)................................................... 102
Max times of PFC create retry (DownLoadBssPFC-
Max).............................................................. 103
Max times of PFC modify retry (ModifyBssPFC-
Max).............................................................. 103
GPRS Timer ................................................................ 104
BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms).......... 105
BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms) ...................... 106
Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms)........................ 107
Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms) ........................ 108
Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5,
100ms) .......................................................... 108
PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms) .................. 109
PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms)................ 110
BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms) ................... 111
MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms) ...................... 112
Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure (NS_T1,
100ms) .......................................................... 113
Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, 100
ms) ............................................................... 114
NC-cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, 100 ms) ......... 114
Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC (NS_T4,
100 ms) ......................................................... 115
Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5, 100 ms) ............. 116
TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms)................... 117
TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)............................... 118
TBF release time of downlink transmission (T3193,
10ms)............................................................ 119
TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195,
10ms)............................................................ 120
PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay,
100ms) .......................................................... 121
AMR Half Method Parameters ........................................ 122
AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs) .................... 122
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)........................... 123
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis) ............................ 124
Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM) .................................. 125
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION V

Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 126

Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) .............................. 127
AMR Full Method Parameters ......................................... 128
AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)...................... 128
Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds) ............................ 129
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis) ............................ 130
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM) .................................. 131
Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 132
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) .............................. 133
GPRS Other Parameters 1 ............................................. 134
Cn ......................................................................... 134
Nn......................................................................... 135
Xn ......................................................................... 137
Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink
data blocks (N3101) ........................................ 138
Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries (N3103) ......... 139
RLC/MAC control message (N3105) .................... 140
NACC support (NACCSupport) ................................... 141
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)............................... 142
Page coordination support (PagCoordination)............... 143
Satellite transmission at GB interface indication
(IsSatelliteGB) ................................................ 144
Extended RLC send window allowed (IsWindowEx-
pend)............................................................. 145
TBF establish support (TBF_EST) ............................... 145
Signal extended uplink TBF support (Signal_EU-
TBF) .............................................................. 146
Highest coding scheme of signal TBF (SigTBFMax-
Code) ............................................................ 147
Optimized POC service support (PocSupport)............... 148
Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS
(PocAttSelt_0)................................................. 148
Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS
(PocAttSelt_1)................................................. 149
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel0
(PSCapaThs_UL).............................................. 150
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel1
(PSCapaThs_DL) ............................................. 151
VI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms) ........................... 151
BVC Flow Control Parameters ........................................ 152
BVC flow control support (BVCFlowCtrl) ...................... 153
MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl) ......................... 154
Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode) ............................. 155
Parameter of flow control mode 1 (FlowC-
trlMode1Para) ................................................. 156
Parameter of flow control mode 2 (FlowC-
trlMode2Para) ................................................. 157
BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100
bps)............................................................... 157
MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100
bps)............................................................... 158
PFC flow control procedures support (PFCFlowC-
trl) ................................................................ 159
Coefficient of BVC bucket size (Info_2_0) ................... 160
Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16) ......................... 161
CBL in BVC/MS flow control (Info_1_9)....................... 161
FUC Flow Control Map Parameters.................................. 162
Flow Control Reason ................................................ 163
Emergency Call ....................................................... 164
Call Rebuilt ............................................................. 164
Call Response ......................................................... 165
Calling ................................................................... 166
Location Update ...................................................... 167
GPRS Access........................................................... 167
Restore .................................................................. 168
Flow control map slim adjust (bit).............................. 169
EDGE Parameters ........................................................ 169
PFC support (PFCSupport) ........................................ 170
R99 Ind (R99Ind) .................................................... 171
Enhanced radio status procedures support
(EnRadioStu) .................................................. 172
RS......................................................................... 173
RR......................................................................... 174
RA......................................................................... 174
RM ........................................................................ 175
RB......................................................................... 176
RG......................................................................... 176
RE ......................................................................... 177
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION VII

ABIS resource dynamic manage (Info_1_8) ................ 178

eMLPP Set .................................................................. 179
Strategy for preemption when assign (AssPreempt-
strategy) ........................................................ 179
Strategy for preemption when handover
(HoPreemptstrategy) ....................................... 180
Maximum forced handover times when assign
(AssForcedHoTry) ............................................ 181
Maximum forced handover times when handover
(HoForcedHoTry) ............................................. 181
Maximum forced release times when assign
(AssForcedRelTry) ............................................ 182
Maximum forced release times when handover
(HoForcedRelTry) ............................................. 183
Preemption duration when assign (AssPreempTimer,
100ms) .......................................................... 184
Preemption duration when handover (HoPreempTimer,
100ms) .......................................................... 184
Timer for start forced release when assign
(AssForceRelTimer) .......................................... 185
Timer for start forced release when handover
(HoForceRelTimer) ........................................... 186
Interval for search forced handover target when assign
(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms) ............................ 187
Interval for search forced handover target when
handover (HoForceHoInterval, 100ms) ............... 187
Interval for search forced release target when assign
(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)............................ 188
Interval for search forced release target when handover
(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)............................. 189
Queue timer for assign (RmsT11, 100ms) ................... 190
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) ............. 191
Queue indicate when assign (QueueIndAss) ................ 191
Queue allowed when handover (QueueIndHo) ............. 192
Forced release indicate when assign (PreemptionIn-
dAss) ............................................................. 193
Forced release allowed when handover (Preemp-
tionIndHo) ...................................................... 194
Forced handover indication for assign (ForcedHol-
ndAss) ........................................................... 194
VIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Forced handover indication for handover
(ForcedHolndHo) ............................................. 195
Wait resource timer after forced handover
(ForceHoWait, 100ms)...................................... 196
Wait resource timer after forced release (ForceRelWait,
100ms) .......................................................... 197
Enough low priority for preemption (LowestPrior-
ity) ................................................................ 197
Enough call duration for preemption........................... 198
Forced handover target penalty time (Force-
HoPenalty)...................................................... 199
Priority of emergency service (EmergServicelPrio) ......... 200
Ater Timer Parameters ................................................. 200
Ater wait SCCP connection timer (TAterWaitConn,
100ms) .......................................................... 201
Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms) .......... 202
Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel,
100ms) .......................................................... 203
Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO,
100ms) .......................................................... 203
Ater wait resource acknowledge timer (TWaitAterRe-
sAck, 100ms).................................................. 204
Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms)............... 205
Ater block circuit group timer (TAterBlkCicGrp,
100ms) .......................................................... 206
Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms)............... 206
Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms) ............................ 207
Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms) .................... 208
Ater block a interface circuit timer (TBIkACic,
100ms) .......................................................... 209
Ater block a interface circuit group timer (TBIkACicGrp,
100ms) .......................................................... 209
External Cell Parameters ............................... 211
GERAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 211
External cell ID ....................................................... 212
Cell type (CellType).................................................. 213
MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 213
MNC (MNC)............................................................. 214
Frequency band (FreqBand) ...................................... 215
BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn) ..................................... 216
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION IX

LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 216

CI ......................................................................... 217
NCC....................................................................... 218
BCC ....................................................................... 219
GPRS service support (PsSupport) ............................. 219
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0, 2db) ..................... 221
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1, 2db) ..................... 222
Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0,
db) ................................................................ 223
Cell reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_1,
db) ................................................................ 224
Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0,
10s) .............................................................. 225
10s) .............................................................. 225
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0) ........................................ 226
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1) ........................................ 227
Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_0) ................ 228
Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_1) ................ 229
HCS priority (PrioClass_0) ........................................ 230
Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)........................ 231
Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2) ............................ 232
LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 233
RAC (RAC).............................................................. 233
Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_0)................ 234
Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_1)................ 236
Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMax-
CCH_0) .......................................................... 237
Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMax-
CCH_1) .......................................................... 238
UTRAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 239
External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)..................................... 240
UTRAN cell type (CellType3G).................................... 241
MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 242
MNC (MNC)............................................................. 242
UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G) ................................ 243
LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 244
RNC ID (RNC_ID) .................................................... 245
C ID (C_ID) ............................................................ 246
X Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Scrambling code or cell parameter (ScCodeCell-
Para) ............................................................. 246
TX diversity indication (DiverSity) .............................. 247
RAC (RAC).............................................................. 248
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G) ........... 249
Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD).............................. 250
Cell Parameters ............................................. 251
Basic Parameters 1 ...................................................... 251
BTS ID (BtsId) ........................................................ 252
Cell type (CellType).................................................. 253
MCC (MCC) ............................................................. 254
MNC (MNC)............................................................. 254
LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 255
CI (CI) ................................................................... 256
NCC (NCC) ............................................................. 257
BCC (BCC).............................................................. 258
Frequency band (FreqBand) ...................................... 258
Subcell used (SubCellUsed)....................................... 259
Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand) .................. 260
ARFCN list (CaArfcnList) ........................................... 261
GPRS service support (PsSupport) ............................. 262
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable).......................... 262
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCell-
DynHRPara) .................................................... 263
CBC support (SmsCbUsed) ....................................... 264
Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %) ............................ 265
PS busy threshold (Info_1_16) .................................. 266
Use cell AMR parameter (UseCellAMRParam) ............... 266
Common control channel configuration (Ccch-
Conf) ............................................................. 267
Template file ........................................................... 269
TA maximum (TaMax) .............................................. 270
TA minimum (TaMin) ................................................ 271
TA allowed (TaAllowed)............................................. 272
CCCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s) ......... 272
Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s).......... 273
Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s) ........... 274
Multi-band report indication (MulbandReport) .............. 275
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XI

Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access

(RachAccessMin, -db)....................................... 277
CCCH load indication (RACH) (Cc-
chLoadINDThs_0) ............................................ 278
CCCH load indication (PAGCH) (CcchLoa-
dINDThs_1) .................................................... 278
8PSK modulating power attenuation level
(Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db) .................................... 279
Repeated ACCH support (RepeatACCH)....................... 280
Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff) ......................... 281
Switch flag of cell TRX power off (StartTRX-
PowerOff) ....................................................... 281
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR) ................................. 282
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)................................. 283
AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode) ...................... 284
AMR codec adjust interval (AmrAdjInterval,
480ms) .......................................................... 284
HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSup-
port).............................................................. 285
Idle FR threshold For HR defrag (Info_0_8, %) ............ 286
Busy threshold for HR defrag (Info_1_24, %) .............. 287
Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage) ....................... 288
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
(AmrHRThs).................................................... 288
FR-HR handover based on cell load (FRThrHoSup-
port).............................................................. 289
Start PA output voltage tuning (Info_0_0) .................. 290
NCC permitted (NccPermitted)................................... 291
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH
(AvgSlots) ...................................................... 292
RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
(RachBusyThs) ................................................ 293
Overload sending period (OverloadPrd, s) ................... 294
BA show (BcchBaInd)............................................... 295
MIN received signal level to access (RxLevAccess-
Min)............................................................... 296
XII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

MAX number of re-transmitting events times
(MRetrans) ..................................................... 297
Number of slots to spread transmission
(TxInteger)..................................................... 298
Control channel MAX power level
(MsTxPwrMaxCch) ........................................... 300
Number of multi-frames of the PCH (BsPaMframs) ......... 301
Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message
(T3105d, 10ms) .............................................. 302
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105f,
10ms)............................................................ 303
MAX resending times for physical information
(NY1)............................................................. 304
Number of blocks reserved for AGCH (BsAg-
BlkRes) .......................................................... 305
Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch channel (T200_0,
5ms).............................................................. 306
Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel
(T200_1, 5ms) ................................................ 306
Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel
(T200_2, 5ms) ................................................ 307
Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with tch sapi0
channel (T200_3, 10ms) .................................. 308
Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel
(T200_4, 10ms) .............................................. 309
Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel
(T200_5, 5ms) ................................................ 309
channel (T200_6, 10ms) .................................. 310
Optional Parameters .................................................... 311
Early category classmark sending control (ECSC) ......... 311
IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed)............... 312
Cell bar access (CellBarAccess).................................. 313
Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish)............ 314
Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed
(DtxDwlink) .................................................... 315
Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxU-
plinkBcch) ...................................................... 316
Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall) .................... 317
Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify) ................................. 318
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XIII

Access Control (AccessControl).................................. 319

HBTS proofread support (HBTSScanSupport) ............... 320
RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)........................................ 321
Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support) ............... 322
Range of HBTS BARANG ........................................... 322
Cell Selection Parameters ............................................. 323
Additional reselection parameter indication
(AdditionReselPI)............................................. 324
Cell reselection parameter indication (CellRe-
selPI)............................................................. 325
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset, 2db)..................... 326
Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB).................. 328
Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s) ................................ 329
Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis,
2dB) .............................................................. 330
New setup cause indication (NECI)............................. 331
Power offset indication (PowerOffsetInd)..................... 332
Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db) ................................ 333
Service Process Additional Parameters............................ 334
Directed retry indication (DrInd_0) ............................ 335
Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1) ..................... 336
Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0).................. 337
Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1).............. 337
Preemption allowed when assign (Preemp-
tionInd_0) ...................................................... 338
Preemption allowed when handover (Preemp-
tionInd_1) ...................................................... 339
When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0) ......... 340
When handover forced handover (Forced-
HoInd_1)........................................................ 341
Number of candidate cells for handover
(CandidateNum) .............................................. 341
Fast average indication (FastAvg)............................... 342
BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch) .......................... 343
SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed (CanSdcch-
Dyn) .............................................................. 344
Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %).............. 345
Base-band hopping TRX exchange support
(Info_0_3)...................................................... 345
XIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call
(FacchCallInd_0) ............................................. 346
Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond
(FacchCallInd_1) ............................................. 347
Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2) ............. 348
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH (FacchCall-
Ind_3) ........................................................... 348
System Parameters...................................................... 349
Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd) .............. 350
Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0 ~
InterfBoundary_5) ........................................... 351
Radio link timeout on MS side (MsRadioLKTmOut) ......... 352
Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion) ................ 353
Radio link timeout on BSS side (BsRadioLKT-
mOut)............................................................ 354
Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs).......................... 355
Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs) ..................... 356
Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd) ......... 357
Other Parameters ........................................................ 358
Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)......................... 359
Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs) ........................... 360
Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs)............... 360
Frequency offset Correct support (Info_0_1) ............... 361
Max power on handover Command support
(Info_0_2)...................................................... 362
MR Report Time Bmp (MrRptTimeBmp)....................... 363
Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode) ................ 364
Channel Select Strategy ........................................... 364
GPRS Basic Parameters ................................................ 365
SGSN ID (SGSNID).................................................. 366
NSEI (NSEI) ........................................................... 367
BVCI (BVCI) ........................................................... 368
RAC (RAC).............................................................. 369
UPU unit (UpuUnit) .................................................. 370
DSP No. (DSP) ........................................................ 370
Additional reselect parameter indictor (Ad-
dResPI2) ........................................................ 372
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate) ............................ 373
Route area color code (RaColor) ................................ 374
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XV

Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs) .............. 375

Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr) .................. 376
Packet System Information Send Speed
(SendSpeed)................................................... 377
Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s) ......... 378
Link error counter (RLTimeout).................................. 378
PRACH receive signal level threshold (Prach-
BusyT) ........................................................... 379
Average measuring bursts number on PRACH
(MeaAvgSlot) .................................................. 380
Buffer threshold of paging message (PccchIndTh_0,
%) ................................................................ 381
Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period
(PccchIndTh_1, %) .......................................... 382
PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2,
%) ................................................................ 383
DTM support (DTMSupport)....................................... 384
Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame (GttpLapdm-
Num) ............................................................. 385
CCN mode support (CCNActive) ................................. 386
Cell support system message status flow
(SIStatusInd).................................................. 386
Allow SOLSA MS to access (Exc_Acc) ......................... 387
CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support (SpgcSuport) ................ 388
Extended paging support (EpageMode)....................... 389
PSI status support (PsiStatInd) ................................. 389
Cell support extendable uplink TBF (Ext_UTBF)............ 390
Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms) ......................... 391
Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)...................... 392
Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms) ............... 393
Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP
(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal) ...................................... 394
Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlinks RRBP
(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal) .................................... 394
Interval number of GPRS TBF uplinks ACK
(GPRSUIAckInterVal)........................................ 395
Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplinks ACK
(EGPRSUIAckInterVal)...................................... 396
Single Block Assign Offset (SBAssOffset) .................... 397
XVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime) ......................... 397
Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod,
ms) ............................................................... 398
Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s) ........... 399
PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer) .................................. 399
Selective granularity (USFGranularity) ........................ 400
Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
(ExUpDynSupport)........................................... 401
ABIS time slots reserved for packet service
(Info_1_0)...................................................... 402
The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user (Info_1_8) ......... 403
GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
(Info1_1_4) .................................................... 404
C/I (Sc) ................................................................. 405
ARP (Sa) ................................................................ 406
THP (St)................................................................. 407
PS queuing support (PsQueueInd) ............................. 408
Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum) ............... 409
PS preemption support (PsPreemptionInd) .................. 410
3G NACC support (Support3GCCN) ............................ 410
PS prompt CS support (PSPrmpCSSupport) ................. 411
Max resource for POC service (POCSrcThs,%).............. 412
Transform from uplink delay to extend
(Info1_1_16) .................................................. 413
Max Num of resend packet assignment
(Info1_1_8) .................................................... 414
Resource adjust for CS preempt (Info1_1_17) ............. 415
Subcell selection of PS channel allocation
(PSALLOCSC_0) .............................................. 416
Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 1
(PSALLOCSC_1) .............................................. 417
Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 2
(PSALLOCSC_2) .............................................. 418
GPRS Cell Options Parameters ....................................... 419
T3168 .................................................................... 420
T3192 .................................................................... 420
T3142(s) ................................................................ 421
T3172(s) ................................................................ 422
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s).................... 423
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XVII

MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax) ........... 424

Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCK-
Type) ............................................................. 425
Access burst type (AccessType) ................................. 426
N3102 decrease step (PanDec) .................................. 426
N3102 increase step (PanInc) ................................... 427
N3102 MAX (PanMax) .............................................. 428
GPRS Phone Init Coding ........................................... 429
GPRS phones init code can be changed
(InitAttachExch_0)........................................... 430
GPRS NC Survey Parameters......................................... 431
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)................................ 432
Packet transmission mode (NcRerPerT, s).................... 432
Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder) ......... 433
Network control order (CtrlOrder) .............................. 434
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)............ 435
Extended measurement report order
(ExMeaOrder) ................................................. 436
Type of extended measurement report (ExtRep-
Type) ............................................................. 437
Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer,
s) .................................................................. 438
The size of test report's slip window (Wnd) ................. 439
Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window
(AllowedRepNum) ............................................ 439
GPRS Power Control Parameters .................................... 440
Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W,
s) .................................................................. 441
Filter period in packet transmission mode (T_AVG_T,
s) .................................................................. 442
PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send) .................................. 443
Power control measurement channel
(PcMeasChan) ................................................. 444
Power control parameter (Alpha) ............................... 444
Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I) ................. 445
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters.................................. 446
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0, 2db) ................. 447
Cell reselection offset2 (ReselOffset_1, 2db) ............... 448
Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0,
db) ................................................................ 449
XVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Temporary offset of cell reselection2 (TempOffset_1,
db) ................................................................ 450
10s) .............................................................. 451
Penalty time of cell reselection2 (PenalTime_1,
10s) .............................................................. 452
Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_Resel_0,
s) .................................................................. 453
Interval of reselecting the same cell2 (T_Resel_1,
s) .................................................................. 454
Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_Thr_0) ................. 454
Threshold of HCS signal level2 (HCS_Thr_1) ............... 455
HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)....................................... 457
C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0) .................................... 458
C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1) .................................. 458
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0, db) ......... 459
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2 (ReselHys_1,
db) ................................................................ 461
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0,
db) ................................................................ 462
Routing reselection hysteresis2 (RaReselHys_1,
db) ................................................................ 463
Random access attempt permitted
(RadAcRetry_0)............................................... 464
Random access attempt permitted2
(RadAcRetry_1)............................................... 465
Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual_0) .............. 466
Usage of cell reselection offset2 (C32_Qual_1) ............ 466
GPRS access minimum signal level1 (RxLevAs-
Min_0) ........................................................... 467
GPRS access minimum signal level2 (RxLevAs-
Min_1) ........................................................... 468
Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)................................. 469
HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0) .......................................... 470
HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1) ........................................ 471
GPRS MAX initial access signal level1 (MsTxMax-
Cch_0) ........................................................... 472
GPRS MAX initial access signal level2 (MsTxMax-
Cch_1) ........................................................... 473
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XIX

LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 474

LSA offset (LSA_Offset) ............................................ 475
GPRS Channel Parameters ............................................ 476
PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes) ........................... 476
PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks) ........................... 477
PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks) ............................ 478
Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)........... 479
Interval period of packet access attempt (S) ............... 480
MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans) .......................... 481
Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass) ............................ 481
Access Persist Level (PersistLev)................................ 482
Subscriber occupying other preference channel support
(HybridOccuSupp) ........................................... 483
PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel
support (AllowPsMove) ..................................... 484
CS subscriber moving support (AllowCsMove).............. 485
Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
(SfPreferBusyThs) ........................................... 486
Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
(OpPreferBusyThs) .......................................... 487
PS channel expand (Info1_1_18) ............................... 487
Idle TCH threshold for PS channel expand (Info1_1_24,
%) ................................................................ 488
EDGE Parameters ........................................................ 489
EGPRS packet channel request access program support
(EgprsPacketChreq) ......................................... 490
Uplink LA+IR quality control support (IrSup-
portUp) .......................................................... 491
Take Preemptive transmit bit function (Preemptive-
Trans) ............................................................ 492
Average filter period for uplink BEP (BEPperiodUp) ......... 493
Average filter period for downlink BEP (BEPperiod-
Down)............................................................ 493
EGPRS phone quality measure mode
(LinkQuameaMode).......................................... 494
EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
(Info1_1_0) .................................................... 495
EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt) ............... 496
EGPRS phones init code can be changed
(InitAttachExch_1)........................................... 497
XX Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Cell Object Parameters.................................. 499
TRX Parameters .......................................................... 499
TRX Information Parameters ..................................... 499
TRX ID (TrxId)................................................ 500
Sub cell ID (SubCellId) .................................... 501
TRX type (TrxType) ......................................... 502
Priority (TrxPriority)......................................... 503
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) ................... 503
Static power level (PwRreduction) ..................... 504
Power level (PowerClass) ................................. 505
Support FHS................................................... 505
BhGroupId ..................................................... 506
FhsID ............................................................ 507
Frequency...................................................... 508
Channel Information Parameters................................ 509
Channel ID..................................................... 509
TS Channel Combination .................................. 510
TSC............................................................... 512
MAIO............................................................. 513
Dynamic TS.................................................... 514
Ps Service Preference Property ......................... 514
PDCH Precedence............................................ 515
TSC............................................................... 516
PDCH ............................................................ 516
PS service preference ...................................... 517
Dynamic TS.................................................... 518
IP Parameters ......................................................... 518
BIPB Unit ....................................................... 519
DSP Sunit ...................................................... 520
DspMarkSeq................................................... 520
Port No. ......................................................... 521
Panel Parameters..................................................... 522
TRX mode ...................................................... 522
Delay count.................................................... 523
IRC ............................................................... 524
Support antenna hop....................................... 525
Power Control Parameters............................................. 525
Power Control Parameters......................................... 525
Uplink rapid power control indication
(UlRapidPcInd) .................................... 526
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXI

Downlink rapid power control indication

(DlRapidPcInd) .................................... 527
Power Control PwrDesrLimit.............................. 528
Power Survey Parameters ......................................... 529
Report period of measurement for power control
(PwrCtrlReportPrd) ............................... 529
Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWin-
dow) .................................................. 530
Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight) .................. 531
Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWin-
dow) .................................................. 532
Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight) .............. 533
Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWin-
dow) .................................................. 534
Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight).............. 534
Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWin-
dow) .................................................. 535
Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight) ......... 536
Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .................... 537
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevTh-
sThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP), and
Value N (PcULInclLevThsN).................... 538
Increase downlink level Threshold
(PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value P
(PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N
(PcDLInclLevThsN) ............................... 539
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevTh-
sThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP), and
Value N (PcULRedLevThsN) ................... 540
Decrease downlink level Threshold
(PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value P
(PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N
(PcDLRedLevThsN) ............................... 541
Increase uplink quality Threshold
(PcULInclQualThsThs), Value P
(PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N
(PcULInclQualThsN).............................. 542
Increase downlink quality Threshold
(PcDLInclQualThsThs), Value P
XXII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

(PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N
(PcDLInclQualThsN) ............................. 543
Decrease uplink quality Threshold
(PcULRedQualThsThs), Value P
(PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N
(PcULRedQualThsN) ............................. 544
Decrease downlink quality Threshold
(PcDLRedQualThsThs), Value P
(PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N
(PcDLRedQualThsN) ............................. 545
Other Parameters .................................................... 545
Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db) ............. 546
Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)............ 547
Uplink power control allowed (PwrCon-
trolUl) ................................................ 547
Downlink power control allowed (PwrCon-
trolDl) ................................................ 548
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax) ............... 549
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)................. 550
MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin) ................. 551
MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnter-
val) .................................................... 551
GPRS Power Control Parameters ................................ 552
Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)........... 553
Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl) ............ 554
Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl) ......... 554
Downlink power control mode (PwC-
trlMode) ............................................. 555
Power control level (PwCtrlLev) ......................... 556
Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode
(P0, 2db) ............................................ 557
Handover Control Parameters........................................ 557
Handover Pretreatment Parameters............................ 558
Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAl-
lowed)................................................ 558
Uplink power level Sample count
(HoUlLevWindow) ................................ 559
Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight) ......... 560
Downlink power level Sample count
(HoDlLevWindow) ................................ 561
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXIII

Downlink power level Weight

(HoDlLevWeight).................................. 562
Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWin-
dow) .................................................. 563
Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight) ............. 564
Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWin-
dow) .................................................. 565
Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight) ......... 565
Distance (DistanceWindow) .............................. 566
Neighboring cell (NCellWindow) ........................ 567
Handover Threshold Parameters ................................ 568
Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),
Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P
(HoUlLevP).......................................... 568
Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),
Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P
(HoDlLevP) ......................................... 569
Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),
Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P
(HoUlQualP) ........................................ 571
Downlink receive quality Threshold
(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),
Value P (HoDlQualP) ............................. 572
Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value
N (IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P
(IntraHoUlLevP) ................................... 573
Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value
N (IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P
(IntraHoDlLevP)................................... 574
Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N
(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)................ 575
Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),
Value P (BadCiP) .................................. 576
Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value
N (RapidHoN) ...................................... 577
Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / Value P
(DistanceP) ......................................... 578
PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P
(PBGTHoP) .......................................... 578
Handover Condition Parameters................................. 579
XXIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Max time advance threshold between MS and
BTS (DistanceThs)................................ 580
MIN interval between inter-cell handover
(HoMinInterval, s) ................................ 581
Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty) ............ 582
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal
level/quality (LayerPriority) ................... 582
Handover to same layer other band
neighbor cell for PBGT permitted
(PbgtHoLayer_0).................................. 584
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer
relation for PBGT permitted
(PbgtHoLayer_1).................................. 584
Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGT
permitted (PbgtHoLayer_2) ................... 585
Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGT
permitted (PbgtHoLayer_3) ................... 586
Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0) ......................... 586
Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1) ....................... 587
Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2) .......... 588
Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3).................... 588
Downlink rapid handover threshold
(DLRapidHoThs)................................... 589
Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN) .......... 590
Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed
(DLRapidHoOffset_0)............................ 591
Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed
Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed
Downlink rapid handover enable (HoCon-
trol_23) .............................................. 593
Handover Control Parameters.................................... 594
Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0) ............... 594
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink
interference (HoControl_1).................... 595
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlink
interference (HoControl_2).................... 596
Allow handover due to distance (HoCon-
trol_3)................................................ 596
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXV

Allow standard PBGT handover (HoCon-

trol_4)................................................ 597
Allow automatic handover based on traffic
(HoControl_5) ..................................... 598
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX
channel due to downlink interference
(HoControl_8) ..................................... 598
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX
channel due to uplink interference
(HoControl_9) ..................................... 599
Allow adjacent cells handover in super
TRX channel due to PBGT
(HoControl_10).................................... 600
Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
(HoControl_11).................................... 600
Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12) ................ 601
Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
(HoControl_13).................................... 602
Allow Micro-Micro delay handover
(HoControl_14).................................... 602
Allow force transfer handover (HoCon-
trol_16) .............................................. 603
Allow quality handover in uplink (HoCon-
trol_19) .............................................. 604
Allow level handover in uplink (HoCon-
trol_20) .............................................. 604
Allow quality handover in downlink
(HoControl_21).................................... 605
Allow level handover in downlink
(HoControl_22).................................... 606
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to
Micro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio) ................ 606
C/I Limited Handover Support (HoCon-
trol_24) .............................................. 607
Penalty time for handover failure
(HoFailPenalTime) ................................ 608
Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOff-
set).................................................... 609
PBGT difference (PbgtOffset) ............................ 610
XXVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Layer control value for handover on traffic
(TrafficHoLayrCtl)................................. 611
Frequency control value for handover on traffic
(TrafficHoFreqCtl)................................. 612
Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs,
%) ..................................................... 612
Lag time for PBGT between different layers
(PbgtHoParam_0,s) .............................. 613
Level offset for PBGT to up layer
(PbgtHoParam_1) ................................ 614
Level offset for PBGT to low layer
(PbgtHoParam_2) ................................ 614
The threshold for starting PBGT handover
(PbgtHoStartThs) ................................. 615
Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStart-
Ths) ................................................... 616
Hysteresis timer when traffic handover
(TrafficHysteresisTm, s) ........................ 617
Handover Algorithm Parameters ................................ 617
Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs) .......... 618
Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOff-
set).................................................... 619
Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSe-
tUl) .................................................... 619
Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl) ......... 620
Downlink interference quality offset
(QOffsetDl) ......................................... 621
Downlink interference level offset
(SOffSetDl) ......................................... 622
Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo) ............... 623
MAX count of invalid intra-handover
(MaxiHo) ............................................ 624
MAX path loss threshold on force handover
(MaxLossThs) ...................................... 625
MAX time advance threshold on force handover
(MaxTaThs) ......................................... 627
N value of force handover (HoForceN)................ 628
P value of force handover (HoForceP) ................ 629
Subcell Parameters .................................................. 631
Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset) ........... 631
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXVII

The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax).................. 632

The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin) ................... 632
The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax) .......... 633
The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin) ........... 634
N value of subcell handover (SubCellN) .............. 634
P value of subcell handover (SubcellP) ............... 635
Subcell handover algorithm (HoCon-
trol_17) .............................................. 636
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ............................. 637
Basic Properties 1 .................................................... 637
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover
failure (HoFailPenalTm3G) ..................... 637
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No
or RSCP average value to be zero
(HoWindow3G) .................................... 638
Number that measurement value allowed to be
zero (ZeroAllowed3G) ........................... 639
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo) ........................... 640
FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)..................... 641
Threshold for load sharing (Load-
HoRSCPThsFDD) .................................. 641
Ec/No threshold when handover from
GSM to 3G for load sharing
(LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)........................... 642
RSCP threshold when handover from
GSM to TDD for load sharing
(LoadHoRSCPThsTDD) .......................... 643
Basic Properties 2 .................................................... 644
Inter system handover supported
(InterSysHoCtrl) .................................. 645
Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed
(InterSysHoCtrl) .................................. 646
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP
Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD) .................. 646
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value
N (HoRSCP_N_FDD) ............................. 647
P (HoRSCP_P_FDD) .............................. 648
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No
Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)................... 649
XXVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value
N (HoEcNo_N_FDD).............................. 649
P (HoEcNo_P_FDD) .............................. 650
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP
Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD) .................. 651
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value
N (HoRSCP_N_TDD) ............................. 651
P (HoRSCP_P_TDD).............................. 652
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ..................................... 653
Basic Properties 1 Parameters ................................... 653
Channel location of si2quater broadcast
(SI2QuaterPos).................................... 654
CS measurement type reported by UE
(ReportTypeCS) ................................... 655
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN
cell reselection (Qsearch_I) ................... 656
Threshold when UE performs search under
specialized mode (Qsearch_C) ............... 656
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c
before UE receiving qsearch_C
(QsearchCInit)..................................... 657
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in
report (SvrBandRprtCS) ........................ 658
Max number of GSM neighbor cells
(IndexStartEMR) .................................. 659
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN
adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)................ 659
MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
(FDD_Qmin)........................................ 660
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent
cells in measurement report
(FDDMulRatrrptCS) .............................. 661
FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)................. 662
A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD
cell re-selection (FDD_RSCPmin)............ 663
Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value
(FDD_Qmin_Offset).............................. 664
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXIX

Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change

message early (ECSC_3G)..................... 664
Basic Properties 2 Parameters ................................... 665
CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
(ReportRateCS) ................................... 666
CS multiband report indication (MulBndR-
prtCS) ................................................ 667
CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV
value (ScaleOrdCS) .............................. 668
TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset) ................ 669
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent
(TDDMulRatRrptCS).............................. 669
CS UE report invalid cell level allowed
(InvldBSICRprtCS) ............................... 670
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in
BSIC decoding frame indication
(SearchPrioCS3G) ................................ 671
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset (RprtOffsetCS850) ...................... 672
Threshold (RprtThoCS850) .................... 672
Offset (RprtOffsetCS900) ...................... 673
Threshold (RprtThoCS900) .................... 674
Offset (RprtOffsetCS1800) .................... 675
Threshold (RprtThoCS1800) .................. 676
Offset (RprtOffsetCS1900) .................... 676
Threshold (RprtThoCS1900) .................. 677
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)...................... 678
Threshold (FDDRprtThoCS) ................... 679
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS) ..................... 680
XXX Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Threshold (TDDRprtThoCS) ................... 680
GPRS Parameters 1.................................................. 681
PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV
value (ScaleOrdPS) .............................. 682
PS measurement type reported by UE
(ReportTypePS) ................................... 683
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in
report (SvrBandRprtPS) ........................ 684
PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
(ReportRatePS).................................... 685
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS
UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P) ........................ 685
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoff-
set).................................................... 686
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoff-
set).................................................... 687
PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
(FDD_QminPS) .................................... 688
Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_Off-
setPS) ................................................ 689
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell
(FDD_RSCPminPS) ............................... 690
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP
(FDDRprtTho2PS) ................................ 690
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent
cells (FDDRepQntPS) ............................ 691
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent
(FDDMulRatRrptPS) .............................. 692
PS multiband report indication (MulBndR-
prtPS) ................................................ 693
TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS) ............ 694
GPRS Parameters 2.................................................. 695
PS UE report invalid cell level allowed
(InvldBSICRprtPS) ............................... 695
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding
frame indication (SearchPrioPS3G) ......... 696
Reselect priority control of 2G/3G
(ServiceCC)......................................... 697
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXI


Offset (RprtOffsetPS850) ...................... 698
Threshold (RprtThoPS850) .................... 698
Offset (RprtOffsetPS900) ...................... 699
GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level
Threshold (RprtThoPS900) .................... 700
Offset (RprtOffsetPS1800)..................... 701
Threshold (RprtThoPS1800)................... 702
Offset (RprtOffsetPS1900)..................... 702
Threshold (RprtThoPS1900)................... 703
Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS) ...................... 704
threshold (FDDRprtThoPS) .................... 705
Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)...................... 706
threshold (TDDRprtThoPS) .................... 706
Adjacent Cell Parameters .............................................. 707
Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters ........................ 707
Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId) ................... 708
Related cell DN (RelationDN) ............................ 709
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 709
Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID
(HoResObjectId) .................................. 710
Priority of handover (Hopriority)........................ 711
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax) ............... 712
Min power level for handover access
(RxLevMin) ......................................... 712
Min threshold of signal level for handover on
PBGT (HoMarginPbgt) ........................... 714
power level (HoMarginRxLev) ................ 715
XXXII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

quality (HoMarginRxQual) ..................... 715
Max level difference of force handover
(MaxForceHoDiff) ................................. 716
Handover force resource threshold
(HoForceResThs).................................. 717
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer) .................... 718
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS) ......... 719
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 720
Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTraf-
ficThs) ................................................ 721
Handover threshold from macro to micro
(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm) ...................... 722
Counter of handover threshold from macro to
micro (MacroMicroHon) ......................... 722
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir) ........... 723
Related cell DN ............................................... 724
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell) ............................ 724
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoFor-
ceNcell) .............................................. 725
CCN supported (CCNSupport) ........................... 726
The number of C/I limited cell (CILimited-
Num) ................................................. 727
The objectID list of C/I limited cell .................... 727
The threshold list of C/I limited cell ................... 728
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters............................ 729
Adjacent cell handover object ID
(HoObjectId) ....................................... 730
Priority of handover (HoPriority)........................ 731
Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)................ 732
Min power level for handover access
(RxLevMin) ......................................... 732
PBGT (HoMarginPbgt) ........................... 734
power level (HoMarginRxLev) ................ 735
quality (HoMarginRxQual) ..................... 735
(MaxForceHoDiff) ................................. 736
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXIII


(HoForceResThs).................................. 737
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer) .................... 738
ficThs) ................................................ 740
(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm) ...................... 741
Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro to
Micro (MacroMicroHoN) ......................... 741
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir) ........... 742
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell) ............................ 743
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoFor-
ceNcell) .............................................. 743
Related cell DN ............................................... 744
Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ......................... 745
Adjacent cell reselection object ID
(ReSelObjectId) ................................... 745
Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)............. 746
Related cell DN ............................................... 747
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 748
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection
object ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)................ 749
RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
(HoRSCPOffset3G) ............................... 749
Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
(HoEcNoOffset3G) ................................ 750
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 752
ficThs) ................................................ 754
Relation DN.................................................... 754
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ................. 755
UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId) ........................ 756
RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G) ........... 756
Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G) ........... 757
XXXIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

ficThs) ................................................ 759
Relation DN.................................................... 760
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters............... 761
Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID
(S3GrsObjectId) .................................. 761
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS) ......... 762
Relation DN.................................................... 764
Frequency Hopping System Parameters .......................... 764
Frequency hopping No. (FhsId) ................................. 765
Hopping sequence No. (HSN) .................................... 766
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode) ................... 767
Hopping group ID (BhGroupId).................................. 767
MA Frequency List Number (MaFreqNum) ................... 768
System Control Parameters ........................... 771
Operation Control Parameters ....................................... 771
Assign query enable (AssQueEnable).......................... 772
Internal redirection enable (InDrEnable) ..................... 773
Outer redirection enable (OutDrEnable) ...................... 774
Assign preemption enable (AssPreEmpt) ..................... 774
BSC intracell handover enable (HoIntraEnable) ............ 775
BSC intercell handover enable (HoInterEnable)............ 776
BSC outer handover enable (HoOutEnable) ................. 777
SDCCH handover enable (ShoEnable)......................... 777
TCH/F handover enable (TfHoEnable) ......................... 778
TCH/H handover enable (ThHoEnable) ........................ 779
Handover queue enable (HoQueEnable) ...................... 779
Handover preemption enable (HoPreEmpt).................. 780
Handover check arithmetic choose (HoA) .................... 781
Handover request response (HoAck) .......................... 782
Force FACCH (FacchOnly) ......................................... 782
Continuum handover trigger (HoTrigger)..................... 783
Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd) ............................ 784
Local cell position number (LAC) ................................ 785
Local cell identification (CI)....................................... 785
Outer cell target number (OutCellNum) ...................... 786
Outer cell position number 1 (OutLAC1)...................... 787
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXV

Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1).................................... 789

Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1) ........................................... 791
Outer RNC 2 (OutRNC2) ........................................... 792
Outer RNC 3 (OutRNC3) ........................................... 792
Old BSS to new BSS information (OldToneWctrl) .......... 793
Access Control (AccessCtrl)....................................... 794
Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt) ........................... 795
Handout queue sign (HandOutQueInd) ....................... 795
Send cell prefer indication (SendCellPreferInd) ............ 796
IPA AMR start mode (IpaAMRStartMode)..................... 797
TDD cell handover enable (TdHoEnable) ..................... 797
Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC
HO with IPA (InBscHoSendHoDet)...................... 798
ICM optimize when intra BSC handover
(AmrHoOpt_0) ................................................ 799
ICM optimize when inter BSC handover
(AmrHoOpt_1) ................................................ 800
FUC Parameters .......................................................... 801
Use system message method when MSC overload or
link block (MSCSysInfoFlc) ................................ 802
Start system message method (CPUSysInfoFlc) ........... 803
Start system message method, start limit(%)
(CPUSysInfoCTLCPU) ....................................... 804
Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)............................. 805
Start limit of FUC flow control (CPUFucCtlCPU, %) ......... 805
The maximum control level for MSC overload or link
block (MSCFlcMaxLevel) ................................... 806
Handover Parameters of BCCH ...................................... 807
Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)................................... 808
Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH) ........................................... 808
BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay) .............................. 809
BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx) .............................. 810
Delay of TRX forcible release (TrxRel) ......................... 811
The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover
(MaxChangeProc) ............................................ 812
Handover Parameters of SD .......................................... 813
Dynamic configuration SDCCH (CanSDCCHDyn)........... 813
Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH) ....................................... 814
XXXVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel) ............................ 815
Delay protection (MaxDelay) ..................................... 816
TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH) ................................ 817
SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)................................ 818
Other Parameters ........................................................ 818
B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR) .......................... 819
CHR Enable (ChrEnable) ........................................... 820
NC2 support (NC2support)........................................ 821
MR server IP (MRSvrIP) ............................................ 821
MR server port (MRSvrPort) ...................................... 822
BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0) ............................... 823
FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1) ............................... 823
Handover frequency weight (VoiceQualWeight_2) ......... 824
DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3) ............................... 825
Coding decode weight (VoiceQualWeight_4) ................ 826
ABIS transmission error code weight (VoiceQual-
Weight_5) ...................................................... 826
Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)............................. 827
A port resource block threshold (Reslimit_0) ............... 828
NSVC resource block threshold (Reslimit_1) ................ 829
Channel resource block threshold (Reslimit_2)............. 829
Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3) ........................... 830
ABIS alarm delay time (AbisAlmDelayTime) ................ 831
DTX factor (Info_0_8) .............................................. 832
IBS Parameters ........................................................... 832
The method of intelligent TRX power off
(Info_0_0)...................................................... 833
Performance Management Parameters............................ 834
PingPong handover duration (PingPongDura, s)............ 835
Number of measurement reports for dropped
connections (LatestMeasureRptNum).................. 835
Uplink quality threshold (DropBadQualULThs,
RQ) ............................................................... 836
Downlink quality threshold (DropBadQualDLThs,
RQ) ............................................................... 837
Uplink signal strength threshold
(DropLowSigStrULThs) ..................................... 838
Downlink signal strength threshold
(DropLowSigStrDLThs) ..................................... 838
Excessive TA threshold (DropExcessiveTAThs).............. 839
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXVII

Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange

Parameters ......................................................... 840
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support
(Info_0_1)...................................................... 841
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan timer
(Info_1_0)...................................................... 841
Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer
(Info_1_16) .................................................... 842
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check
delay timer (Info_2_0) ..................................... 843
GPRS Operation Control Parameters ............................... 844
Two phase access (TwoPhaseAccess) .......................... 844
Send radio status to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_0) ............. 845
Send LLC discard to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_1) .............. 846
Threshold of quality in radio status (Rad-
StaQuaThs) .................................................... 847
Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal
(PacketTBFRel)................................................ 848
Flow Control Policy Values ............................ 849
Power Values ................................................ 851
Cell Layer Number Values.............................. 853
Corresponding Relationship between
Parameter Interface and Database
Values ........................................................... 855
BSC Global Resource Parameters Interface...................... 855
Basic Property Parameters ........................................ 855
Radio Basic Property Parameters ............................... 858
AMR Half Method Parameters .................................... 860
AMR Full Method Parameters ..................................... 861
GPRS Other Parameters 1 ......................................... 861
GPRS Other Parameters 2 ......................................... 862
EDGE Parameters .................................................... 862
GERAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 863
UTRAN External Cell Parameters .................................... 863
Cell Parameters ........................................................... 864
Basic Parameters 1 .................................................. 864
Basic Parameters 2 .................................................. 865
XXXVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

System Parameters.................................................. 866
GPRS Other Params1 Parameters............................... 866
GPRS Cell Options Parameters ................................... 866
GPRS NC Survey Parameters ..................................... 869
GPRS Power Control Parameters ................................ 871
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters.............................. 871
GPRS Channel Parameters ........................................ 873
EDGE Parameters .................................................... 875
Cell Object Parameters ................................................. 875
TRX Information Parameters ..................................... 875
Channel Information Parameters................................ 876
Power Control Parameters......................................... 877
Handover Control Parameters.................................... 878
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ................................. 880
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ......................... 881
Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 881
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters............................ 882
Frequency Hopping System Parameters ...................... 882
Figures .......................................................... 883
Glossary ........................................................ 887
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXIX

This page is intentionally blank.
XL Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

About This Manual
Purpose This manual introduces the ZXG10 BSS radio parameters for radio
configuration and commissioning.
Intended System Engineer
Audience
Commissioning Engineer
Maintenance Engineer
What Is in This This manual has the following chapters.
Manual
Section Summary
Chapter 1, Overview Introduces the scope, description

methods, and adjustment cautions
for radio parameters.
Chapter 2, BSC Function Introduces the BSC function

Parameters parameters.
Chapter 3, External Cell Introduces the GERAN external

Parameters cell parameters and UTRAN
external cell parameters.
Chapter 4, Cell Parameters Introduces the cell parameters in

the BSS system.
Chapter 5, Cell Object Parameters Introduces the cell object

parameters in the BSS system.
Chapter 6, System Control Introduces the system control

Parameters parameters in the BSS system.
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION I

II Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1
Overview
This chapter explains the definition and classification of radio pa-

rameters in GSM network, modification methods of radio param-
eters, explanation format of radio parameters, and precautions in
radio parameters adjustment.
Table of Contents
Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters ................................... 1
Method of Modifying Radio Parameters .................................. 2
Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch............................... 6
The Format to Explain Parameters .......................................12
Precautions on Parameter Adjustment ..................................13
Introduction to BSS Radio

Parameters
900/1800 MHz TDMA digital celluar mobile communication system
(GSM) is an integrated system covering fields of network tech-
nology, digital stored program control technology, all transmission
technologies and radio technologies.
GSM consists of Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Sub-
system (BSS) and Mobile Station (MS).
GSM system signaling structure covers MAP interface, A-interface
(between MSC and BSC), Abis interface (between BSC and BTS),
Ater interface (between BSC and external TC) and Um interface
(between BTS and MS, also called air interface).
All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of configura-
tion parameters and performance parameters, some of which are
determined during the development and production of the equip-
ment, and most of which depend on actual need and operation by
network providers. Settings and adjustment of latter parameters
have a great impact on the operation of entire GSM network.
Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related to
radio devices and radio resources. These parameters have an im-
portant impact on coverage of cells, distribution of signaling flow
and service property of network, etc. Therefore, adjusting radio
parameters reasonably plays a very important part in GSM net-
work optimization.
GSM radio parameters are classified into project parameters and
resource (cell) parameters.
Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION 1

1. Project parameters
Project parameters refer to parameters related to design,
installation, and commissioning of the project, like antenna
height, antenna direction, antenna gain, antenna download
obliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must be
determined during network design and are seldom changed
during the operation of the network.
2. Resource (cell) parameters
Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related to
configuration and utilization of radio resources, which usually
transmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the base station
and mobile station consistent. Radio parameters covered in
this manual are mainly resource parameters. Radio resource
parameters in BSS contain:
GERAN subnetwork parameters, BSC management NE pa-
rameters, configuration set parameters;
Global resource parameters for BSC, site parameters,
GERAN external cell parameters, UTRAN external cell
parameters;
Cell Parameters;
TRX parameters, power control parameters, handover con-
trol parameters, UTRAN handover control parameters, ad-
jacent interference cell parameters, adjacent handover cell
parameters, adjacent reselection cell parameters, adjacent
handover and reselection cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent
cell handover and reselection parameters, UTRAN adjacent
handover cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent reselection cell
parameters, frequency hopping system parameters.
Method of Modifying Radio

Parameters
After successfully login NetNumen M31, user can perform the fol-
lowing steps:
1. In the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface,
right-click the shortcut menu corresponding to the created
GSM NE agent, select Start.
2. Right-click the started GSM NE and select Start, as shown in
Figure 1.
2 Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 1 STARTING NE AGENT
3. Click Start, the system automatically starts this NE.

4. After starting, in the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main
interface, right-click shortcut menu corresponding to created
GSM NE agent, select NE Agent Management > Configura-
tion Management, as shown in Figure 2.
FIGURE 2 SELECTING NE MANAGEMENT > CONFIGURATION

MANAGEMENT

5. Click Configuration Management, the system enters into

configuration management interface, as shown in Figure 3.
FIGURE 3 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT INTERFACE
The tree in the left pane shows the objects to be created and
maintained. User can double-click the node whose parameters
shall be modified, the corresponding parameter interface oc-
curs in right window.
6. Under initial case, the shortcut button Modify in configura-
tion management toolbar is inactivated, and parameters can
not be modified. User must perform the operation of "Apply
Mutex Right" to enable the toolbutton.
Note:
"Apply Mutex Right" function is to avoid multiple clients do ac-
tions for the data, which may cause data confused and errors.
Take the data modification of primary configuration set as an

example, operation steps are listed as follows:
i. Right-click on BSC Managed Element, and select Apply
Mutex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 4.

Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 4 SELECTING APPLY MUTEX RIGHT
ii. Click Apply Mutex Right, and the Information dialog box
appears, as shown in Figure 5.
FIGURE 5 INFORMATION DIALOG BOX
iii. Click Yes, and the mutex right is successfully acquired,

and the icon appears on the configuration resource tree,
as shown in Figure 6. Then, the toolbutton is enabled,
and user can modify the configuration data of this managed
element.
FIGURE 6 SUCCESSFULLY APPLYING MUTEX RIGHT
iv. After the data modification is completed, user should right-

click on BSC Managed Element and select Release Mu-
tex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 7. After
the mutex right is released, other users can perform oper-
ations on the configuration data of this managed element.

FIGURE 7 SELECTING RELEASE MUTEX RIGHT
Method of Modifying
Parameters in Batch
After successfully logging in to NetNumen M31, perform the fol-
lowing steps to modify parameters in batch.
1. In the configure resource tree window, right-click OMC >
GERAN subnet user ID > BSC Management Element ID >
Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Export Configuration
Data > Export Network Plan Data, as shown in Figure 8.
FIGURE 8 SELECTING EXPORT NETWORK PLAN DATA

Chapter 1 Overview
2. Click Export Network Plan Data, and the Choose MOC to

be Exported dialog box appears. Select the parameter list to
be exported, and click Next, as shown in Figure 9.
FIGURE 9 SELECTING MOC TO BE EXPORTED
3. In the Choose Attributes of Each MOC to be Exported

(RDN Excluded) dialog box, select attribute of the param-
eter list to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose the MOC
selected is IBSCFUNCTION_TABLE, as shown in Figure 10.

FIGURE 10 SELECTING ATTRIBUTES TO BE EXPORTED FOR MOC
4. Select the file type to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose
the data is exported to be an Excel file, as shown in Figure 11.
FIGURE 11 SELECTING FILE TYPE TO BE EXPORTED
5. Set the saving path and file name for the exported data, and
click Save, as shown in Figure 12.

Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 12 SETTING SAVING PATH AND FILE NAME FOR DATA
The data export progress bar is displayed, and then the system
prompts that the data is exported successfully.
6. Open the exported data file, as shown in Figure 13.
FIGURE 13 PARAMETER DATA
7. Modify the data file according to actual requirement, and save

it.
The operation indications are described as follows.
i. D indicates deleting the MO. A indicates adding the MO. M
indicates modifying the MO (this command is issued only
when the parameter value is changed). Any value beyond
D, A and M (including the lower case form) will be ignored
by the system, and the corresponding data in that row will
not be processed.
ii. For the same management object MO (such as cell, cell
power control and cell handover control), if the operation
type (D, A or M) appears in multiple exported tables, then
the operation types of all columns must be the same; oth-
erwise, the system will give error prompt.
iii. No matter how many records in the Excel table should be
deleted, created or modified, the system performs deletion
first, then performs creation, and finally performs modifi-
cation.

Note:
The order of operations has nothing to do with the order of
records being displayed in the Excel file.
iv. If multiple objects among which reference relationship ex-

ists should be deleted, the system first deletes the active
reference object (such as sub-object), and then deletes
the passive reference object (such as parent-object). If
multiple objects among which reference relationship exists
should be created, the system first creates the passive ref-
erence object (such as parent-object), and then creates the
active reference object (such as sub-object). If multiple ob-
jects among which reference relationship exists should be
modified, the system first modifies the passive reference
object (such as parent-object), and then modifies the ac-
tive reference object (such as sub-object).
The following lists the restriction conditions.
i. The exported Excel file is the import template.
ii. In the Excel template, the work sheet name cannot be mod-
ified.
iii. In the Excel template, the title row in the work sheet cannot
be modified, the frozen column cannot be modified, and
the cell type cannot be modified. However, common data
columns and data rows can be deleted.
iv. The parameter that cannot be modified on the interface
cannot be modified in the batch modification.
v. In the Excel template, the attributes USERLABEL, MCC,
MNC, LAC and CI appear in multiple work sheets, but only
the modification in the network parameter list is valid.
vi. The parameter MAIO of channels supporting baseband fre-
quency hopping cannot be modified.
8. In the configuration resource tree window, right-click OMC >
GERAN Subnetwork ID > BSC Managed Element ID >
Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Batch Apply Network
Plan Data, as shown in Figure 14.

Chapter 1 Overview
FIGURE 14 SELECTING BATCH APPLY NETWORK PLAN DATA
9. Select the file type to be imported, and click OK, as shown in

Figure 15.
FIGURE 15 SELECTING FILE TYPE TO BE IMPORTED
10. In the Open dialog box, select the data file to be imported,
and click Open.
11. In the Batch Network Plan Data Apply dialog box, select
the object to which the data is applied, and click OK, as shown
in Figure 16.

FIGURE 16 APPLYING NETWORK PLANNING DATA IN BATCH
The progress bar is displayed, and then the system prompts

that the instruction is executed successfully.
Note:
If the number of successfully executed instructions is 0, it indi-
cates that no data needs to be modified. If the number is not
0, it indicates that the data in the file is inconsistent with that
at the server.
The Format to Explain

Parameters
Each radio parameter in this manual is individually clarified by us-
ing tables, for details see Table 1.
TABLE 1 FORMAT TO EXPLAIN RADIO PARAMETERS
Full name Chinese parameter name on the interface
Abbreviation Abbreviation for English parameters
3GPP Name Parameter name in 3GPP protocol
3GPP 3GPP protocol version number for parameter

reference reference
Description Descriptive text for this parameter.

Chapter 1 Overview
Management
Object Involved object by the parameter
Value range of this parameter. If the parameter

is in mapping form, actual parameter value that
Value Range corresponds to all indices will be enumerated
Unit Parameter unit
Default value and its description on parameter

Default value interface
Online = After a parameters value is modified, it is

immediately synchronized and takes effect.
Offline = After one or several parameters values are
modified, the modification takes effect after data
Change mode synchronization.
Relevant Relevant functions and features of the network that

Features corresponds to this parameter
Relevant Influenced parameters due to variations of this

parameters parameter
Relationship Dependency among relevant parameters
Related
interfaces Interfaces related to this parameter
Whether service will be affected when the parameter

Impact on modification takes effect, and impact details
service (especially when service is interrupted)
Caution:
1. Radio parameters in this system is modified through offline
modification mode, that is, the modification on interface only
can be effective after the synchronization action to foreground
is conducted.
2. Some parameter values in the interface are not fully same as
those in database, with certain corresponding relationship be-
tween them. For specific corresponding relationship see ap-
pendix.
Precautions on Parameter
Adjustment
Radio parameters adjustment, according to the type of the prob-
lem to be solved, falls into two kinds.
First is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic model
in system design by measuring actual average traffic and sig-

naling flow in every district and to solve common problems

existing for long.
Second is to solve problems at a particular time like traffic over-
load in some district, channel congestion due to sudden events
or random events.
For the first type, service providers must perform measurement
and summarization on actual operation regularly, and then per-
form appropriate adjustment on global or partial parameters and
configurations. For the second type, network operators adjust
some radio parameters at real time according to instant data from
measurement results.
Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell or
one location area. It is necessary to consider whether parameter
adjustment in this cell will influence other cells, especially the ad-
jacent one, for parameters between cells are related to each other
greatly. Otherwise, it may cause negative influence. Determine
whether the problem results from equipment fault (including con-
nections) first when it occurs in some part of the network. Adjust
radio parameters only when determined that the problem does re-
sult from service.

Chapter 2
BSC Function
Parameters
Below introduces BSC function for radio parameters.

Table of Contents
Radio Basic Property ..........................................................15
Other Parameters ..............................................................27
Channel Allocation Control Parameters .................................43
Timer 1 ............................................................................56
Timer 2 ............................................................................73
GPRS Maximum Retrying Times ...........................................93
GPRS Timer .................................................................... 104
AMR Half Method Parameters ............................................ 122
AMR Full Method Parameters ............................................. 128
GPRS Other Parameters 1 ................................................. 134
BVC Flow Control Parameters ............................................ 152
FUC Flow Control Map Parameters...................................... 162
EDGE Parameters ............................................................ 169
eMLPP Set ...................................................................... 179
Ater Timer Parameters ..................................................... 200
Radio Basic Property

The interface of basic radio property parameters is as shown in
Figure 17.

FIGURE 17 RADIO BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS
DCS1800/PCS1900 supported
(FuncExt)
Full name DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported
Abbreviation FuncExt
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Specify the frequency supported. It is unmodifiable

Description after being created successfully.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range DCS1800, PCS1900
Unit None
Default value DCS1800
Change mode Offline
Relevant Features None
Frequency band (FreqBand)

Relevant parame- Frequency band (FreqBand)
ters Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)
Relationship None
Related interfaces None
Impact on service None

Chapter 2 BSC Function Parameters
Load indication allowed (LoadInd)
Full name Load Indication
Abbreviation LoadInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
The load indication process informs the adjacent BSC

of the cell load at border to provide more reference
information in normal handover and the internal traffic
handover of BSC.
This parameter determines if load indication is avail-

able, an also determines the validity of parameter Load
valid time and Load indication period. If this parame-
ter is No (load indication process is disabled), the latter
Description two parameters are invalid. Otherwise they are valid.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Send confusion message allowed

(ConfusionMsg)
Full name Send confusion message allowed
Abbreviation ConfusionMsg
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
ence None
Confusion message is bidirectional. If the received

message could not be processed properly for some
reason, and there is no other proper fault message to
Description send, the system will send confusion message.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Inter-Cell handover allowed

(InHoEnable)
Full name Inter-Cell handover allowed
Abbreviation InHoEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
According to GSM specifications, intra-BSC inter-cell

handover is implemented by the following meth-
ods: BSC-controlled inter-cell handover without MSC
involvement; MSC-controlled intra-BSC inter-cell
handover whose handover flow is similar to that of
inter-BSC handover. This parameter decides the choice
of method for intra-BSC inter-cell handover. 'Yes'
indicates that it is BSC-controlled inter-cell handover
flow; 'No' indicates that it is MSC-controlled inter-cell
handover flow. Do not select 'No' for this parameter if
Description it is not necessary.

Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Send assignment failure allowed

(ExDRSendAssFail)
Full name Send assignment failure allowed
Abbreviation ExDRSendAssFail
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
It describes if external redirection allows assignment

Description failure.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-01-002 Directed Retry
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Load indication valid time

(LoadValidTime)
Full name Load Valid Time
Abbreviation LoadValidTime
3GPP Name Time indication IE
3GPP refer- 48.008 Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station System

ence (MSC-BSS) interface
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD IN-

DICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying about
the load status. The message includes time indication
information which indicates the valid time length of the
service load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD
INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. This pa-
rameter represents the valid time length of the load
Description message. 255 means valid permanently.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit 10 s
Default value 18
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces A Interface
Impact on
service None

Load indication period (LoadIndPrd)
Full name Load Indication Period
Abbreviation LoadIndPrd
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD IN-

DICATION message to MSC periodically, notifying about
the load status. The message includes time indication
information which indicates the valid time length of the
service load information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD
INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. When the
load indication message is sent periodically, this param-
eter decides the period for BSC to send the load indica-
Description tion message.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 10 ~ 65530
Unit 100 ms
Default value 1500
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces A Interface
Impact on
service None
Automatic resource indication

threshold (ResourceIndThs)
Full name Automatic resource indication threshold
Abbreviation ResourceIndThs
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
ence None
This parameter defines that BSC automatically

indicates to MSC about the ratio of presently available
channels to the total channels. When available cell
resource is lower than this parameter, resource
indication shall be sent to MSC about this cell
condition, which shall be configured by O&M.
The four modes of resource indication from
BSC are as follows:
Automatic Mode: BSC instantly returns the
BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message as an
acknowledgment without any resource information
after receiving the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST
message. BSC automatically sends BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message to MSC. BSC
uses the periodicity IE in BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST to determine the indication messages
interval (unless the Periodicity IE is 0 and
BSC ignores 0) once O&M of BSC satisfies
the Auto condition (service threshold or the
interval between any two messages).
One time mode: BSC instantly returns a BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message with resource
information after receiving BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST message. BSC stops sending and
waits for next BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST if
the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message does
not contain Extended Resource Indication IE. If
there is Extended Resource Indication IE, BSC
shall follow the regulations of Subsequent Mode
element in the message, same as mode 4. If the
previous one is mode 1 or 3, then you can use
mode 1 or 3, otherwise you can use mode 4.
Period mode: After BSC receives the BSSAP
RESOURCE REQUEST message, it will immediately
return a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION
message that contains the resource information.
After that, BSC periodically sends the BSSAP
RESOURCE INDICATION message. If Periodicity
IE in the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message
is not 0, then the period to send the message is
the value of Periodicity IE multiplied by 100 ms.
If Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is wrong
and the whole BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST
message is considered as incorrect.
Stop mode: After the BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST message is received, BSC immediately
returns a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION
message without any resource information as an
acknowledgement. And then, it will no longer
Description send the cell resource information to MSC.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 30
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Resource adjust threshold

(ResourceAdjustThs)
Full name Resource adjust threshold
Abbreviation ResourceAdjustThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
When bytes transmitted for packet servie data have

crossed the threshold, timeslot allocation is adjusted
from single timeslot to multiple timeslots (or the thresh-
old from single timeslot to multiple timeslots for packet
Description service timeslot allocation).
Management
Object BSC
Unit Byte
Default value 2000
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None

BSC MAX reset number

(BSCMaxResetNum)
Full name BSC Max Reset Num
Abbreviation BscMaxResetNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
The maximum allowable resets to BSC. After

BSC sends the BSSAP RESET message to MSC,
if BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fails to
reach BSC from MSC within GSM-specified T4 time
interval, the resetting will be repeated.
BSSAP RESET message repeats up to N times.
MSC ends the reset process and notifies OMS
incase of no reply from BSC after N times. N
Description depends on this parameter.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces A Interface
Impact on
service None
MR report enable (MrRptEnable)
Full name MR report enable
Abbreviation MrRptEnable
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
ence None
This parameter determines if data report function is

supported for measurement report, in combination with
MrRptTimap. If enable, and place it at this time, report
Description function of measurement data is supported.
Management
Object BSC
Yes, No
Yes: enable
Value Range No: disable
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
HBTS scan site number

(HBTSScanSiteNum)
Full name HBTS scan site number
Abbreviation HBTSScanSiteNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the number of HBTS scanning sites

Description at each time. 0 indicates the periodical scanning
scanning function is disabled.
Management
Object S8001
Value Range 0~10
Unit None

Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) and HBTS

parameters scan begin time (HBTSScanBT)
If this parameter is set to 0, these two relevant

Relationship
parameters can be configured but be invalid.
Related
interfaces Abis interface
Impact on
service None
Range of BARANG
Full name Range of BARANG
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Value includes single frequency or frequency range,

sent to MS in CHANNEL RELEASE. Certain frequency
can be firstly inspected while MS selects cell.
Input the minimum and maximum value of
broadcast range in the left and right blank and
click Add to save this range. Range of BARANG
can be same within different global resource.
Description Note: input frequency ranges cannot be overlapped.
Management
Object BSC
PGSM(1 ~ 124)
EGSM(0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
DCS1800(512 ~ 885)
GSM1900(512 ~ 810)
Value Range GSM850(128 ~ 251)
Unit None
Default value 0&&0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Other Parameters
The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 18.
FIGURE 18 OTHER PARAMETERS
Length of super vision

(LcsSuperVision)
Full name Length of super vision
Abbreviation LcsSuperVision
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Supervise the timer length in whole locating process.

After BSC sends locating request to SMLC, this timer is
configured and shall receives locating response prior
Description to timeout, otherwise locating process is terminated.

Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default value 250
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-01-03-002 LCS with CGI+TA

tures ZGO-01-03-003 LCS with AGPS
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Length of radio (LcsRadio)
Full name Length of radio
Abbreviation LcsRadio
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Supervise the timer length to transmit ra-

dio information.
This timer supervises the process to deliver
MS the message related with locating. Start
while sending message to MS, and stop while
Description receiving response from MS.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default value 50
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
LCS wait intra BSS handover timer

(LcsWaitInTraHO)
Full name LCS wait intra BSS handover timer
Abbreviation LcsWaitInTraHO
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover completed.

Continue locating process after handover is finished,
with a length threshold for waiting. Stop while
Description this timer length is exceeded.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default value 60
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None

Monitor physical context request

(RmsT9108, 100ms)
Full name Monitor physical context request
Abbreviation RmsT9108
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
This parameter is timer T9108. Currently, the proc-

ess to monitor physical context request is not used, re-
Description served for later use.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 20
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Um interface
Impact on
service None
Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg,

100ms)
Full name Timer for MSG waiting
Abbreviation TWaitMsg
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None

Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker process. RanA-

Worker process is the working process of RANA module.
Start if RANA instance is created, stop if message is re-
Description ceived, and instance is released if timeout.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 5 ~ 20
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Timer for RANCSEST Waiting

(TWaitRancsEst, 100ms)
Full name Timer for RANCSEST Waiting
Abbreviation TWaitRancsEst
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Time to wait for RANCS process applying

for resource protection.
RANCS process is to process CS service. This
timer is started if RANA receives external handover
request and applying for channel from RANCS;
stop if receiving RANCS response, and fail to send
Description handover to interface A if timeout.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms

Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting

(TWaitRancsCleCom, 100ms)
Full name Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting
Abbreviation TWaitRancsCleCom
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Interval for RanAWorker process waiting for RANCS

process responding ClearCom. RanAWorker process is
the working process of RANA module. Start if sending
clear command to RANCS, stop if receiving RANCS
Description response, and continue release process if timeout.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 10 ~ 30
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Timer for CCM waiting

(CcmWaitTimer)
Full name Timer for CCM waiting
Abbreviation CcmWaitTimer
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Timer that is waiting for disconnecting and disabling

BTS during dynamic channel conversion.
Start if CCM starts channel conversion, stop if
receiving successive module and BTS response, and
Description send message to BTS again if timeout.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 45 ~ 55
Unit 100 ms
Default value 45
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None

Get static param timer

(GetStaticParamTimer, 100ms)
Full name Get static param timer
Abbreviation GetStaticParamTimer
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
The counting parameter, used by RancRrm, is used

to timely poll UPU unit below CMP.
This timer is configured periodically, and query
Description resource occupation data for UPU if timeout.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 120
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None
Starting time for oriented retry

(RmsT10, 100ms)
Full name Starting time for oriented retry
Abbreviation RmsT10
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description This parameter is T10 timer.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces A Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
TFO Enable (TFOControl_0)
Full name TFO Enable
Abbreviation TFOControl_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters,

to describe whether TFO is enabled. 0 represents
disable, 1 represents enable.
0: disable;
1: enable.
When TFO is not enabled, or value of
TFOControl_0 is 0, other switch is disabled
and values of TFOControl_1, TFOControl_2
Description and TFOControl_3 are 0 too.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-02-006 TFO
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Codec type optimization enable

(TFOControl_1)
Full name Codec type optimization enable
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

to describe whether coding/decoding type can be
optimized. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.
0: disable;
Description 1: enable.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Codec mismatch resolution enable

(TFOControl_2)
Full name Codec mismatch resolution enable
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

to describe whether unmatched coding/decoding
type can not be solved. 0 represents disable,
1 represents enable.
0: disable;
Description 1: enable.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
AMR Optimization Mode

(TFOControl_3)
Full name AMR Optimization Mode
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

to describe if it is AMR optimization mode.
0: don't support ACS variations;
Description 1: support ACS variations.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Support or don't support ACS variations
Unit None
Default value Don't support ACS variations.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
External cell load notify (Info_0_0)
Full name External cell load notify
Abbreviation Info_0_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It describes if the load information in this cell

is filled in the unit of "New BSS to old BSS
Description information" for handover request while the
cell service under current BSC is switched to
the cell under other BSCs.
Management Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant parameters None
Relationship None
Neighbor cell load valid duration

(Info_0_1,10s)
Full name Neighbor cell load valid duration
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It describes the valid time of the load

Description
information.
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit 10 s
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relationship None
LMU build request deal or not

(Info_1_0)
Full name LMU build request deal or not (INFO)

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if to handle LMU (Location

Description
Measurement Units) establishment request.
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relationship None
MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1)
Full name MBMS request deal or not (INFO)
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if to handle MBMS (Multimedia

Description
Broadcast/Multicast Service) request.
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relationship None

Channel request reserved field deal

or not (Info_1_2)
Channel request reserved field deal or not

Full name
(INFO)
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It describes if to handle Channel Request

Description
reserved field.
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relationship None
MS power hold in handover option

(Info_0_9)
Full name MS power hold in handover option
Abbrevia-
tion Info_0_9
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

It indicates if MS power hold in handover option is

Description
supported.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject None
Value
Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Level threshold of target cell

(Info_0_10)
Full name Level threshold of target cell
Abbrevia-
tion Info_0_10
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
Descrip-
tion Level threshold of target cell
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject None

0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
Value 1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Range 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default
value 27
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Channel Allocation Control

Parameters
The interface of channel allocation control parameters is shown in
Figure 19.

FIGURE 19 CHANNEL ALLOCATION CONTROL PARAMETERS
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)
Full name Dynamic HR Enable
Abbreviation DynaHREnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
Description If this cell supports dynamic HR.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channel allo-

Relevant Fea- cation on Um interface
tures
ZGO-03-02-005 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation
Relevant pa-
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)
rameters
If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HR

Relationship
parameter' is configurable.

Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Threshold for TRX switched from FR

to HR (HRThs)
Full name Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR
Abbreviation HRThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
When channel occupation exceeds this threshold, it will

Description apply for half-rate channel directly to increase the user
capacity.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 60
Change mode Offline

tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service

AMR Dynamic HR Conversion

Threshold (AmrHRThs)
Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
Abbreviation AmrHRThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=

AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,
subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
Description This threshold value can be configured on BSC
and BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs
configured by BSC is used.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion inde-

tures pendent threshold
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
HR channel fragment finishing

support (HRDfragSupport)
Full name HR channel fragment finishing support
Abbreviation HRDfragSupport

3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
It is a switch to support HR channel frag finishing func-

tions, which can be configured both on BSC and BTS.
Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled and (num-
Description ber of unfinished HR defragment instances / number
of idle HR channels in the cell) is no more than HRDe-
fragThs, the HR channel defragmentation function is
enabled, otherwise, it is disabled.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
HR channel percentage threshold

(HRTsPercentage)
Full name HR channel percentage threshold
Abbreviation HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot

in the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can
generate new HR channel.
Description This parameter can be configured on BSC and
BTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is
lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,
the cell can generate new HR channel.

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
User priority for EMLPP

(PriThreshold)
Full name User Priority
Abbreviation PriThreshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter (PriThreshold) uses the service of

preferred access for high-priority subscriber, that is
eMLPP service, the system may set some reserved
channels (currently, only full rate TCH channels are
supported to be the reserved channels).
When CS instance calls database to apply for
Description channels, the subscriber's PriorityLevel information
reaches to database, and is compared with
PriThreshold in the database and BSC table.
When PriorityLevelPriThreshold (the less the
subscriber's priority level value, the higher the
priority level, that is the subscriber's priority
level is not lower than PriThreshold priority),
the reserved channel can be used.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 15

Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Preferred speech version

(PreferSpeechVer H)
Full name Preferred speech version (half)
Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer H
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
When implementing the CS channel allocation policy,

Description describe the preferred half-rate speech version. Half-
rate version 1 refers to HR, and version 3 for AMR.
Management
BSC
Object
Not specify the preferred version, Half-rate version 1,

Value Range
Half-rate version 3
Unit None
Default value Not specify the preferred version
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-01-01-001 Half Rate
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None

Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Preferred speech version

(PreferSpeedchVer F)
Full name Preferred speech version (full)
Abbreviation PreferSpeechVer F
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, it

describe the preferred full-rate voice version. Full-rate
Description
version 1 refers to FR, version 2 for EFR, and version
3 for AMR.
Management
BSC
Object
Not specify the preferred version, Full-rate version 1,

Value Range
full-rate version 2, full-rate version 3
Unit None
Default value Not specify the preferred version
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-01-01-002 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) Speech Co-

tures dec
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service

Reserved channel first

(RsvChanFirst)
Full name Reserved channel first
Abbreviation RsvChanFirst
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
The selection order of reserved channel and non-re-

Description
served channel
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
EMLPP channel reserved time

(EMLPPThs, %)
Full name EMLPP channel reserved time
Abbreviation EMLPPThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

When using high priority user to access service, that

Description is, EMLPP service, the system may configure certain
remained channels
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
TRX PS busy threshold

(TrxPSBusyThs)
Full name TRX PS busy threshold
Abbreviation TrxPSBusyThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is used to collect PS service on

the idle carrier while applying for PS, against
infinite expansion. Application sequence: the
idle carrier above this threshold idle carrier
Description idle carrier below this threshold.
Calculate it according to remained available quota
on each available PS timeslot * number of accessed
Abis * 100 / number of users.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None

Default value 1280
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Resource pool for PS rate

(PsAbisThs, %)
Full name Resource pool for PS rate
Abbreviation PsAbisThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides use propor-

tion of PS channel. if default value for this parameter
is configured as 80%, which refers to upper limit for
Description
PS. The aim is to idle Abis resource while CS channel is
activated. If this threshold is exceeded, Abis resource
cannot be allocated to PS service again.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-03-03-001 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None

Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Maximum PS uplink user per TS

(MaxPsUserPerTs_0)
Full name Maximum PS uplink user per TS
Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter describes maximum PS uplink user per

Description
ts.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Maximum PS downlink user per TS

(MaxPsUserPerTs_1)
Full name Maximum PS downlink user per TS
Abbreviation MaxPsUserPerTs_1

3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter describes the maximum number of PS

Description
downlink users per wireless timeslot.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Extended uplink dynamic allocation

support (ExUpDynSupport)
Full name Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
Abbreviation ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter indicates if cell supports extended up-

link dynamic allocation. While using this function, the
Description MS only need listen USF allocation with the least time-
slot, so you can determine to send uplink block on all
allocated uplink timeslot.
Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
Um Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Timer 1
The interface of timer 1 parameters is shown in Figure 20.
FIGURE 20 TIMER 1 PARAMETERS
Blocking/unblocking period (T1,

100ms)
Full name Blocking/Unblocking period
Abbreviation T1
3GPP Name T1
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence

This parameter is T1 timer. BSS blocks/unblocks a

terrestrial circuit and sends BLOCK/UNBLOCK mes-
sage to MSC due to various reasons (such as O&M;
equipment failure/recovery; radio resources un-
Description
available/available). T1 timer sets the time interval
between BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message
sent from MSC to BSC and BLOCK/UNBLOCK message.
T1 is used to identify it during this period.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Global resetting period (T4, 100ms)
Full name Global resetting period
Abbreviation T4
3GPP Name T4
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring the BSSAP

RESET message sent from BSC to MSC.
Timer start condition: T4 starts when a
Description global resetting occurs in BSC.
Timer stop condition: The BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message from MSC is received.
Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC will
repeat the whole process.
Management
BSC
Object

Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protection period for global resetting

(T13, 100ms)
Full name Protective period for global resetting
Abbreviation T13
3GPP Name T13
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
This parameter is T13 timer, which is a protection

time period for a local call clearing process.
Timer Start: T13 timer starts when BSC receives
BSSAP HANDOVER COMMAND message.
Description Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when SCCP
receives a SSP/SPI message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSS
will send BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 30 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures

Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Circuit resetting period on BSS side

(T19, 100ms)
Full name Circuit resetting period on BSS side
Abbreviation T19
3GPP Name T19
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal while the circuits

must be released to idle status, BSS will send the
BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET message to MSC and start
T19. After MSC receives this message, it will release
Description the corresponding services and the circuits to the
idle status and send the BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message to BSC. The timer stops
when MSC receives RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE
message from BSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service

Circuit group blocking/unblocking

period (T20, 100ms)
Full name Circuit group blocking/unblocking period
Abbreviation T20
3GPP Name T20
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
For some reasons (0; intervention; equipment

fault/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available),
BSS will block a group of terrestrial circuits, then send
Description the BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK mes-
sage to MSC. After receiving this message, MSC will
send the BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK
ACKNOWKEDGE message to BSS for notification.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
RLSD message receive protection

timer (T9101, 100ms)
Full name RLSD message receive protection timer
Abbreviation T9101
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is timer T9101, supervising

the reception of RLSD.
Timer start condition: T9101 starts when
BSC sends the BSSAP CLEAR COMPLETE
Description message to MSC.
Timer stop condition: T9101 stops when the
RLSD message from MSC is received.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will
send RLSD message to release SCCP connection.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Channel activation protection timer

(RmsT9103, 100ms)
Full name Channel activation protection timer
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

This parameter is timer T9103, monitoring

channel activation process.
Timer Start: T9103 timer starts when BSC sends
CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to BTS.
Description Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends when
BSC receives CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK or
CHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC
will send RF CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
Abis Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
MSC clear command protection timer

(T9104, 100ms)
Full name MSC clear command protection timer
Abbreviation T9104
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is T9104 timer. It supervises

CLEAR COMMAND from MSC.
Timer Start: T9104 timer starts when BSC sends
a CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Description Timer Stop: T9104 timer suspends when BSC
receives CLEAR COMMAND message from MSC.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,
CLEAR REQUEST message will be resent
(four times at the most).

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
SCCP connection protection timer

(T9105, 100ms)
Full name SCCP connection protection timer
Abbreviation T9105
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is T9105 timer, monitoring

SCCP connection process.
Timer Start: T9105 timer starts when BSC
sends BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ
Description message to MSC.
Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when BSC receives
SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM/SCCP_CON-
NECTION_REFUSED message.
will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protective time waiting for access

(RmsT1, 100ms)
Full name Protective time waiting for access
Abbreviation RmsT1
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It indicates protection

waiting time for MS access during assignment or
handover, after channel activation process.
Timer start condition: The destination channel
Description receives the CHL ACITIVATION ACK message
and sends the RADIO AVAILABLE message
to the source channel.
Timer stop: In MS access, the destination
channel receives the ASSIGNMENT COM or
HANDOVER COM message.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default value 70
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None

Related inter-
Abis Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protective time for applying to

channel (RmsT2, 100ms)
Full name Protection time for applying to channel
Abbreviation RmsT2
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is T2 timer.

Timer start condition: The new channel sends
the RADIO APPLY message.
Timer stop: Channel request succeeds
Description and the new channel receives the RADIO
AVAILABLE message; or the channel request
fails and the RADIO UNAVAILABLE message
is received; or the RADIO PROCEEDING
message is received in queuing.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service

Protective time for link establishment

response (RmsT3, 100ms)
Full name Protection time for link establishment response
Abbreviation RmsT3
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

Timer start: RANCS instance sends "ESTABLISH
IND" to RANA instance.
Description Timer stop: RANCS instance receives the
"CONNECT CONF" sent by RANA instance,
or the "CONNECT FAIL" when RANA fails
to establish the link.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protective time for P0 confirms the

message HO/ASS COM (RmsT4,
100ms)
Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS

Full name
COM

Abbreviation RmsT4
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

Timer start: After RANCS receives the
Description "HO COM" or "ASS COM" message of MS
and forwards it to RANA.
Timer stop: RANCS receives acknowledgement of
"HO COM" or "ASS COM" message by RANA.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 80
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Encryption mode modification time

(RmsT5, 100ms)
Full name Encryption mode modification time
Abbreviation RmsT5
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

This parameter is timer T5, used to supervise

modification process of encryption mode, that
is, the timer that waits for MS response after
configuring radio encryption mode.
Timer Start: T5 timer starts when BSC receives
Description CIPHER MODE COMMAND message from MSC.
Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when BSC receives
CIPHER MODE COMPLETE message from MS.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime,
BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER MODE
REJECT message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
SAPI3 link establishment time

(RmsT6, 100ms)
Full name SAPI3 link establishment time
Abbreviation RmsT6
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

Timer T6 supervises link establishment of SAPI3.

Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC receives
the DTAP (SAPI = 3) message from MSC
and there is no SAPI3 link.
Description Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC receives
the ESTABLISH CONFIRM message from BTS.
Overtime action: When timer T6 expires,
the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT message
will be sent to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
External handover protective time

(RmsT8, 100ms)
Full name External handover protective time
Abbreviation RmsT8
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is timer rmsT8, monitoring

external handover process.
Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handover
Description command is sent in Serve state while RANCS
instance shall be handovered externally.
Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS instance
receives HO COMCLEAR CMD (handover success)
or UM HO FAIL (handover failed).

Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protective time for No.7 signal

instantaneous disconnection (T3,
100ms)
Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous discon-

Full name
nection
Abbreviation T3
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This timer is configured to prevent from signal

instantaneous disconnection and wrong actions.
If disconnection duration of no.7 link exceeds timer
protective time, global resetting is issued. If no
Description signaling point reachable event is received during
delay time, no.7 link is considered as disconnection
and global resetting process begins; if reachable
signaling point is received during delay time, no.7
link is considered as instantaneous disconnection.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms

Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protective time that PO responses

external handover completion
message (RmsT7, 100ms)
Protective time that PO responses external handover

Full name
completion message
Abbreviation RmsT7
3GPP Name T7
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
Timer start: it starts when RANCS sends the

HANDOVER REQUIRED message to MSC.
Description
Timer stop: it stops when RANCS instance receives
HANDOVER COMMAND response from MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 150
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None

Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
HBTS scan begin time

(HBTSScanBT)
Full name HBTS scan begin time
Abbreviation HBTSScanBT
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates the begin time of HBTS scanning.
Management
Object S8001
Value Range 0 ~ 23
Unit None
Default value 3 (indicates 3 o'clock)
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters HBTS scan site number
If HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) is set

Relationship
to 0, this parameter can be configured but invalid.
Related
Impact on
service None
HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc,

3600s)
Full name HBTS scan cycle
Abbreviation HBTSScanCyc

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates the HBTS scanning cycle.
Management
Object S8001
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit 3600 s
Default value 24
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant

Relationship
Related
Impact on
service None
Timer 2
The interface of timer 2 parameters is shown in Figure 21.
FIGURE 21 TIMER 2 PARAMETERS

Protective time for RF channel

release (RmsT9, 100ms)
Full name Protective time for RF channel release
Abbreviation RmsT9
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

Timer start: T9 starts when RF CHANNEL RELEASE
Description is sent to BTS when RANCS instance is released.
Timer stop: T9 stops when RANCS instance
receives RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE
response from BTS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
Abis Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Queue period of assignment

(RmsT11, 100ms)
Full name Queue period of assignment
Abbreviation RmsT11
3GPP Name T11

3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
This parameter is T11 timer. It determines the maxi-

Description mum allowable queue time which starts from the as-
signment request.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Acknowledgment interval for periodic

status (RmsT12, 100ms)
Full name Acknowledgment interval for periodic status
Abbreviation RmsT12
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically when
RANCS receives CONNECT CONF message from
Description RANA. Timer decides to perform activity check
at peer end. Laterly, it is periodical start.
Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when RANCS
instance receives RELEASE TYPE message.
Management
BSC
Object

Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Mode modification process time

(RmsT13, 100ms)
Full name Mode modification process time
Abbreviation RmsT13
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is T13 timer. It supervises BTS and

MS modes modification process. Mode modification
refers to modify channel mode. When there is not
SDCCH and FACCH is allocated, new channel is not
allocated after assignment, but modify the modes.
Timer start condition: When BSC sends the
MODE MODIFY message to BTS and sends the
Description CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message to MS.
Timer stop condition: When BSC receives
the MODE MODIFY ACK/NACK message
from BTS and the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY
message from MS.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,
the BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
Abis Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Protective time of UM assignment

completion (RmsT14, 100ms)
Full name Protective time of UM assignment completion
Abbreviation RmsT14
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
This parameter is timer T14. It is the period between

Description sending of ASS/HO COM and receiving of ASS/HO COM
ACK messages at destination instance.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service

Waiting time for oriented retry

(RmsT16, 100ms)
Full name Waiting time for oriented retry
Abbreviation RmsT16
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
When attempting oriented retry, if target cell has not

been gained through inspection, you shall configure
rmsT16 to wait for receiving measurement report, and
Description
then check if oriented retry is conducted at target cell
after rmsT16 is timeout. This process can be repeated
for several times.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 20 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho,

100ms)
Full name Queue timer for handover
Abbreviation RmsTqho
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
None
ence
It is the maximum allowable queue time for handover

Description
attempt, calculated from handover request.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
First overload period of flow traffic

control (mT11, 100ms)
Full name First overload period of flow traffic control
Abbreviation mT11
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling

point, MSC service, and CCCH.
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer
Description mT11 for traffic flow control. This clock is used
together with mT12 to modify the parameter ACCESS
CONTROL configured for the cell and notify MS via
the system information for flow control. The value
of timer must be less than that of timer mT12.
Management
BSC
Object

Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Second overload period of flow traffic

control (mT12, 100ms)
Full name Second overload period of flow traffic control
Abbreviation mT12
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling

point, MSC service, and CCCH.
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer
mT12 for traffic flow control. The mT12 timer in
combination with mT11 timer modifies ACCESS
CONTROL parameter in the cell. BSC notifies the MS
to achieve flow control through system information.
The value of timer must be more than that of mT11
timer. The two clocks control the cell flow as follows:
Description When the network receives the overload message for
the first time, the system decreases the flow by one
level, and starts mT11 and mT12. The OVERLOAD
message during mT11 period will be ignored. If the
OVERLOAD message is received between mT11 and
mT12, the flow will be decreased by another level and
both mT11 and mT12 will be restarted. If BSC does
not receive OVERLOAD message after mT12 timer
stops, the flow increases to one more level, and the
mT12 timer restarts. Lower grade and higher grade
represent different proportion to reject service.
Management
BSC
Object

Unit 100 ms
Default value 150
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Time of micro-micro handover delay

(Tmicro, 100ms)
Full name Time of micro-micro handover delay
Abbreviation Tmicro
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
In micro-micro handover control, a delay time value

is required (the timer value). Timer Start: relevant
timer starts instantly when a call enters a micro cell.
Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it reaches the
Description
set value. Existing call can use neighboring micro cell
in the same layer only when the timer stops. In this
way, it could prevent fast moving mobiles staying in
the micro cell layer.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters

Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms)
Full name BSIC decoding period
Abbreviation Tbsic
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
The parameter Tbsic defines a period, which is

calculated from call establishment or handover
completion (inter-cell or intra-cell). TC/I evaluation
is considered as unreliable during this period, thus,
Description handover to a special TRX is not allowed. During
this period, MS can decode BSIC that interferes with
neighboring cells before handover procedure starts.
This parameter is only valid in concentric circle case.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-05-02-009 Concentric Circle Technology

tures ZGO-04-02-005 Co-BCCH
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service

Handover protecting timer to

WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121, 100ms)
Full name Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD
3GPP Name T3121
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
ence
Timer T3121, protection time after sending

inter-system to utran handover command (UM) to UE.
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC
sends "inter-system to utran handover
Description command" message to MS.
Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC receives
"CLEAR COMMAND" message from MSC or
"HANDOVER FAILURE" message from MS.
will send CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 650
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service

Immediate assignment period

(RmsT3101, 100ms)
Full name Immediate assignment period
3GPP Name T3101
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
ence
This timer indicates the time period for the

instant assigning process.
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends
Description IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message.
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives
ESTABLISH INDICATION message.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC
will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
Um interface, Abis interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Handover period of source cell

(RmsT3103, 100ms)
Full name Handover period of source cell

3GPP Name T3103
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
ence
This timer indicates the time period for internal

handover process of BSC.
HANDOVER COMMAND message to MS.
Timer Stop: The timer suspends when BSC
Description receives HANDOVER COMPLETE message on a
new channel or HANDOVER FAILURE message
on an old channel from MS.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the
BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST message to
MSC, and the new channel is released.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces
Impact on
None
service
Assignment period (RmsT3107,

100ms)
Full name Assignment period
3GPP Name T3107
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
ence

This timer indicates the time period for assignment

period and internal handover of a cell..
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS.
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives
Description RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message or
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message.
Overtime Action: If this time is overtime, in
the case of assignment, the former and new
channel will be released; in the case of cell
internal handover, the BSC will send a CLEAR
REQUEST message to the MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces
Impact on
None
service
Channel release period (RmsT3109,

100ms)
Full name Channel release period
3GPP Name T3109
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
ence

This timer supervises the channel release process.

Timer start condition: The timer starts
when BSC sends RIL3_RR CHANNEL
RELEASE message to MS.
Description Timer stop condition: The timer stops when BSC
receives RELEASE INDICATION message from
BTS (when BTS receives DISC frame from MS).
will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 400
Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces
Impact on
None
service
Channel deactivation delay

(RmsT3111, 100ms)
Full name Channel deactivation delay
3GPP Name T3111
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
ence
After releasing the UM interface radio link layer, in

order to make sure the radio link is disconnected,
BSC sets a period of protection time rmsT3111.
Releases the wireless channel and deactivates
it after rmsT3111 timer stops.
Description
Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts when BSC
receives RELEASE INDICATION message.
Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer is
overtime, the BSC will send RF CHANNEL
RELEASE message to BTS.

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 1 ~ 5
Unit 100 ms
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
Abis Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Continue timer for mode modify

(TModeModifyConn, 100ms)
Full name Continue timer for mode modify
Abbreviation TModeModifyConn
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
Connection delay timer. This timer is used to wait for

Description connection finished after sending connection request,
including Abis connection and TC connection.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 50 ~ 70
Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters

Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Handover protecting time to UTRAN

(mT7, 100ms)
Full name Handover protecting time to UTRAN
Abbreviation mT7
3GPP Name T7
3GPP refer-
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
ence
This timer is used to send HANDOVER REQUIRED

to MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell, waiting
for response from MSC.
Timer start: this timer starts if BSC sends
Description HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, where
target cell is UTRAN cell.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives
HANDOVER COMMAND from MSC.
Timeout action: configure penalty for UTRAN
target cell carried in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service

Time of destination instance waiting

for available resources when forced
disconnection (RmsT15, 100ms)
Time of destination instance waiting for available re-

Full name
sources when forced disconnection
Abbreviation RmsT15
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence

Timer start: When the target instance decides
forced release, it will send the "PREEMPT
Description APPLY" to the released object.
Timer stop: The target instance receives
the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE" message from
the released object, indicating that the
resources are available.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 10 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service

Protecting time of FUC response

to system message broadcast
(BcProtect, 100ms)
Protecting time of FUC response to system message

Full name
broadcast
Abbreviation BcProtect
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
It is the protection timer for waiting for FUC response

Description to system message broadcast. FUC response is used
to ensure BTS correctly receives system message.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
HO performed ack timer

(TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms)
Full name HO performed ack timer
Abbreviation TwaitHoPFMAck
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
None
ence
When using IP carrier at user plane of interface A,

because TC is placed at MGW, CN shall be informed
to replace codec during intra-BSC handover. CN
replacement codec is triggered by HANDOVER
PERFORMED message. To ensure MSC has received
this message and successfully command MGS
to replace codec against obstacles at speech
aspect, HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message is
Description added. This timer is used to wait for HANDOVER
PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.
Timer start: it starts when BSC sends HANDOVER
PERFORMED message to MSC.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives
HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.
Timeout action: release call while sending
CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 50 ~ 70
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
None
tures
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
A Interface
faces
Impact on
None
service
Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms)
Full name Round trip delay
Abbrevia-
RtdDefault
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

When handover is performed in AMR, BSC sends the

pre-handover notification message to BTS to make BTS
not implement voice rate adjustment.
Timer start: When BSC sends the pre-handover
notification message to BTS, the timer is started.
Description Timer stop: When BSC receives the response for
pre-handover notification message from BTS, the
timer is stopped.
Overtime action: BSC sends the handover command
to MS.
This parameter is supported from version 6.20.21.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range 1 ~ 20
Unit 20 ms
Default
value 5
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces Abis Interface
Impact on
service None
GPRS Maximum Retrying

Times
The interface of GPRS maximum retrying times is shown in Figure
22.

FIGURE 22 GPRS MAX RETRYING TIMES PARAMETERS
MAX times of BVC block retry

(BVCBlkMax)
Full name MAX times of BVC block retry
Abbreviation BVCBlkMax
3GPP Name BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
If the PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAM

intervention or equipment faults (disable
blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS
will first set the BVC status as Blocked and
discard the uplink service data.
To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data,
BSS initiates BVC blocking procedure. BSC repeats
BVC blocking procedure after sending BVC BLOCK
message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive BVC BLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1,
then BVC blocking repeats for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops BVC blocking and notifies OMS for
N times if there is no answer. N depends on
Description maximum retries of BVC BLOCK.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
MAX times of BVC unblock retry

(BVCUnblkMax)
Full name MAX times of BVC unblock retry
Abbreviation BVCUblkMax
3GPP Name BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
If the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAM

intervention or recovery of the equipment fault
(disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS
will first set the BVC status as Unblocked.
To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data,
BSS will initiate the BVC unblocking procedure. BSC
repeats the BVC unblocking procedure after sending
the BVC UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
receive the BVC UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message
from SGSN in BSSGPT1 then BVC unblocking
repeats for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops BVC unblocking and notifies OMS for
Description maximum retries of BVC UNBLOCK.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 3 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
MAX times of BVC reset retry

(BVCRestMax)
Full name MAX times of BVC reset retry
Abbreviation BVCRestMax
3GPP Name BVC-RESET-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
To keep the initial status consistent between the

two BVC sides, the Reset BVC process must be
initiated in the following cases: 1) system faults
that affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN (such
as restart upon power-on); 2) lower layer network
service entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3)
lower layer network service entity capability update
(for example, frame relay capability changed from
0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) change of the
corresponding relationship between BVC and the cell.
For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates Signaling
BVC RESET procedure. For faults that affect a
single BVC, BSC initiates the PTP BVC RESET
procedure. BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESET
procedure for corresponding NSE after a
signaling BVC reset procedure.
After the BVC RESET message is sent to SGSN,
if the BVC RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message from
SGSN cannot be received within BSSGPT2, the
BVC RESET process is repeated.
The BVC RESET process could be repeated for N times
at most. If there is no answer after the N times, BSC
stops BVC RESET and notifies OMS. N depends on
Description the maximum number of retries of BVC RESET.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 3

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
MAX times of NS block retry

(NSBlkMax)
Full name MAX times of NS block retry
Abbreviation NSBlkMax
3GPP Name NS-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0
BSC repeats the blocking process when sending

the NS BLOCK message to SGSN. If NS BLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN fails to reach
BSC within specified NS_T1 time then BSC repeats
the NS BLOCK message for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops BLOCK procedure and notify OMS for
Description maximum retries of NS BLOCK.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
MAX times of NS unblock retry

(NSUnblkMax)
Full name MAX times of NS unblock retry
Abbreviation NSUnblkMax
3GPP Name NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
BSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after sending

NS UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
receive the NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from
SGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC repeats the NS
UNBLOCK message for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS
for N times if there is no answer. N depends on
Description maximum retries of NS UNBLOCK.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

MAX times of NS alive retry

(NSAliveMax)
Full name MAX times of NS alive retry
Abbreviation NSAliveMax
3GPP Name NS-ALIVE-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
BSC repeats alive procedure after sending NS

Alive message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive NS
Alive ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN within
NS_T4 timer then BSC repeats NS Alive message
for a maximum of N times. NS Alive process is
specified by the procotol, used to test connection
condition of NSVC terminal side.
BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and notify OMS
for N times if there is no answer. N depends
Description on maximum retries of NS Alive.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

MAX times of suspend retry

(SuspendMax)
Full name MAX times of suspend retry
Abbreviation SuspendMax
3GPP Name SUSPEND-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
MS first sends a SUSPEND message to BSS over

SDCCH when a Class B GPRS MS is about to initiate a
voice service. BSS initiates suspending procedure to
SGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending PS paging and
downlink packet data after BSS receives the message.
BSC repeats suspending procedure after sending
SUSPEND message to SGSN. If BSC fails to
receive SUSPEND ACK/NACK message from SGSN
in BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the suspending
procedure for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops suspending and notify OMS for N
times if there is no answer. N depends on
Description maximum suspending retries.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

MAX times of resume retry

(ResumeMax)
Full name MAX times of resume retry
Abbreviation ResumeMax
3GPP Name RESUME-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
BSSGP layer parameters. when GPRS-attached

MS leaves a special mode, BSS adopts one
of the following strategies:
1. Notify MS of carrying out "route area upgrade".
2. Notify SGSN of recovering the GPRS service.
In case of Routing Area Update, MS and SGSN
directly negotiate GMM status. With the Resume
method (usually for the MS in the packet transmission
status), BSS will initiate the RESUME process to
SGSN for the purpose of notifying SGSN to start the
normal packet downlink transmission action. If BSC
fails to receive the RESUME ACK/NACK message
from SGSN in BSSGPT4, then repeats Resume
procedure for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops the Resume procedure and notify OMS
N times if there is no answer. N depends on the
Description maximum times of resuming retry.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

MAX times of radio access

capabilities update retry (UpdateMax)
Full name MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry
Abbreviation UpdateMax
3GPP Name RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
BSSGP layer parameters. When MS is establishing

uplink/downlink TBF, BSS requires information
about the radio access capability of MS. BSS
obtains such information from SGSN through Radio
Access Capabilities Update procedure.
BSC repeats this procedure after sending the RADIO
ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE message to SGSN. If
BSC fails to receive the RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES
UPDATE ACK/NACK message from SGSN in BSSGPT5
then the Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure
repeats for a maximum of N times. After N times
if there is no answer, then BSC stops Radio Access
Capabilities Update procedure and notify OMS. N
Description depends on the maximum update retry times.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

Max times of PFC create retry

(DownLoadBssPFCMax)
Full name Max times of PFC create retry
Abbreviation DownLoadBssPFCMax
3GPP Name DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
Max retry times to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is

not received before timer BSSGPT6 is timeout, BSS
sends "Download BSS PFC" message according to max
times of retrying to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC"
is not received still after trying DownLoadBSSPRC-
Description Max+1, the process is completed and inform O&M.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
ZGO-01-02-004 Streaming Service Policies

Relevant Fea- ZGO-01-02-003 Service based QoS
tures ZGB-01-02-001 Quality of Service (QoS)
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
Max times of PFC modify retry

(ModifyBssPFCMax)
Full name Max times of PFC modify retry
Abbreviation ModifyBssPFCMax
3GPP Name MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES

3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC

Ack" is not received before timer BSSGPT8 is time-
out, BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message accord-
ing to max times of retrying to modify PFC. If "Modify
BSS PFC Ack" is not received still after trying Modi-
fyBssPFCMax +1, the process is completed and inform
Description O&M.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
GPRS Timer
The interface of GPRS timer parameters is shown in Figure 23.

FIGURE 23 GPRS TIMER PARAMETERS
BVC block/unblock retry time

(BssgpT1, 100ms)
Full name BVC block/unblock retry time
Abbreviation BssgpT1
3GPP Name T1
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
It monitors BSSGP blocking/unblocking process.

Global process in BSC central module MP uses the
timer value. BSS initiates BVC blocking/unblocking
procedure for a point-to-point BVC in case of
OAM intervention or device faults. BSC repeats
this procedure, if SGSN does not return BVC
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK messages. The
interval between the messages is the BVC
Description blocking/unblocking retry time.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2,

100ms)
Full name BVC reset retry time
3GPP Name T2
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
It monitors BSSGP reset procedure.

BSS initiates "BVC reset" process when BVC
(including PTP BVC and signaling BVC) is required
to be reset (such as Gb interface is changed from
disconnected to connected, cell is changed from not
supporting GPRS to supporting GPRS/EDGE, and
OMCR initiates resetting) due to certain causes. BSC
repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return BVC
RESET ACK/NACK message. The interval between
Description the messages is the BVC reset retry time.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
Suspend retry time (BssgpT3,

100ms)
Full name Suspend retry time
3GPP Name T3
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
Class B MS notifies the network to suspend packet

service when MS is ready to perform a voice service.
BSS initiates to suspend SGSN procedure after receiv-
ing SUSPEND message from MS and repeats the pro-
cedure if SGSN does not return SUSPEND ACK/NACK
message. The interval between the messages is the
Description suspend retry time.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)
Full name Resume retry time
3GPP Name T4
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
It monitors BSSGP resuming procedure.

Service process in BSC peripheral module MP
uses the timer value. BSS initiates resuming
procedure to SGSN when GPRS-attached MS is
not in dedicated mode and BSS uses Notify SGSN
to resume GPRS service policy. BSS repeats
the procedure if SGSN does not return RESUME
ACK/NACK message. The interval between the
Description messages is the resuming retry time.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
Access capability update retry time

(BssgpT5, 100ms)
Full name Access capability update retry time
3GPP Name T5

3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
It monitors BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY procedure.

Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses
the timer value. BSC repeats Radio Access Capability
Update procedure after BSS initiates RA_CAPABILITY
procedure to SGSN and if SGSN does not return
the RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE ACK/NACK message.
The interval between the messages is the retry
Description time for radio access capability update.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6,

100ms)
Full name PFC creating retry time
3GPP Name T6
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

PFC creating retry time

The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates
Download PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN
Create PFC message;
Timeout action: retransfer for N times
Description (configurable)
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8,

100ms)
Full name PFC modifying retry time
3GPP Name T8
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
Retry time to modify PFC. The conditions of timer

start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates
Modify BSS PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN
Modify BSS PFC Ack message;

Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
BVC flow control period (CellFcPer,

10ms)
Full name BVC flow control period
Abbreviation CellFcPer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is the BVC leakage ratio

measurement period in the BVC Flow Control
process, that is, BVC long measurement period.
To provide reference to the BVC flow control
at SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS side
periodically measures the current BVC leakage
ratio. BSC initiates the BVC flow control procedure
unconditionally when the long measurement
timer overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC if the
difference of leakage ratios between the two
times exceeds CellFcThs. BSC also initiates BVC
flow control procedure with SGSN confirmation
if the short measurement timer overflows, and
the difference of the leakage ratio between
Description the two timers exceed CellFcThs.
Management
Object BSC

Unit 10 ms
Default value 3000
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-05-016 BVC Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MS flow control period (MsFcPer,

10ms)
Full name MS flow control period
Abbreviation MsFcPer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is the MS leakage ratio measurement

period in the MS Flow Control process.
For reference of flow control at SGSN side, the
BSSGP process at BSS side periodically measures
the current leakage ratio of each MS. When the
statistic timer overflows, the MS Flow Control
Description process is initiated unconditionally.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 10 ms
Default value 3000
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Timer that monitors block/unblock

procedure (NS_T1, 100ms)
Full name Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure
Abbreviation NS_T1
3GPP Name Tns-block
3GPP refer-
Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure.

The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
Timer start: it starts if NS block/unblock
procedure is initiated;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving
SGSN response;
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None

Timer that monitors reset procedure

(NS_T2, 100 ms)
Full name Timer that monitors reset procedure
Abbreviation NS_T2
3GPP Name Tns-reset
3GPP refer-
Timer that monitors reset procedure. The

conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
Timer start: it starts if NS reset proc-
ess is initiated;
SGSN response;
Overtime actions: Repeat NS reset process,
Description and the timer restarts
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
NC-cycle of NS-VC test process

(NS_T3, 100 ms)
Full name NC-cycle of NS-VC test process
Abbreviation NS_T3

3GPP Name Tns-test
3GPP refer-
NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process. The conditions

of timer start, restart, and timeout actions
are as follows:
Timer start: it starts after NS Reset
process is finished;
Timer restart: it restarts after receiving
NS Alive Ack;
Timeout action: send NS Alive mes-
Description sage on timeout.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 300
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
Timer that monitors alive process of

NSVC (NS_T4, 100 ms)
Full name Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC
Abbreviation NS_T4
3GPP Name Tns-alive
3GPP refer-

Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC. The

conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
Timer start: it starts if NS Alive is initiated;
SGSN response;
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 30
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5,

100 ms)
Full name Max attempt period of reset
Abbreviation NS_T5
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Maximum attempt period of reset.

Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS reset process,
no reset response is received before NS_T2 timer is
timeout, repeat NS reset process until timer NS_T5
is timeout. If still no reset response is received,
NS reset process shall be terminated and report
NS alarm to O&M. If reset response is received
Description prior to timeout, the timer is cleared.
Management
Object BSC

Value Range 1800
Unit 100 ms
Default value 1800
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Gb interface
Impact on
service None
TFI and USF release timer (T3169,

10ms)
Full name TFI and USF release timer
Abbreviation T3169
3GPP Name T3169
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
This parameter is timer T3169. During the packet

uplink transmission, if N3101 or N3103 counter
stops, BSS starts the T3169 timer. Network utilizes
TFI and USF resources on release when T3169 stops.
Timer Start: T3169 timer starts when the
counter N3101 = N3101_MAX or the counter
N3103 = N3103_MAX.
Timer stop condition: None.
Description Timeout action: Release USF and TFI resources.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 10 ms
Default value 500
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Um Interface
Impact on
service None
TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)
Full name TBF release timer
Abbreviation T3191
3GPP Name T3191
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
This parameter is timer T3191. During the packet

downlink transmission, if the BSN of the RLC data
block to be transmitted is the maximum (that is,
the final downlink data block), the network will
send a RLC data block whose Final Block Identifier
(FBI) domain is 1 and which includes effective
RRBP domain to initialize release of the downlink
TBF. Then the network starts T3191. For each
RLC data block that receives FBI with value 1
and contains effective RRBP domain:
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends PACKET
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message whose FBI
domain is 1 on the uplink block specified by
the RRBP domain. If the network receives the
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message before
T3191 expires and has to re-transmit it, T3191
is stopped and the required RLC data block is
re-transmitted. If re-transmission is not required,
T3191 is stopped and T3193 is started. When
T3193 expires, the network releases TBF. The
network also releases TBF when T3191 stops.
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the
uplink block specified as per RRBP field. T3191
terminates to enable only when the network
receives the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE
message before T3191 stops. When T3193
expires, the network releases TBF. The network
Description also releases TBF when T3191 stops.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 10 ms

Default value 500
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Um interface
Impact on
service None
TBF release time of downlink

transmission (T3193, 10ms)
Full name TBF release time of downlink transmission
Abbreviation T3193
3GPP Name T3193
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
This parameter is timer T3193 which is used

for protection on TBF release during downlink
packet transmission. Refer to the description
of T3191 timer given below:
Timer start condition: The final PACKET
DOWNLINK ACK/NACK or PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGE message is received.
Timer stop condition: The network establishes
a new downlink TBF.
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
This parameter is bigger than timer T3192 to make
Description sure the TFI of MS is unique at the same time.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 10 ms
Default value 51
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces Um interface
Impact on
service None
TBF protect time when radio link

failure (T3195, 10ms)
Full name TBF protect time when radio link failure
Abbreviation T3195
3GPP Name T3195
3GPP refer-
ence 3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
This parameter the protection time of TBF when

the radio link fails or when the cell change leads to
MS failure to respond. During the packet downlink
transmission, if the counter N3105 expires, BSS
will start T3195. Network uses the TFI resource
again when T3195 timer stops.
Timer start: T3195 timer starts when the
counter N3105 = N3105_MAX
Timer stop condition: None.
Description Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 10 ms
Default value 500
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related inter-
faces Um interface
Impact on
service None
PS channel delay release timer

(PSRelDelay, 100ms)
Full name PS channel delay release timer
Abbreviation PSRelDelay
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
ence None
Information of releasing this PS channel when this

threshold is achieved. The conditions of timer start,
stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
Timer start: it starts while all service
are released on PDTCH;
Timeout action: release PDTCH channel,
during which if this channel is occupied again,
Description the timer shall be cleared.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 300
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related inter-
faces None
Impact on
service None

AMR Half Method

Parameters
The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure
24.
FIGURE 24 AMR HALF METHOD PARAMETERS
AMR Half Active Codec Set

(AmrHalfAcs)
Full name AMR Half Active Codec Set
Abbreviation AmrHalfAcs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit

5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 kbps Bit 2: 5.15
kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. Yes represents 1 and No
represents 0. Four coding modes could be set at
Description the most. Default code is 00011110 (that is 30).
Management
Object Cell
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70

Value Range kbit/s to 7.40 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit None
Default value Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes] in order.

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Relevant param-
eters Start mode (AmrStartMode)
Relationship
When only a value is configured as "No" within

5 elements in AmrStartMode interface, value
range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No" within
range is 1~3;
When three values are configured as "No"
within 5 elements in AmrStartMode interface,
value range is 1~2;
When four values are configured as "No" within
range is 1;
When all five values are configured as "No" in
AmrStartMode interface, value range is null;
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)
Full name Thresholds of AMR
Abbreviation AmrThresholds
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes

five factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThres-
holds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted
conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1AmrThresholds2AmrThres-
holds3AmrThresholds4AmrThresholds5
AmrThresholds1 AmrHysteresis1AmrThres-
holds2 AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3
AmrHysteresis3AmrThresholds4 AmrHystere-
Description sis4AmrThresholds5 AmrHysteresis5
Management
Object Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value

range is 0~63.
0: 0.0 dB;
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range 63: 31.5 dB
Unit None
Default value [22, 25, 29, 34, 40]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)
Full name Hysteresis of AMR
Abbreviation AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes

five factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and
AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted
conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 AmrHysteresis1AmrThres-
holds2 AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3
Management
Object Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value

range is 0~15.
0: 0.0 dB
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Unit None
Default value [4, 5, 5, 6, 6]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)
Full name Initial codec mode
Abbreviation IsAmrlCM
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode

Unit None
Default value Startmode codec
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Start mode (AmrStartMode)
Full name Start mode
Abbreviation AmrStartMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Startmode codec mode
Management
Object Cell values are as follows:
The
1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit
rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the
second lowest bit rate, if there is more
than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest
bit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.
4: Select the coding mode with the
fourth lowest bit rate, if there are more
Value Range than three coding modes.
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)

When only a value is configured as "No" within

5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No" within
When three values are configured as "No"
Relationship within 5 elements in "AMR Half Active Codec Set
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1;
When all values are configured as "No" for
(AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is null;
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)
Full name Enable noise control
Abbreviation IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines whether AMR noise

suppression is disabled, that is, to suppress
background noise and keep original voice quality.
No: Enable noise suppression;
Description Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
AMR Full Method

Parameters
The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure
25.
FIGURE 25 AMR FULL METHOD PARAMETERS
AMR Full Active Codec Set

(ArmFullAcs)
Full name AMR full Active Codec Set
Abbreviation AmrFullAcs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8:

12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit
5: 6.70 kbps Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps.
Yes represents 1 and No represents 0. Default
Description code is 10101010 (that is 170).

Management
Object Cell
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70

kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s, 10.2 kbit/s to 12.2
Value Range kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit None
Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in

Default value order.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters Start mode (AmrStartMode)

range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No" within
range is 1~3;
When six values are configured as "No" within
Relationship
range is 1~2;
When seven values are configured as "No"
within 8 elements in AmrStartMode interface,
value range is 1;
When all eight values are configured as "No" in
AmrStartMode interface, value range is null;
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)
Full name Thresholds of AMR
Abbreviation AmrThresholds
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

The threshold of changing AMR mode includes

seven factors: AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2,
AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4, AmrThres-
holds5, AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also,
the following restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1AmrThresholds2AmrThres-
holds3AmrThresholds4AmrThresholds5Amr-
Thresholds6AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1
AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2 AmrHyste-
resis2AmrThresholds3 AmrHysteresis3Amr-
Thresholds4 AmrHysteresis4AmrThresholds5
Management
Object Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.

Value range is 0 ~ 63.
0: 0.0 dB;
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Unit None
Default value [6, 9, 13, 18, 24, 31, 39]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Full name Hysteresis of AMR
Abbreviation AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes

seven factors: AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, AmrHysteresis5,
AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the
following restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2
AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3 AmrHyste-
resis3AmrThresholds4 AmrHysteresis4Amr-
Thresholds5 AmrHysteresis5AmrThresholds6
Description AmrHysteresis6AmrThresholds7AmrHysteresis7
Management
Object Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.

0: 0.0 dB
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Unit None
Default value [3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)
Full name Initial codec mode
Abbreviation IsAmrICM
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management
Object Cell

Value Range Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode
Unit None
Default value Startmode codec
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Full name Start mode
Abbreviation AmrStartMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Startmode codec mode
Management
Object BSC

8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No" within
When six values are configured as "No" within
When seven values are configured as "No"
within 8 elements in "AMR full Active Codec Set
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1;
When all values are configured as "No" for
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is null.
The values are as follows:
1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit
rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the second lowest
bit rate, if there is more than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest
Value Range bit rate, if there is more than two coding modes.

4: Select the coding mode with the fourth

lowest bit rate, if there are more than
three coding modes.
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Full name Enable noise control
Abbreviation IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines whether AMR noise

suppression is disabled, that is, to suppress
background noise and keep original voice quality.
No: Enable noise suppression;
Description Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Other Parameters 1

The interface of GPRS other parameters 1 is shown in Figure 26.
FIGURE 26 GPRS OTHER PARAMETERS 1
Cn
Full name Cn
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter is used to determine the

increase of coding mode level.
Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the
CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates
9.05 kbps, 13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps,
respectively. The low level coding mode has
higher error correction capability and lower data
throughput. User can choose different coding
modes for each timeslot or even each TBF.
During data transmission of GRPR, to reach the
maximum radio throughput, the network shall
select the coding mode dynamically according to
the data rate requirement and radio transmission
quality. Good radio transmission quality means
that the probability of the retransmission of the
error radio blocks is small. In this time the coding
mode that carries large data volume (that is,
high level coding mode) can be used.
For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channel
coding mode CSn (1n3), if the number of data
blocks transmitted consecutively and correctly
exceeds the predefined parameter Cn[n-1], the
coding mode will be increased by one level.
Subscript 1, 2, and 3 in the interface are
coding conversion parameters among CS1~CS2,
Description CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 85
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Nn
Full name Nn
Abbreviation None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used to determine the

decrease of coding mode level. It is used
at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1
to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.
The low level coding mode has higher error
correction capability and lower data throughput.
Different coding modes can be chosen for each
timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects
the coding mode dynamically according to the
data rate requirement and radio transmission
quality at the transmission of the GPRS data,
to reach maximum radio throughput.
When the radio transmission quality is poor,
the coding mode with stronger anti-interference
capability (that is, low level coding mode) shall
be used. The coding level decreases to one
level if Nn n-2 data blocks are transmitted,
the number of consecutive data blocks losses
in the coding mode CSn (2n4) for the TBF
(downlink and uplink) is Xn[n2]%.
Description CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Xn
Full name Xn
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is the threshold for determining

the decrease in the level of the coding mode. It
is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
channel, the GPRS data block may employ the CS-1
to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively.
The low level coding mode has higher error
correction capability and lower data throughput.
Different coding modes can be chosen for each
timeslot or even each TBF. The network selects
the coding mode dynamically according to the
data rate requirement and radio transmission
quality at the transmission of the GPRS data,
to reach maximum radio throughput.
When the radio transmission quality is poor,
the coding mode with stronger anti-interference
capability (that is, low level coding mode) shall
be used. The coding level decreases to one
level if Nn n-2 data blocks are transmitted,
the number of consecutive data blocks losses
in the coding mode CSn (2n4) for the TBF
(downlink and uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.
Description CS2~CS3, and CS3 CS4.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 25
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Max allowed number of continuous

losses of uplink data blocks (N3101)

Full name data blocks
Abbreviation N3101
3GPP Name N3101
3GPP reference 3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
This parameter is counter N3101, which is

used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies
USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each
uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101
clears for that TBF. If the number of losses
in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then
T3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI and
Description USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 9 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK

retries (N3103)
Full name Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries
Abbreviation N3103
3GPP Name N3103

During the packet uplink transmission, if the
network detects that at the end of uplink TBF (CV
= 0, and V(Q) = V(R)), all RLC data blocks have
been received, the network shall send a PACKET
UPLINK ACK/NACK message and set the Final
Acknowledgement Identifier (FAI) as 1. The header
of the RLC/MAC control block contains a valid RRBP
domain. And the counter N3103 is cleared.
MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE
message in the block specified in RRBP and release
TBF if MS receives PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message with FAI1 from network side.
Network re-transmits PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message with N3103 counter incrementing, if
the network fails to receive PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGE message in the radio block
specified in the RRBP field.
The network starts T3169 timer if the value of
N3103 exceeds the limiting N3103max. Network
Description uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Max allowed number of continuous

losses of uplink RLC/MAC control
message (N3105)

Full name RLC/MAC control message
Abbreviation N3105
3GPP Name N3105

During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies
USF (corresponding to one uplink TBF) for each
uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101
clears for that TBF. If the number of losses
in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then
T3169 timer starts. Network uses the TFI and
Description USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None


NACC support (NACCSupport)
Full name NACC support
Abbreviation NACCSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
LLC framework conversion refers to the process: on

NACC, if target cell is the cell in BSC, downlink LLC
frame data that has not been sent to this MS from
BSC is transferred to target cell, and then it is sent
Description to this MS after MS uplink TBF link is established.
Management
Object BSC
Not support NACC; Support NACC, not support LLC

framework conversion; Support NACC, also support
Value Range LLC framework conversion.
Unit None
Default value Not support NACC
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-02-010 Network-assisted Cell Change

Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)
Full name Net operation mode
Abbreviation NMO
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
There are three network operation modes:

Mode 1: The network sends to the
"GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging message
on the same channel of GPRS paging channel
(packet or CCCH paging channel), or on the
GPRS traffic channel (when it is assigned with
a packet data channel). Mode 1 indicates that
MS only need to monitor one paging channel.
Network operation mode 1 is required while
configuring PBCCH; Gs interfce is required
while configuring network operation mode 1.
GPRS-attached MS the CS paging message
on the CCCH paging channel, which is also
for GPRS paging. Mode 2 indicates that
the MS only need to monitor CCCH paging
channel, but when BSC allocates a packet
data channel, the CS paging message uses
the CCCH paging channel.
"GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging message on
the CCCH paging channel, and sends the GPRS
paging message either on the packet paging
channel (if any in the cell) or on the CCCH
paging channel. Mode 3 indicates that the MS
must monitor two paging channels (if packet
paging channel is available in the cell) in order
Description to receive CS or GPRS paging message.
Management
Object BSC
Net operation mode 1, Net operation mode 2, Net

Value Range operation mode 3
Unit None

Default value Network Operation Mode 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Page coordination support

(PagCoordination)
Full name Page coordination support
Abbreviation PagCoordination
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines if intra-BSC cell supports

CS based paging. This parameter is broadcasted in
GPRS CELL OPTIONS through SI13, PSI1, and PSI13
messages. For more information, refer to the proto-
Description col 04.60 12.24. It is invalid when NMO is 1.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Satellite transmission at GB interface

indication (IsSatelliteGB)
Full name Satellite transmission at GB interface indication
Abbreviation IsStatelliteGB
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It describes if BSC system supports "satellite trans-

mission at Gb interface". This function is mainly to
Description implement the modification of delay.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-05-01-003 Gb Interface over Satellite
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Extended RLC send window allowed

(IsWindowExpend)
Full name Extended RLC send window allowed
Abbreviation IsWindowExpend
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It describes whether extended RLC send window is

Description allowed.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TBF establish support (TBF_EST)
Full name TBF establish support
Abbreviation TBF_EST
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if BSC supports TBF estab-

lishment process. TBF flow establishment refers to
while releasing uplink TBF, to determine if new uplink
TBF shall be established immediately for CTRL_ACK
Description field in Packet Control Acknowledgement message.

Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Signal extended uplink TBF support

(Signal_EUTBF)
Full name Signal extended uplink TBF support
Abbreviation Signal_EUTBF
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if signaling uplink TBF can

use extended uplink TBF functions. This parame-
ter has the functions when the cell supports for ex-
tended uplink TBF. Signaling TBF at this place refers
Description to TBF established to transmit GMM signaling.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-05-014 Delayed TBF Release in UL

Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Highest coding scheme of signal TBF

(SigTBFMaxCode)
Full name Highest coding scheme of signal TBF
Abbreviation SigTBFMaxCode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
While transferring upper signaling, such as PDP

activation, routing area update, this parameter can
Description
restrict the highest coding mode of this kind of
signaling data.
Management
Object BSC
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7,

Value Range
MCS8, MCS9
Unit None
Default value MCS6
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Optimized POC service support

(PocSupport)
Full name Optimized POC service support
Abbreviation PocSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if PoC subscriber applies for dedicated

POC channel. PoC indicates Push to talk over
Cellular. Consider the MS with proper function as
Description
walkie-talkie. This kind of MS has a talkie key.
After pressing this key, you can talk with other
subscribers or in a group.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Highest coding scheme of POC

service in GPRS (PocAttSelt_0)
Full name Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS
Abbreviation PocAttSelt_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It describes the highest coding mode that can be

Description
used while GPRS MS does POC service.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4
Unit None
Default value CS3
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Highest coding scheme of POC

service in EGPRS (PocAttSelt_1)
Full name Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS
Abbreviation PocAttSelt_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It describes the highest coding mode that can be

Description
used while EGPRS MS does POC service.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range MCS1 ~ MCS9
Unit None
Default value MCS6
Change mode Offline
Relevant
parameters None

Relationship None
Maximal users of POC service

on shared PS channel0
(PSCapaThs_UL)
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS

Full name
channel0
Abbreviation PSCapaThs_UL
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the upper limit of PoC service

subscribers in shared uplink channel.
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicates
Description the upper limit of PoC subscribers on the uplink
of each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds this
number, PoC subscriber access is not allowed on
the uplink of this dedicated PoC channel.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 2 ~ 6
Unit Times
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Maximal users of POC service

on shared PS channel1
(PSCapaThs_DL)
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS

Full name
channel1
Abbreviation PSCapaThs_DL
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the upper limit of PoC service

subscribers in shared downlink channel.
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicates
Description the upper limit of PoC subscribers on the downlink
of each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds this
number, PoC subscriber access is not allowed on
the downlink of this dedicated PoC channel.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 2 ~ 6
Unit Times
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms)
Full name PDU buffer time
3GPP Name None

3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates the longest duration of

BSSGP instance being kept after being released at
radio interface. During cell reselection, the old BSSGP
instance is kept. If MS has not been accessed to
the new cell within a certain time longer than this
parameter's value, then the old BSSGP instance will
be released.
Description
The parameter's value is 0: Indicates no buffer; The
parameter's value is 60000: Indicates using the buffer
time PduLifeTime of SGSN's life cycle. The parameter's
value is other value: Indicates using the minimum
of the following two values: configuration data and
PduLifeTime of SGSN.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 10 ms
Default
value 500
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
BVC Flow Control

Parameters
The interface of BVC flow control parameters is as shown in Figure
28.

FIGURE 28 BVC FLOW CONTROL PARAMETERS
BVC flow control support

(BVCFlowCtrl)
Full name BVC flow control support
Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between

SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS
provides control parameters and SGSN executes,
in order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning
some LLC data because of the overtime caused
by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC
frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new
downlink LLC data because of limit of memory
resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).
BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking
rate of BVC periodically (including short statistics
and long statistics). This parameter originates
unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows
and SGSN acknowledgement is necessary if
discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over
CellFcThs. BVC flow control supported originates
and SGSN confirmation is necessary if short
statistics timer overflows and discrepant range of
Description adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.

Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl)
Full name MS flow control support
Abbreviation MSFlowCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
MS flow control occurs at Gb interface between

SGSN and BSS, and only in downlinks. BSS
provides control parameters and SGSN executes,
to avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning some
LLC data because of the overtime caused by
grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC
frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new
downlink LLC data because of limit of memory
resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).
The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically
measures the current leakage ratio of MS. When
the statistic timer overflows, the MS Flow Control
Description process is initiated unconditionally.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode)
Full name Flow control mode
Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSC has different flow control modes to

report flow control parameters to SGSN.
The modes are as follows:
1: Mode 1: Report flow control parameters
according to actual traffic on radio
interface counted at BSC;
2: Mode 2: Report flow control parameters
according to max traffic that the cell
can provide;
3: Mode 3: Reserved
"Flow control mode 1 parameter" is enabled
if selecting "mode 1"; "Flow control mode 2
Description parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 2".
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces Gb interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Parameter of flow control mode 1

(FlowCtrlMode1Para)
Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 1
Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode1Para
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSC reports flow control parameters according to

actual traffic at radio interface when adopting mode
1. Actual counted value is smaller due to radio inter-
face re-transmission and TBF failure. So BSC multi-
plies the actual traffic with a multiple determined by
this parameter when reporting flow control param-
Description eters.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit 100 bps
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Gb interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Parameter of flow control mode 2

(FlowCtrlMode2Para)
Full name Parameter of Flow control mode 2
Abbreviation FlowCtrlMode2Para
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSC reports flow control parameters according to

max traffic that the cell can provide when adopting
mode 2. Maximum value depends on configured
channels. Counting formula: channels * max traffic
that every channel can provide. This parameter is
max traffic that every channel can provide, with the
Description unit of 100 bps.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit 100 bps
Default value 214
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Gb interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
BVC flow control R MIN value

(BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)
Full name BVC flow control R MIN value
Abbreviation BVCFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in re-

ported BVC flow control parameters under all kinds
of flow control mode, that is, the reported param-
eter R must be equal or over the set value, in the
Description unit of 100 bps.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit 100 bps
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MS flow control R MIN value

(MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)
Full name MS flow control R MIN value
Abbreviation MSFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in re-

ported MS flow control parameters under all kinds of
flow control mode, that is, the reported parameter
R must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of
Description 100 bps.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit 100 bps

Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PFC flow control procedures support

(PFCFlowCtrl)
Full name PFC flow control procedures support
Abbreviation PFCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
PFC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN

and BSS, and only in downlink. BSS provides control
parameters and SGSN executes. It helps avoid a
PFC in BSS discarding some LLC data due to timeout
caused by grouping channels being too busy (too many
LLC frame buffers) and avoid discarding new downlink
Description LLC data due to limited memory resource (overflow
of LLC frame buffer).
The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically
measures the current leakage ratio of MS. When the
statistic timer overflows, the 'PFC Flow Control' process
is initiated unconditionally.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value No
Change
mode Offline

Relevant
Features ZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Coefficient of BVC bucket size

(Info_2_0)
Full name Coefficient of BVC bucket size
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is used to calculate the size of BVC

bucket. User can modify this parameter's value to
Description change the size of BVC bucket.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default
value 3000
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16)
Full name Coefficient of MS bucket
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is used to calculate the size of MS

bucket. User can modify this parameter's value to
Description change the size of MS bucket.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default
value 300
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
CBL in BVC/MS flow control

(Info_1_9)
Full name CBL in BVC/MS flow control
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates whether Current Bucket Level

(CBL) should be reported in the BVC/MS flow control
Description message.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
FUC Flow Control Map

Parameters
Interface of FUC Flow Control Map parameter shown in Figure 29.

FIGURE 29 FUC FLOW CONTROL MAP PARAMETERS
Flow Control Reason
Full name Flow control reason
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes FUC flow control level.

The parameter value corresponding to level
Description 0 can't be modified.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range Level 0~10
Unit None
Default value [Level 0~10]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Emergency Call
Full name Emergency call
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes hurry call percentage

corresponding to certain FUC flow control level.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range Level 0~10, value range is: 0~100
Unit %
Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control

tures ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Call Rebuilt
Full name Call Rebuilt
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
This parameter describes call rebuilt percentage

Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit %
Default value [0, 50, 75, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Call Response
Full name Call Response
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes call response percentage

Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit %
Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 50, 50, 75, 75, 75]
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Calling
Full name Calling
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes calling percentage

Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit %
Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 40, 78, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Location Update
Full name Location Update
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes site refresh percentage

Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit %
Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 50, 75]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Access
Full name GPRS access
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit %
Default value [0, 0, 0, 20, 46, 73, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Restore
Full name Restore
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management Ob-
ject BSC
Unit %
Default value [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Flow control map slim adjust (bit)
Full name Flow control map slim adjust (bit)
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
FUC establishes a channel request refuse

map. After flow control is started, you can
be based on this bitmap to determine if
certain access can be refused.
Each bit in this map represents if to allow
channel access due to this reason: 1 represents
Description refusal, 0 represents allowance.
Management Ob-
ject BSC
Value Range None
Unit Bit
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
EDGE Parameters
The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 30.

FIGURE 30 EDGE PARAMETERS
PFC support (PFCSupport)
Full name PFC support
Abbreviation PFCSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference Section 44.060 12.24, 23.060, 48.018
This parameter is broadcasted through SI13,

PSI1, and PSI13 messages.
In EGPRS system with broadband features,
the QoS concept of UMTS has been imported,
which enables transferring the negotiable QoS
configuration to BSS through Gb interface.
BSS can maintain QoS subscribing information
through function PFC (packet flow context) flow,
which include acquiring QoS, modifying QoS,
and deleting QoS signaling flow.
Network notifies MS if the network supports PFC
flow through the system message parameter
PFC_FEATURE_MODE. If yes, the MS will add
PFI when establishing uplink TBF (PACKET
RESOURCE REQUEST). BSS can decide QoS
Description as MS requires according to PFI.
Management
Object BSC

Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
R99 Ind (R99Ind)
Full name R99 Ind
Abbreviation R99Ind
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates R99 protocol version ID. BSS consid-

ers this parameter as a basis to determine if to en-
code/decode message field added after R99 version
Description for the protocol.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Version of R98 or it's before, Version of R99
Unit None
Default value R99 version
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Enhanced radio status procedures

support (EnRadioStu)
Full name Enhanced radio status procedures support
Abbreviation EnRadioStu
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
On the basis of Radio Status, enhanced Radio Status

reports three more cause values:
x02: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status process
is used when the cell reselection occurs. Usually,
it helps satisfy the service requirement to the
maximum extent.
x03: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status process
is used when the MS is required to perform cell
reselection and LLC frame transferring is not
supported.
x04: Indicates that SGSN is notified when BSC
detects cell reselection failure.
SGSN has the following responses:
Description When Radio Status with the cause value x02
is received, the downlink LLC frame sending is
resumed after cell reselection is completed.
When Radio Status with the cause value x03
is received, either the downlink data sending is
resumed after cell reselection is completed, or
Radio Status with other cause values are received.
When Radio Status with the cause value x04 is
received, if there are data to be sent to MS, then
the downlink LLC frame sending is resumed.
With Radio Status that supports multiple cause values,
SGSN can better understand the status of MS, which
avoids sending data to the old cell blindly.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default
value No

Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
RS
Full name RS
Abbreviation RS
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Uplink throughput weight value at Gb inter-

face, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Description RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 12
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-03-001 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

RR
Full name RR
Abbreviation RR
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Downlink throughput weight value at Gb inter-

face, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 12
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RA
Full name RA
Abbreviation RA
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing request

times, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object BSC

Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relationship None
Relevant param-
eters None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RM
Full name RM
Abbreviation RM
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Weight value of big-bandwidth request times,

the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 14
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RB
Full name RB
Abbreviation RB
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Weight value of the biggest bandwidth us-

age, the dynamic Abis adjustment parameter.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RG
Full name RG
Abbreviation RG
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter defines weights of GPRS carrier

proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
Description equal to 100
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RE
Full name RE
Abbreviation RE
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines weights of EDGE carrier

proportion, RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be
Description equal to 100
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 35
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-

Relevant param-
eters None
Relationship
None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
ABIS resource dynamic manage

(Info_1_8)
Full name ABIS resource dynamic manage
3GPP Name None
3GPP None
reference
This parameter indicates whether Abis resource

Description dynamic management is allowed.
Management Site/BSC
Object
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant None
Features
Relevant None
parameters
Relationship None
Related None
interfaces
Impact on None
service

eMLPP Set
Figure 31 shows the interface of eMLPP set.
FIGURE 31 EMLPP SET
Strategy for preemption when assign

(AssPreemptstrategy)
Full name Strategy for preemption when assign
Abbreviation AssPreemptstrategy
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter decides the preemption policy if there

Description
is no available channel on assginment.
Management
Object BSC
Priority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forced

Value Range handover; First forced handover, if fail, forced
release; First forced release.
Unit None
Default value Only forced handover
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Strategy for preemption when

handover (HoPreemptstrategy)
Full name Strategy for preemption when handover
Abbreviation HoPreemptstrategy
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter decides the preemption policy if there

Description
is no available channel on handover.
Management
Object BSC
Priority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forced

Value Range handover; First forced handover, if fail, forced
release; Directly forced release.
Unit None
Default value Only forced handover
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Maximum forced handover times

when assign (AssForcedHoTry)
Full name Maximum forced handover times when assign
Abbreviation AssForcedHoTry
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines the max number of retry for forced

Description handover if there is no available channel during
assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Priority 1 ~ 15, value range: 1 ~ 5
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Maximum forced handover times

when handover (HoForcedHoTry)
Full name Maximum forced handover times when handover
Abbreviation HoForcedHoTry
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Description handover if there is no available channel during
handover.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Maximum forced release times when

assign (AssForcedRelTry)
Full name Maximum forced release times when assign
Abbreviation AssForcedRelTry
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description release if there is no available channel during
assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Maximum forced release times when

handover (HoForcedRelTry)
Full name Maximum forced release times when handover
Abbreviation HoForcedRelTry
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description release if there is no available channel during
handover.
Management
Object BSC
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Preemption duration when assign

(AssPreempTimer, 100ms)
Full name Preemption duration when assign
Abbreviation AssPreempTimer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines the period of forced handover or

forced release if there is no available channel during
Description assignment. If the period elapses, only queue is
allowed, and new forced handover or forced release
not required.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Preemption duration when handover

(HoPreempTimer, 100ms)
Full name Preemption duration when handover
Abbreviation HoPreempTimer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It determines the period of forced handover or

forced release if there is no available channel during
Description handover. If the period elapses, only queue is
allowed, and new forced handover or forced release
not required.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Timer for start forced release when

assign (AssForceRelTimer)
Full name Timer for start forced release when assign
Abbreviation AssForceRelTimer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if to do forced handover if both forced

handover and forced release are allowed when there
Description is no available channel in the cell during assignment,
or to do forced release and do not forced handover
after no any channel is gotten.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 30

Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Timer for start forced release when

handover (HoForceRelTimer)
Full name Timer for start forced release when handover
Abbreviation HoForceRelTimer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if to do forced handover if both forced

handover and forced release are allowed when there
Description is no available channel in the cell during handover,
or to do forced release and do not forced handover
after no any channel is gotten.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 25
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Interval for search forced

handover target when assign
(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms)

Full name
assign
Abbreviation AssForceHoInterval
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines the waiting time for

searching forced handover target again if forced
Description
handover target can not be found when there is no
available channel in the cell during assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

handover target when handover
(HoForceHoInterval, 100ms)

Full name
handover
Abbreviation HoForceHoInterval

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

searching forced handover target again if forced
Description
handover target can not be found when there is no
available channel in the cell on handover.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

release target when assign
(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)
Full name Interval for search forced release target when assign
Abbreviation AssForceRelInterval
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

searching forced release target again if forced release
Description
target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell during assignment.
Management
Object BSC

Unit 100 ms
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

release target when handover
(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)
Interval for search forced release target when

Full name
handover
Abbreviation HoForceRelInterval
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

searching forced release target again if forced release
Description
target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell on handover.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Queue timer for assign (RmsT11,

100ms)
Full name Queue timer for assign
Abbreviation RmsT11
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines the max time of waiting for queue

if there is no available channel in the cell during
Description
assignment. The assignment fails if no any resource
is gotten.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho,

100ms)
Full name Queue timer for handover
Abbreviation RmsTqho
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines the max time of waiting for queue if

Description there is no available channel in the cell on handover.
The handover fails if no any resource is gotten.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Queue indicate when assign

(QueueIndAss)
Full name Queue indicate when assign
Abbreviation QueueIndAss
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It determines if queue is allowed or set it per cell

Description if there are no available channels in the cell during
assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Queue forbidden when assign, Queue allowed when

Value Range
assign, According to the cell
Unit None
Default value Queue forbidden when assign
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Queue allowed when handover

(QueueIndHo)
Full name Queue allowed when handover
Abbreviation QueueIndHo
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if queue is allowed or set it per cell

Description if there are no available channels in the cell during
handover.
Management
Object BSC
Queue forbidden when handover, Queue allowed when

Value Range
handover, According to the cell
Unit None
Default value Queue forbidden when handover
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Forced release indicate when assign

(PreemptionIndAss)
Full name Forced release indicate when assign
Abbreviation PreemptionIndAss
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if forced release is allowed or set it

Description per cell if there are no available channels in the cell
during assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Forced release forbidden when assign, Forced release

Value Range
allowed when assign, According to the cell
Unit None
Default value Forced release forbidden when assign
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Forced release allowed when

handover (PreemptionIndHo)
Full name Forced release allowed when handover
Abbreviation PreemptionIndHo
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if forced release is allowed or set it

during handover.
Management
Object BSC
Forced release forbidden when handover, Forced re-

Value Range
lease allowed when handover, According to the cell
Unit None
Default value Forced release forbidden when handover
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Forced handover indication for assign

(ForcedHolndAss)
Full name Forced handover indication for assign
Abbreviation ForcedHolndAss
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It determines if forced handover is allowed or set it

during assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Forced handover forbidden when assign, Forced hand-

Value Range
over allowed when assign, According to the cell
Unit None
Default value forced handover forbidden when assigned
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Forced handover indication for

handover (ForcedHolndHo)
Full name Forced handover indication for handover
Abbreviation ForcedHolndHo
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if forced handover is allowed or set it

during handover.
Management
Object BSC
Forced handover forbidden when handover, Forced

Value Range handover allowed when handover, According to the
cell
Unit None
Default value Forced handover forbidden when handover
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Wait resource timer after forced

handover (ForceHoWait, 100ms)
Full name Wait resource timer after forced handover
Abbreviation ForceHoWait
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines the time of waiting for resource after

forced handover. If getting the resource within this
period, do not initiate forced handover or forced
Description release and quit from the queue. If can not get it,
initiate forced handover, forced release, or queue.
This parameter is configured according to the time
required to finish handover.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 10 ~ 40
Unit 100 ms
Default value 25
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Wait resource timer after forced

release (ForceRelWait, 100ms)
Full name Wait resource timer after forced release
Abbreviation ForceRelWait
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines the time of waiting for resource after

forced release. If getting the resource within this
period, do not initiate forced release and quit from
Description the queue. If can not get it, initiate forced release
or queue.
This parameter is configured according to the time
requird to finish handover.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 10 ~ 40
Unit 100 ms
Default value 25
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Enough low priority for preemption

(LowestPriority)
Full name Enough low priority for preemption
Abbreviation LowestPriority
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
To reduce the search times when searching for the

target of forced handover and forced release, if target
Description priority is not higher than this priority, it is considered
that the priority of this target is low enough, and do
not search for the lowest priority. 1: highest priority
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value 14
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Enough call duration for preemption
Full name Enough call duration for preemption
Abbreviation LongCallDuration
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
To reduce search times while searching for the target

of forced handover and forced release, if the duration
of target call is longer than this parameter value, it is
Description
considered that the duration of target call is sufficient
and do not search the target with the longest call
duration.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 480 ms
Default value 50

Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Forced handover target penalty time

(ForceHoPenalty)
Full name Forced handover target penalty time
Abbreviation ForceHoPenalty
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines this instance can not be used as

Description forced handover target within this period after forced
handover fails.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit 480 ms
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Priority of emergency service

(EmergServicelPrio)
Full name Priority of emergency service
Abbreviation EmergServicelPrio
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines if the call with higher or equivalent

Description
priority is emergency call. 1: highest priority
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 1 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Ater Timer Parameters

In basic property interface, if you select "Outer TC" in "TC type
supported (TCType)", a parameter interface named Ater Timer will
be added.
For Ater Timer parameter interface see Figure 32.

FIGURE 32 ATER TIMER PARAMETERS
Ater wait SCCP connection timer

(TAterWaitConn, 100ms)
Full name Ater wait SCCP connection timer
Abbreviation TAterWaitConn
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes SCCP CONNECT CONFIRM

message used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures
Description this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 5 ~ 20
Unit 100 ms
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater wait resource timer

(TWaitAterRes, 100ms)
Full name Ater wait resource timer
Abbreviation TWaitAterRes
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes RESOURCE REQUEST AC-

KNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC
Description configures this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 10 ~ 30
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Ater wait resource release timer

(TAterWaitRel, 100ms)
Full name Ater wait resource release timer
Abbreviation TAterWaitRel
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes RESOURCE RELEASE AC-

KNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 20 ~ 50
Unit 100 ms
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater handover monitor timer

(TAterMoniterHO, 100ms)
Full name Ater handover monitor timer
Abbreviation TAterMoniterHO
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes monitor handover process

Description when iBSC configures this timer to use outer iTC.

Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 120
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater wait resource acknowledge timer

(TWaitAterResAck, 100ms)
Full name Ater wait resource acknowledge timer
Abbreviation TWaitAterResAck
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes the response to apply for

resource from iTC, to configure this timer wait for iTC
Description during iBSC handover.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 5 ~ 25
Unit 100 ms
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk,

100ms)
Full name Ater block circuit timer
Abbreviation TAterCicBlk
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE

message or UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE message
Description used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Ater block circuit group timer

(TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms)
Full name Ater block circuit group timer
Abbreviation TAterBlkCicGrp
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes BLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP

ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT
GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC
Description after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic,

100ms)
Full name Ater reset circuit timer
Abbreviation TAterRstCic
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter describes RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWL-

EDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC con-
Description figures this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)
Full name Ater reset timer
Abbreviation TAterRst
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes RESET ACKNOWLEDGE

message used to wait for iTC when iBSC configures
Description this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst,

100ms)
Full name Ater reset guard timer
Abbreviation TITCRst
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes iBSC configures this timer

Description to delay when resetting globally, to release resource.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 30 ~ 60
Unit 100 ms
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Ater block a interface circuit timer

(TBIkACic, 100ms)
Full name Ater block a interface circuit timer
Abbreviation TBlkACic
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT AC-

KNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT AC-
KNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC when iBSC
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ater block a interface circuit group

timer (TBIkACicGrp, 100ms)
Full name Ater block a interface circuit group timer
Abbreviation TBlkACicGrp
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT

GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING
A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to wait
Description for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Ater Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Chapter 3
External Cell Parameters
External cell parameters include GERAN external cell parameters

and UTRAN external cell parameters.
Table of Contents
GERAN External Cell Parameters........................................ 211
UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................ 239
GERAN External Cell

Parameters
The interface of GERAN external cell parameters is as shown in
Figure 33.

FIGURE 33 BASIC PROPERTY PARAMETERS FOR GERAN EXTERNAL CELL
External cell ID
Full name External cell ID
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description External cell number
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Chapter 3 External Cell Parameters
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell type (CellType)
Full name Cell type
Abbreviation CellType
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description GERAN External Cell type
Management
Object Cell
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro

Value Range Cell, Extended Cell
Unit None
Default value Macro Cell
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MCC (MCC)
Full name MCC (MCC)
Abbreviation MCC

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

is used to uniquely identify the home country of the
Description mobile user (or system).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 999
Unit None
Default value 460
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MNC (MNC)
Full name MNC (MNC)
Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a coun-
Description try (determined by MCC).
Management
Object Cell
When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits,

MNC value will be 0~99;
Value Range MNC value will be 0~999;
Unit None
Default value 0

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Full name Frequency band
Abbreviation FreqBand
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description The frequency band of the system
Management
Object Cell
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900

supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range
is GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported
(FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value range is GSM900,
Value Range EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;
Unit None
Default value GSM900
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)
Full name BCCH frequency
Abbreviation BcchArfcn
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier
Management
Object Cell
When Frequency Band is GSM900, its

value range is 1~124;
When Frequency Band is EXT900, its value
range is 0~124, 975~1023;
When Frequency Band is PCS1900, its
When Frequency Band is DCS1800, its
When Frequency Band is GSM850, its
Value Range value range is 128~251;
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
LAC (LAC)
Full name LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas

(LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the loca-
tion area code identifies the different location areas.
LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC).
One location area contains multiple cells. This pa-
Description rameter is consistent with the data at CN side.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CI
Full name CI
Abbreviation CI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN

uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique
Description code for each cell in a location area.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
NCC
Full name NCC
Abbreviation NCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and differ-
ent GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators
shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to
NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to
measure the cell information of the related opera-
tors. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is one
Description of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

BCC
Full name BCC
Abbreviation BCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC
is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to
the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM speci-
fications stipulate that the TSC (Training Sequence
Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall
be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC
Description and is one of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS service support (PsSupport)
Full name GPRS service support
Abbreviation PsSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description Determine if the cell supports GPRS.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters TsChannelComb
If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No, that is,

GPRS is not supported, the system automatically
Relationship
change all timeslot channels whose type is PS in
the cell to TCH.
Related interfa-
ces None
If GPRS service support is set as "Yes", a GPRS Property tab

will appear, as shown in Figure 34.

FIGURE 34 GPRS PROPERTY PARAMETERS FOR GERAN EXTERNAL CELL
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0,

2db)
Full name Reselection offset
Abbreviation ReselOff_0
3GPP Name GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP reference 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted

to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard
for cell reselection. C32 standard calculation,
similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell
reselection offset parameter. This parameteris not
necessary to append in packet system message
when the offset value is 0 dB.
This parameter indicates the parameters used
during reselection on idle status, which only
Description functions while configuring PBCCH.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1,

2db)
This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS

on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as
the standard for cell reselection. C32 standard
calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains
a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameter
is not necessary to appear in packet system
message when the offset value is 0 dB.
This parameter indicates the parameter used
Description during reselection in transmission state.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Temporary offset of cell reselection

(TempOffset_0, db)
Full name Reselection temporary offset
Abbreviation TempOffset_0
3GPP Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET

to MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
reselection. There is a temporary offset in C32
that provides a negative offset, similar to C2
in GSM system. The effective time depends on
Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselection temporary offset

(TempOffset_1, db)
This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on

PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the
standard for cell reselection. There is a temporary
offset in C32 that provides a negative offset,
similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time
depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Penalty time of cell reselection

(PenalTime_0, 10s)
Full name Penalty time of cell reselection
Abbreviation PenalTime_0
3GPP Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME

in GSM system. The effective time depends on
Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 10 s
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(PenalTime_1, 10s)


depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 10 s
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0)
Full name HCS exist
Abbreviation HCS_EXIST_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter

belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and
broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. PSI
message indicates if the HCS exist (HCS priority and
Threshold of HCS signal level) exist in the cell. MS
ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving
cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells
use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1)
Full name HCS exist
Abbreviation HCS_EXIST_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

belongs to Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and be
informed to MS on PACCH. PSI message indicates
if the HCS exist (HCS priority and Threshold of
HCS signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC
exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does
not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use
Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold of HCS signal level

(HCS_THR_0)
Full name Threshold of HSC signal level
Abbreviation HCS_THR_0
3GPP Name HCS_THR
This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs

to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. Threshold
of HCS signal level identifies the HCS signal
strength threshold of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(HCS_THR_1)
Abbreviation HCS_THR_1
3GPP Name HCS_THR

to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on
PACCH. Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the
HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

HCS priority (PrioClass_0)
Full name HCS Priority
Abbreviation PrioClass_0
3GPP Name PRIORITY_CLASS
This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to

HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS via
system message by BTS, indicating cell HCS priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


to HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on
PACCH, indicating cell HCS priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow SOLSA MS to access

(EXC_ACC)
Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access
Abbreviation EXC_ACC
3GPP Name EXC_ACC
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter infor-
mation is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of
local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow
SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in
Description the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2)
Full name Cell reselection status
Abbreviation CellBarAc2
3GPP Name CELL_BAR ACCESS_2
Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the sys-

tem broadcasts to MS in PSI3 message. It indicates
Description the cell reselection status.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

LSA ID (LSA_Id)
Full name LSA Mark
Abbreviation LSA_Id
3GPP Name LSA ID
System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition,
system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3
and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA
Description ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RAC (RAC)
Full name RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation RAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

RAC is a composition part of Routing Area

Identity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS serving
cell identification. GPRS system divides the
location area (LAs) to several routing areas (RAs)
using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). Routing Area
(RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, uses
the location area to manage a group of cells.
MS initiates Routing area update procedure in
cell reselection mode if new RAI differs from
old RAI during cell reselection.
SGSN knows the routing area information of
the MS in the standby status. Then, when the
network has packet data or circuit data to transmit,
it will page the MS in that routing area. RAI
cannot span more than one SGSN.
Description This parameter is consistent with the data at CN side.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Access minimal signal level

(RxLevAsMin_0)
Full name GPRS access minimum signal level
Abbreviation RxLevAsMin_0
3GPP Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN


to MS via system message by BTS. This parameter
indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing
MS access to this system (GPRS).
To prevent the MS from accessing the system
at a low receiving signal level (usually, the poor
communication quality cannot guarantee normal
communication process after access) and from
unreasonably wasting radio resources of the
network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that
the receiving level be greater than a threshold
level for MS to access the network, that is,
MS Minimal Level to Access.
In addition, the parameter serves as reference
for MS during cell selection and reselection (a
parameter to calculate C31 and C32).
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range 63: > -48 dBm)
Unit None
Default value 12 (-99 dBm ~ -98 dBm)
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Access minimal signal level

(RxLevAsMin_1)
Full name GPRS access minimum signal level

is informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter
indicates the minimum receiving level while allowing
MS access to this system (GPRS).
at a low receiving signal level (usually, the poor
communication quality cannot guarantee normal
communication process after access) and from
unreasonably wasting radio resources of the
network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that
level for MS to access the network, that is,
MS Minimal Level to Access.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range 63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Maximum initial access signal level

(MsTxMaxCCH_0)
Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level
Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_0
3GPP Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

to MS via system message by BTS. Network controls
the MS transmit power during communication
with BTS. The network controls MS power using
power command. MS outputs transmit power
closest to the specified power value if unavailable.
The power before MS receives the network
power control information (the power used in
random access), depends on this parameter
when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell
selection and reselection by MS, involved in
calculation of C1 and C2 values.
Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power before
MS receives the power control information.
The principle of setting this parameter is as
follows: Under the precondition that the MS at
the cell boundary is guaranteed with a certain
access success rate, the MS access level should
be reduced as much as possible. Generally, it
is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for
GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
In actual application, after the parameter is set,
make a dial test at the cell boundary, and test MS
access success rate and access time with different
parameter settings to determine whether to increase
or decrease the value of the parameter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 5

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Maximum initial access signal level

(MsTxMaxCCH_1)
Abbreviation MsTxMaxCCH_1
This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter is

informed to MS on PACCH. Network controls the MS
transmit power during communication with BTS. The
network controls MS power using power command.
MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified
power value if unavailable. The power before MS
receives the network power control information
(the power used in random access), depends on
this parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell
selection and reselection by MS, involved in
calculation of C1 and C2 values.
Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power before
The principle of setting this parameter is as
follows: Under the precondition that the MS at
the cell boundary is guaranteed with a certain
access success rate, the MS access level should
be reduced as much as possible. Generally, it
is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN External Cell

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN external cell parameters is shown in Figure
35.

FIGURE 35 UTRAN EXTERNAL CELL PARAMETERS
External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)
Full name External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)
Abbreviation Ec3GID
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Serial number of UTRAN external cell
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)
Full name UTRAN cell type
Abbreviation CellType3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description The type of this UTRAN cell
Management
Object Cell
Value Range FDD, TDD
Unit None
Default value FDD
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)

Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)
Relevant pa- UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)
rameters Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)
This parameter value has influence on the value

range of ScCodeCellPara, and the value range and
default value of Arfcn3G.
Relationship
When selecting TDD, two configurable parameters
appear in the interface, which are BandWidth3G and
SyncCaseTSTD.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

MCC (MCC)
Full name MCC (MCC)
Abbreviation MCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

is used to uniquely identify the home country of the
Description mobile user (or system).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 999
Unit None
Default value 460
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MNC (MNC)
Full name MNC (MNC)
Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It

uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in a coun-
Description try (determined by MCC).
Management
Object Cell


MNC value will be 0~99;
Value Range MNC value will be 0~999;
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)
Full name UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)
Abbreviation ArfcnUT3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description UTRAN adjacent cell's frequency range
Management
Object Cell
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is

FDD, value range is 412 ~ 10838;
TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), value
range is 2112 ~ 13088;
TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), value
Value Range range is 9254 ~ 13096.
Unit None


FDD, default value is 412;
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDD
and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps),
default value is 2112;
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDD
and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
(BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps),
Default value default value is 9254;
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa- UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)

rameters UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)
The value of CellType3G and BandWidth3G has

Relationship influence on the value range and default value of
this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
LAC (LAC)
Full name LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RNC ID (RNC_ID)
Full name RNC ID (RNC_ID)
Abbreviation RNC_ID
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN net-

work of PLMN to route corresponding UTRAN inter-
Description face message correctly.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

C ID (C_ID)
Full name C ID (C_ID)
Abbreviation C_ID
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It identifies the UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Scrambling code or cell parameter

(ScCodeCellPara)
Full name Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)
Abbreviation ScCodeCellPara
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

FDD: It is described in detail in protocol 3GPP

TS25.213. The scrambling code is used to
distinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD network.
MS measure the main scrambling code of the
downlink CPICH channel in cell for handover
or cell reselection. The scrambling codes
are divided into 0~511. There are one main
scrambling code and 15 auxiliary scrambling
codes in each group. 511 main scrambling codes
could be divided into 64 scrambling code sets,
and there are 8 scrabbling codes in each set;
Description TDD: The parameters describing adjacent cell
Management
Object Cell
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is

FDD, this parameter represents FDD interference
code, value range is 0 ~ 511, 65535.
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)"
is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cell
Value Range parameter, value range is 0 ~ 127, 65535.
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)
The value of UTRAN Cell Type has influence on the

Relationship
value range of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TX diversity indication (DiverSity)
Full name TX diversity indication
Abbreviation DiverSity
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses diversity

Description transmission.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RAC (RAC)
Full name RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation RAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 0

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth

(BandWidth3G)
Full name UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
Abbreviation BandWidth3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter ap-

pears and can be configured, indicating the band-
Description width of UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps)
Unit None
Default value 1 (1.28Mcps)
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa- UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)
rameters Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)
When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameter

appears and can be configured.
Relationship According to different parameter values, the value
range and default value of Arfcn3G varies and
names of SyncCaseTSTD are different.

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)
Full name Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD
Abbreviation SyncCaseTSTD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates if to apply SyncCase or TSTD
Management
Object Cell
When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 1

(1.28 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether
TSTD is applied, the parameter name is "Apply
TSTD", the value range is Yes/No.
When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 0
(3.84 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether
SyncCase is applied, the parameter name is
Value Range "Apply Sync Case", the value range is Yes/No.
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa- UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)

rameters UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)
When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameter

appears and can be configured. Based on different
Relationship
parameter value of BandWidth3G, this parameter
name may be different.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Chapter 4
Cell Parameters
This chapter explains the cell parameters, including basic param-

eters, optional parameters, and GPRS/EDGE parameters.
Table of Contents
Basic Parameters 1 .......................................................... 251
Optional Parameters ........................................................ 311
Cell Selection Parameters ................................................. 323
Service Process Additional Parameters................................ 334
System Parameters.......................................................... 349
Other Parameters ............................................................ 358
GPRS Basic Parameters .................................................... 365
GPRS Cell Options Parameters........................................... 419
GPRS NC Survey Parameters............................................. 431
GPRS Power Control Parameters ........................................ 440
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters...................................... 446
GPRS Channel Parameters ................................................ 476
EDGE Parameters ............................................................ 489
Basic Parameters 1
The interface of cell basic parameters 1 is shown in Figure 36.

FIGURE 36 BASIC PARAMETERS 1
BTS ID (BtsId)
Full name Cell ID
Abbreviation BtsId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Serial number of this cell. Consistent with the sector

Description ID of SDR base station.
Management
Object Cell
1 ~ 24
The following lists the maximum number of
BtsIds of each site type.
OB06: 3
BS20: 3
BS21: 3
BS21V20: 3
BS30: 3
BS30V12: 3
B8112: 6
M8202: 6
M8206: 6
B8018: 6
S8001: 1
Value Range SDR: 24
Unit None
Default value Sorted according to actual condition

Chapter 4 Cell Parameters
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modi-

Impact on serv- fied, all current services of corresponding cell will be
ice interrupted immediately.
Full name Cell type
Abbreviation CellType
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The type of this cell.

If you need configure S8001 cell, micro-micro
Description cell shall be selected for cell type.
Management
Object Cell
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro

Value Range Cell, Extended Cell
Unit None
Default value Macro Cell
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
TA MAX (TaMax)
Relevant pa- TA allowed (TaAllowed)
rameters TA MIN (TaMin)

range and default value of TA MAX (TaMax) and
Relationship
TA allowed (TaAllowed), and the value of TA MIN
(TaMin).

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MCC (MCC)
Full name MCC
Abbreviation MCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely iden-

tify the home country of the mobile users (or sys-
Description tem), assigned internationally, China is 460.
Management
Object Cell
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function pa-

Value Range rameters.
Unit None
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function pa-

Default value rameters.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MNC (MNC)
Full name MNC
Abbreviation MNC
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a spe-

cific PLMN network in a country (decided by MCC).
Description For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China Mobile.
Management
Object Cell
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global

Value Range resource parameters.
Unit None
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global

Default value resource parameters.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified,

Impact on serv- the current PS service of corresponding cell will be
LAC (LAC)
Full name LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Unit None

Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

CI (CI)
Full name CI
Abbreviation CI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN

uniquely, the network operators allocate a unique
Description code for each cell in a location area.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Service will be affected. If this parameter is incon-

Impact on serv- sistent with the data at CN side, new service cannot
ice be established in corresponding cell.
NCC (NCC)
Full name NCC
Abbreviation NCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is used
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and differ-
ent GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators
shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to
NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to
measure the cell information of the related opera-
tors. Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is one
Description of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

BCC (BCC)
Full name BCC
Abbreviation BCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC
is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to
the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the GSM speci-
fications stipulate that the TSC (Training Sequence
Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall
be equal to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC
Description and is one of the network identification parameters.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Full name Frequency band
Abbreviation FreqBand
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description The frequency band types for GSM operation.
Management
Object Cell

(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-05-02-002 EGSM Frequency Band Support
Relevant pa- DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)

rameters Frequency
The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported

(FuncExt) has influence on the value range of this
Relationship parameter.
range of CaArfcnList.
Related interfa-
ces None

Subcell used (SubCellUsed)
Full name Subcell used
Abbreviation SubCellUsed
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Defined according to user requirement.

If user selects subcell used, the system may
automatically add "power control 2" node under
cell node, used to control cell power. If the
user selects don't use subcell, "power control 2"
Description node may be automatically deleted.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa- Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)

rameters SubCell ID (SubCellId)
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure

SubFreqBand.
Relationship
range of SubCellId.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Frequency band of subCell

(SubFreqBand)
Full name Frequency band of subCell
Abbreviation SubFreqBand
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Set the frequency band of subCell.
Management
Object Cell

(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
Unit None
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa- Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

rameters DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)
If 'Subcell used' is 'Yes', this parameter is

configurable.
Relationship The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported
(FuncExt) has influence on the value range of this
parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None

ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)
Full name ARFCN list
Abbreviation CaArfcnList
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description The radio frequency set.
Management
Object Cell
ARFCN set, the value range of each ARFCN is the

same as BCCH. Based on frequency setting at sub-
sequent BTS, the system automatically fills it in this
Value Range box.
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Impact on serv- all current services of corresponding frequency point
ice will be interrupted immediately.

GPRS service support (PsSupport)
Full name GPRS service support
Abbreviation PsSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if this cell supports GPRS (EDGE) serv-

ice. If selecting "Support GPRS" or "Support EDGE",
Description relevant sub-page may occur in the interface.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range No, Support GPRS, Support EDGE
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-05-007 EGPRS Activation per Cell
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
If the parameter setting is changed between "Sup-

port GPRS" and "Support EDGE", service will not be
affected. If the parameter setting is changed be-
tween "Support GPRS"/"Support EDGE" and "No",
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)
Full name Dynamic HR Enable
Abbreviation DynaHREnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP refer-
None
ence
Description If this cell supports dynamic HR.

Management
Cell
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures
Relevant pa-
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)
rameters
If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HR

Relationship
parameter' is configurable.
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
Use cell dynamic HR parameter

(UseCellDynHRPara)
Full name Use cell dynamic HR parameter
Abbreviation UseCellDynHRPara
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates whether to use cell dynamic HR parame-

Description ter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channel

Relevant Fea- allocation on Um interface
tures ZGO-03-02-005 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation

Relevant pa-
rameters Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)
If DynaHREnable is 'Yes', this parameter is

Relationship
configurable.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CBC support (SmsCbUsed)
Full name CBC support
Abbreviation SmsCbUsed
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
CBC service is an important service provided by

mobile communication system, mainly used to
distribute information to the mobile subscribers
within certain geographical location area. The
difference from P2P sms service contains: receiver
for P2P sms is specific mobile subscriber, but receiver
for CBC is all mobile subscribers within certain area,
including external subscribers roaming in this area.
This parameter identifies if this cell supports the
Description function of cell broadcasting short message.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-01-03-004 Cell Broadcast SMS
Relevant pa-

If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is No, that is,

CBC is not supported, the system automatically
searches all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If CBC channel exists, it is changed to
SDCCH.
Relationship
If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, that is,
CBC is supported, the system automatically
searches all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for a
carrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %)
Full name Threshold for FR to HR
Abbreviation HRThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When BSC and cell enables dynamic HR functions,

and percentage of TCH/F channel used in the cell
(TCH/F channels occupied in the cell / all available
TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY))
Description exceeds this threshold, convert TCH/F -> TCH/H.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 60
Change mode Offline

tures ZGO-03-02-005 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

PS busy threshold (Info_1_16)
Full name PS busy threshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Do the half-rate expansion if the cell busy degree

Description reaches or exceeds this threshold, to restrict the PS
expansion.
Manage-
ment Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 100
Unit None
Default
value 80
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Use cell AMR parameter

(UseCellAMRParam)
Full name Use cell AMR parameter
Abbreviation UseCellAMRParam
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter indicates if AMR parameter

in the cell is enabled.
If the cell doesn't enable its own AMR
parameters, AMR parameter value configured
by BSC is configured as the predominent;
If the cell is enabled, AMR parameter
value configured by the cell is configured
Description as the predominent;
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Use, not use
Unit None
Default value Not use
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Common control channel

configuration (CcchConf)
Full name Common control channel configuration
Abbreviation CcchConf
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Common control channel configuration is one of

the system control parameters. In GSM system,
CCCH includes Access Grant Channel (AGCH)
and Paging Channel (PCH). It is used to send
access granting (that is instant assignment)
message and paging message.
In each cell, all service channels share CCCH.
According to the configuration of the service
channel in the cell and the traffic mode of the
cell, CCCH could be one or more than one
physical channel, and CCCH could share the
same physical channel with SDCCH.
The combination mode of the common control
channel in cell depends on CCCH configuration
parameter and it should be consistent with the
actual configuration of cell CCH. It could be
observed from this parameter: BS_CC_CHANS
(Number of CCCH); BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB
(If combined with SDCCH).
This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell
Description by message RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3.
Management
Object Cell
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with

SDCCH; CCCH uses one physical channel, combined
with SDCCH; CCCH uses two physical channels, not
combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses three physical
channels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses four
Value Range physical channels, not combined with SDCCH.
Unit None
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with

Default value SDCCH
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-02-001 Support of SDCCH/4 and SDCCH/8
Relevant pa-
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured

as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,
along with SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
shall be one of these two combined channels:
BCCH+SDCCH/4 and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.
as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,
regarless of SDCCH". In channel information
Relationship parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
shall be one of these two combined channels:
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.
as "two basic physical channels used by
CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
information parameters, timeslot 0 and 2
channel combination shall be these two
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
and BCCH+CCCH.


as "three basic physical channels used by CCCH,
parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel
combination shall be these two combined
channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
as "four basic physical channels used by CCCH,
parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel
combination shall be these two combined
channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and
BCCH+CCCH.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Template file
Full name Template file
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Click Select button, a window pops up, select the

template file in local path; click Clear button to clear
Description selected template files.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Local files
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Basic Parameters 2
TA maximum (TaMax)
Full name TA maximum
Abbreviation TaMax
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It represents the maximum TA supported by ex-

Description tended cell.
Management
Object Cell
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended

cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended
Value Range cell, value range is 0 ~ 219;
Unit None

cell, default value is 63;
Default value cell, default value is 219;
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-01-001 Extended Cell Coverage
Relevant pa-
rameters Cell type (CellType)
The value of the parameter CellType has influence on

Relationship
the value range and default value of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TA minimum (TaMin)
Full name TA minimum
Abbreviation TaMin
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the minimum TA granted to be accessed

Description into the cell.
Management
Object Cell

Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
The value of CellType has influence on the value

Relationship
range of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

TA allowed (TaAllowed)
Full name TA allowed
Abbreviation TaAllowed
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It represents the maximum TA granted to be ac-

Description cessed into the cell.
Management
Object Cell

Unit None

cell, default value is 63;
Default value cell, default value is 219;
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
The value of the parameter CellType has influence on

Relationship
the value range and default value of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CCCH load indication period

(CcchLoadIndPrd, s)
Full name CCCH load indication period
Abbreviation CcchLoadIndPrd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

According to GSM specifications, during the period of

PCH overload measurement, when the load of PCH
channel at BTS exceeds the PCH overload threshold
set by O&M, BTS sends the CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message periodically to BSC until the load of PCH
Description channel does not exceed this threshold value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit s
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Periodical location updating timer

(T3212, 360s)
Full name Periodical location updating timer
Abbreviation T3212
3GPP Name T3212
Location update results from two major causes in

GSM system. One is when MS changes from old LAC
to new LAC and the second is when the network
notifies MS for periodic location update.
Network controls the location time interval and
depends upon T3212 timer. Network broadcasts
to all MSs in the cell by RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message. T3212 timer is
one of the system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter will affect the
overall service performance and utilization rate
of radio resources of the network. For the area
with higher traffic, the period could be bigger
(for example 16 or 20 hours, even 25 hours); for
Description the area with ordinary traffic, the value of T3212

could be smaller (for example 3 or 6 hours);

for the area with extreme overload traffic, it is
recommended to set T3212 as 0.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 255
0: positive infinite, location update
is not required;
1: 6 minutes;
2: 12 minutes;
......
Value Range 255: 1530 minutes
Unit 360 s
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Protection period for access attempt

(T3122, s)
Full name Protection period for access attempt
Abbreviation T3122
3GPP Name T3122

The network sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT

REJECT message to MS when it receives a channel
request message from MS and will not allocate a
suitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT message contains T3122 timer parameter to
prevent possible wireless channel blocking caused
by repeated channel requests sent by the MS, which
is waiting for indication information unit.
MS cannot restart a new call until the time
indicated by T3122 is elapsed if it receives the
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
This parameter is also one of the system control
parameters, and is sent to MS in the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
Following are the suggested values: 10 s ~ 15 s for
Description normal traffic area; 15 s ~ 25 s for dense traffic area.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit s
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Multi-band report indication

(MulbandReport)
Full name Multi-band report indication
Abbreviation MulbandReport
3GPP Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs

only to report contents of six adjacent cells
with the strongest signals in a frequency
band, when reporting the survey result of
adjacent cells to the network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority
into a specific frequency band during handover.
The MS reports the survey result according to the
signal intensity and the frequency band of the
signals, according to the actual situation.
Multiband report indication is used to notify
MS to report contents of adjacent cells in
multiple frequency bands. It is one of the
system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic
in each frequency band. General principles to set
the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator has no choice over the frequency band.
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters
a specific frequency band with priority.
0: According to adjacent cell's signal strength,
MS reports the measurement result of six
adjacent cells with the strongest known and
permitted NCC. This report is applicable for
adjacent cells of all frequency bands.
1: MS reports the measurement result of
an adjacent cell with the strongest signal
at frequency bands in the adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of the local cell).
In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent
cells which are at the local cell's frequency
band. If there is still remaining space, MS
reports the remaining adjacent cells, no matter
what frequency bands they are at.
two adjacent cells with the strongest signal
at frequency bands in the adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of the local cell).
In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent
cells which are at the local cell's frequency
band. If there is still remaining space, MS
reports the remaining adjacent cells, no matter
what frequency bands they are at.
three adjacent cells with the strongest signal
at frequency bands in the adjacent cell
list (excluding frequency band of the local
cell). In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If
still more space is available, MS reports the
remaining adjacent cells, no matter what
Description frequency bands they are at.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 3
Unit None

Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Minimal level threshold of MS uplink

RACH access (RachAccessMin, -db)
Full name Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access
Abbreviation RachAccessMin
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access
Management
Object BSC
Unit -dB
Default value 125
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

CCCH load indication (RACH)

(CcchLoadINDThs_0)
Full name CCCH load indication (RACH)
Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When load degree in RACH channel for BTS exceeds

this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message periodically to iBSC until load degree in
Description RACH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CCCH load indication (PAGCH)

(CcchLoadINDThs_1)
Full name CCCH load indication (PAGCH)
Abbreviation CcchLoadINDThs_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

When load degree in PCH channel for BTS exceeds

this threshold, BTS sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION
message periodically to iBSC until load degree in PCH
Description channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
8PSK modulating power attenuation

level (Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db)
Full name 8PSK modulating power attenuation level
Abbreviation Tn7Lowerlevel
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates 8PSK modulating power attenuation level.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range 0 ~ 50
Unit 0.2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Repeated ACCH support

(RepeatACCH)
Full name Repeated ACCH support
Abbreviation RepeatACCH
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines if to use FACCH/SACCH

Description retransmission function.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-02-009 Repeated FACCH/SACCH
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff)
Full name Start PA power off
Abbreviation StartPAPowerOff
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
To save energy and reduce consumption, BTS system

shall turn off PA offset voltage while close power for
idle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS, FPGA can de-
Description termine if PA offset voltage shall be turned off.
Management
Object Cell
Yes, No
Yes: enable
Value Range No: disable
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-04-003 Intelligent Timeslot Shutdown
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Switch flag of cell TRX power off

(StartTRXPowerOff)
Full name Switch flag of cell TRX power off
Abbreviation StartTRXPowerOff
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It marks if "Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off" is

Description enabled.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max

Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR)
Full name BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR
Abbreviation BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Fault detection period in AMR-FR channel. Within this

period, pick average value through s times of meas-
urement, and judge link fault threshold, to derter-
Description mine if the channel is failed.
Management
Object Cell
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
Value Range 60, 64
Unit None
Default value 64
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Bss Radio Link Timer's Max

Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)
Full name BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR
Abbreviation BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Fault detection period in AMR-HR channel. Within this

period, pick average value through s times of meas-
urement, and judge link fault threshold, to derter-
Description mine if the channel is failed.
Management
Object Cell
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
Value Range 60, 64
Unit None
Default value 64
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

AMR codec adjust mode

(AmrAdjMode)
Full name AMR codec adjust mode
Abbreviation AmrAdjMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
etting of AMR rate adjustment mode:

AMR rapid speed mode: master adjustment
time by BTS itself;
Interval to adjust configuration: adjustment
Description time shall be defined at background
Management
Object Cell
AMR rapid speed mode; Interval to adjust configura-

Value Range tion
Unit None
Default value AMR rapid speed mode
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
AMR codec adjust interval

(AmrAdjInterval, 480ms)
Full name AMR codec adjust interval
Abbreviation AmrAdjInterval
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It indicates AMR adjustment interval. This parameter

is only meaningful when AmrAdjMode is "interval to
Description adjust configuration".
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 50
Unit 480 ms
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HR channel fragment finishing

support (HRDfragSupport)
Full name HR channel fragment finishing support
Abbreviation HRDfragSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is a switch of frag collection in HR

channel, which can be configured on BSC and BTS.
Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled and (num-
ber of unfinished HR defragment instances / number
of idle HR channels in the cell) is no more than HRDe-
fragThs, the HR channel defragmentation function is
Description enabled, otherwise, it is disabled.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Idle FR threshold For HR defrag

(Info_0_8, %)
Full name Idle FR threshold For HR defrag
Abbrevia-
Info_0_8
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP None
reference
When the proportion between the number of idle TCH/F

channels in cell and the the number of all available
Description service channels in cell is smaller than this threshold
value, the defragment is started.
Manage- Cell
ment Ob-
ject
Value 0 ~ 100
Range
Unit %
Default 20
value
Change Offline
mode
Relevant ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration

Features
Relevant None
parameters

Relation- None
ship
Related None
interfaces
Impact on None
service
Busy threshold for HR defrag

(Info_1_24, %)
Full name Busy threshold for HR defrag
Abbrevia-
Info_1_24
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP None
reference
When the cell's busyness degree is smaller than this

Description threshold value, the defragment is started.
Manage- Cell
ment Ob-
ject
Value 0 ~ 100
Range
Unit %
Default 80
value
Change Offline
mode
Relevant None
Features
Relevant None
parameters
Relation- None
ship
Related None
interfaces
Impact on None
service

Percentage of HR Ts
(HRTsPercentage)
Full name Percentage of HR Ts
Abbreviation HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot

in the cell < HRTsPercentage/100, the cell
can generate new HR channel.
This parameter can be configured on BSC and
BTS. If the proportion of HR timeslot in the cell is
lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS,
Description the cell can generate new HR channel.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion

Threshold (AmrHRThs)
Full name AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
Abbreviation AmrHRThs
3GPP Name None

3GPP refer-
None
ence
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >=

AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell support AMR,
subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
Description This threshold value can be configured on BSC
and BTS, when "User cell dynamic HR parameter"
(UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs
configured by BSC is used.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion inde-

tures pendent threshold
Relevant pa-
None
rameters
Relationship None
Related inter-
None
faces
Impact on
None
service
FR-HR handover based on cell load

(FRThrHoSupport)
Full name FR-HR handover based on cell load
Abbreviation FRThrHoSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description FR-HR handover based on cell load
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Start PA output voltage tuning

(Info_0_0)
Full name Start PA output voltage tuning
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if the TRX starts the function of adjusting

Description
PA voltage based on BTS output power.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

NCC permitted (NccPermitted)
Full name NCC permitted
Abbreviation NccPermitted
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Add or Delete NCC within the value range.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0~7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Basic Parameters 3

Average bursts count surveyed by

RACH (AvgSlots)
Full name Average bursts count surveyed by RACH
Abbreviation AvgSlots
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH specifies the

number of bursts measured on RACH. RACH channel
overloads if receiving signal levels of this parameter
BP are less than RACH Receiving signal level thresh-
Description old for busy burst. BTS uses this parameter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 60
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RACH receiving signal level threshold

for busy burst (RachBusyThs)
Full name RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
Abbreviation RachBusyThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

is the threshold for receiving signal level in RACH
bursts. If the value is exceeded (that is less than
RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
Description dBm), system considers that as a busy RACH.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Unit None
Default value 63
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Overload sending period

(OverloadPrd, s)
Full name Overload sending period
Abbreviation OverloadPrd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
According to GSM specifications, when the Access

Burst level exceeds the predefined access level busy
threshold (RACHBusyThs), the Access Burst is con-
sidered as busy burst. During the period of RACH
overload measurement, if the ratio of the number of
Busy Bursts to all Access Bursts exceeds the RACH
overload threshold set by O&M, then the CCCH LOAD
Description INDICATION message is reported.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit s
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

BA show (BcchBaInd)
Full name BA show
Abbreviation BcchBaInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list can be

broadcasted on BCCH and transferred on SACCH.
The adjacent cell list transferred on BCCH can be
different from that on SACCH. When MS reports
the measurement data of adjacent cell, either
BCCH adjacent cell list or SACCH adjacent cell
list will be referred. Therefore, to know which
adjacent cell list is referred by MS, a BA indication is
added when transferring adjacent cell list on BCCH
and SACCH. When reporting the measurement
result, MS notifies the network side about the
corresponding BA indication of the referred adjacent
cell list. As a result, the network side recognizes
which adjacent cell list this MS uses.
This parameter describes the BS indication value
when the adjacent cell list being transferred
on BCCH. In the case of transferring adjacent
cell list on SACCH, the BA indication value used
is the reverse of the parameter.
0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH
(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 0; BA
Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System
message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 1.
1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH
(System message 2, 2bis, 2ter) is 1; BA
Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System
Description message 5, 5bis, 5ter) is 0.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MIN received signal level to access

(RxLevAccessMin)
Full name MIN received signal level to access
Abbreviation RxLevAccessMin
3GPP Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

at a low receiving signal level (usually, the
poor communication quality cannot guarantee
normal communications after access), and
from unreasonably wasting the radio sources of
network, it is prescribed in the GSM system that
for MS to access the network, that is, MS Min
RxLev to Access (the minimum receiving level
for the MS to access the network).
In addition, the criterion assists MS to select
and reselect the cell. The parameter will be
broadcast to all MSs in a cell through the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4
messages. MIN received signal level to access is
one of the cell selection parameters.
Recommended value is usually approximated
according to MS receiving sensitivity. When
network observes uneven traffic distribution in
certain cells, MIN received signal level to access
increases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease the
cell effective coverage range. However, the value
of this parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise,
large value change can bring void area across cell
boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem.
With this measure for traffic balance, it is suggested
that the level value should not exceed -90dBm. At
the preliminary running stage of the network, this
parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101
dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher than
the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm. However,
when the network capacity is expanded or the radio
coverage in a cell is not a problem, this parameter
Description of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Object Cell

0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-02-02-007 Support of C1 Criteria
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX number of re-transmitting

events times (MRetrans)
Full name MAX number of re-transmitting events times
Abbreviation MRetrans
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
MS sends the channel request message

on RACH channel to the network to start
immediate assignment process.
RACH is an ALOHA channel, the network enables MS
to send multiple channel request messages before
the MS receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
message to increase the access success rate of MS.
Maximum number of allowable resend time depends
on MAX number of re-transmitting events times.
Network broadcasts this parameter information
to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
MAX number of re-transmitting events times is one
of the control parameters of GSM system.
For the cell radius over 3km and the area with
Description small traffic, it can be set as 3 (that is, the

maximum number of resending times is 7) to

improve the access success rate of MS.
For the cell radius less than 3km and the area
with common traffic, it can be set as 2 (that is,
the maximum number of resending times is 4);
Define value as 1 (maximum number of
resending times is 2) for the micro cell.
Define value as 0 (maximum number of
resending times is 1) for the micro cell with
heavy traffic and the cell with congestion.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 3
0: once
1: 2 times
2: 4 times
Value Range 3: 7 times
Unit None
Default value 2 (4 times)
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Number of slots to spread

transmission (TxInteger)
Full name Number of slots to spread transmission
Abbreviation TxInteger
3GPP Name Tx_integer


the PRACH control and RACH control parameters,
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.
Whenever establishing a new connection, MS
sends a channel request message to the network
through PRACH/RACH channel.
As PRACH/RACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve
MS access success rate, the network allows
MS to send multiple channel request messages
before receiving packet assignment message.
If MS does not receive any response for the
previous channel request message, MS resends
the channel request message after waiting for a
random period. Network uses this parameter to
determine the random waiting time.
The timeslot interval between two channel request
messages should be a value randomly selected
from the set {S, S+1..., S+T-1}.
The relationship between S and T is as follows.
When T is 3, 8, 14, or 50, S: 55 (CCCH);
41 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 4, 9, or 16, S: 76 (CCCH);
52 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 5, 10, or 20, S: 109 (CCCH);
58 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 6, 11, or 25, S: 163 (CCCH);
86 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 7, 12, or 32, S: 217 (CCCH);
Description 115 (CCH/SDCCH)
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 15
0: T is 3;
1: T is 4;
2: T is 5;
3: T is 6;
4: T is 7;
5: T is 8;
6: T is 9;
7: T is 10;
8: T is 11;
9: T is 12;
10: T is 14;
11: T is 16;
12: T is 20;
13: T is 25;
14: T is 32;
Value Range 15: T is 50.
Unit None
Default value 14
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Control channel MAX power level

(MsTxPwrMaxCch)
Full name Control channel MAX power level
Abbreviation MsTxPwrMaxCch
3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
During the communication between MS and

BTS, the transmission power is controlled by the
network. The network sets the power for MS
through the power command and the command
is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH has 2 header
bytes, one is the power control byte and the
other is the timing advance byte).
MS must extract the power control header
from downward SACCH and takes the specified
transmission power as output power. If the
power level of MS cannot output the power
value, it will output the closest transmission
power that can be output.
For SACCH is Channel Associated Signaling and it
has to be used together with SCCCH and TCH, so the
power control of MS starts after MS receives SACCH.
The power of MS before receiving SACCH (that is
the power when sending channel request on RACH)
is determined by Control channel MAX power level.
Control channel MAX power level is one of the
cell selection and reselection parameters of MS,
involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell via
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4.
Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power before
If this parameter is set too large, the MS near
BTS will interfere the adjacent channels. If it
is too small, the MS at the cell boundaries will
have low access success rate.
Setting principle: in the premise of certain MS
access success rate at the cell edge, decrease the
access level of MS as much as possible. Generally,
it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for
In practice, after setting this parameter, perform
Description dialing test at the cell edge, increase or decrease

the value of this parameter according to the

MS access success rate and access time tested
with different parameter setup.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Number of multi-frames of the PCH

(BsPaMframs)
Full name Number of multi-frames of the PCH
Abbreviation BsPaMframs
3GPP Name BS-PA-MFRMS
Number of multiframes of the PCH specifies the

repeat cycle of PCH group subchannel using
multiple 51-MultiFrame structures. It is one of
the system control parameters.
According to GSM Specifications, a unique IMSI
identifies MS and paging group. IMSI determines
the PCH sub-channel for MS in a paging group.
In the actual network, MS tunes only to the paging
sub-channel during IDLE mode in the serving cell
and ignores other paging sub-channels. In other
IDLE time, MS shuts off the hardware equipment
power supply to save power. Number of multiframes
of the PCH determines the number of paging
sub-channels of the paging channel in a cell.
MS use this parameter to find out its home
Description paging group, so as to monitor corresponding

paging sub-channel. Network broadcasts the

parameter information to all MSs in the cell
through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3
message. Number of multiframes of the PCH is
one of the system control parameters.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 2 ~ 9
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-02-01-001 paging
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY

info message (T3105d, 10ms)
Full name Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message
Abbreviation T3105d
3GPP Name T3105
It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR

PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. This
timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE
message from the former channel.
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
Description will be redelivered.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 67
Unit 10 ms
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info

message (T3105f, 10ms)
Full name Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message
Abbreviation T3105f
3GPP Name T3105
It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR

PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It stops when the network
receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE
message from the former channel.
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
Description will be redelivered.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 32
Unit 10 ms
Default value 10
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX resending times for physical

information (NY1)
Full name MAX resending times for physical information
Abbreviation NY1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION

message to notify MS the advanced time value
that is used during asynchronous handover process
to be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS
starts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resends
message RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION and
restart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and fails
to decode the frames in second layer correctly
(format A or format B) or TCH frames.
MAX resending times for physical information decides
maximum number of resending times for RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This parameter
Description is one of the BTS configuration parameters.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 5 ~ 35
Unit None
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Number of blocks reserved for AGCH

(BsAgBlkRes)
Full name Number of blocks reserved for AGCH
Abbreviation BsAgBlkRes
3GPP Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES
The number of blocks used for AGCH in 51-Multi-

Frame. It is recommended that this value of the cells
Description in the same local area is identical.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch

channel (T200_0, 5ms)
Full name LAPDM timer used for controlling the SDCCH channel.
Abbreviation T200_0
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None
T200 is the timer used on various control channels in

Description LAPDm protocol of BTS. There are 7 kinds of T200.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 5 ms
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full

rate channel (T200_1, 5ms)
Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/full rate channel
Abbreviation T200_1
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 5 ms
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half

rate channel (T200_2, 5ms)
Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling facch/half rate channel
Abbreviation T200_2
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 5 ms
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch

with tch sapi0 channel (T200_3,
10ms)

Full name channel
Abbreviation T200_3
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 10 ms
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None


with sdcch channel (T200_4, 10ms)
Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sacch with sdcch channel
Abbreviation T200_4
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 10 ms
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch

sapi3 channel (T200_5, 5ms)
Full name Lapdm Timer for controlling sdcch sapi3 channel
Abbreviation T200_5
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 5 ms
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

with tch sapi3 channel (T200_6,
10ms)

Full name channel
Abbreviation T200_6
3GPP Name T200
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit 10 ms
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Optional Parameters
The interface of optional parameters is shown in Figure 39.
FIGURE 39 OPTIONAL PARAMETERS
Early category classmark sending

control (ECSC)
Full name Early category classmark sending control
Abbreviation ECSC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

According to GSM specification, MS transmits

appended class mark information (Classmark 3)
to the network through the CLASSMARK CHANGE
message as soon as possible.
Early category classmark sending control determines
whether the network supports ECSC function.
Network broadcasts the parameter information
to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
If there is a cell in another frequency band in the
adjacent cell for handover or the current cell itself
is extended GSM cell and the function of early
category classmark sending control is enabled,
Description set ECSC as Yes, otherwise set as No.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
IMSI attach/detach allowed

(ImsIadAllowed)
Full name IMSI attach/detach allowed
Abbreviation ImsIadAllowed
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

IMSI attach/detach allowed determines whether

cell allows IMSI Attach/Detach procedure. IMSI
detach occur when MS reports switch-off or when
the SIM card is taken out from the MS.
The network (normally VLR) marks Detach flag
in subscriber information table. Such procedure
assists the network to prevent unnecessary paging
broadcast message to MS. Likewise, the IMSI Attach
occur when the MS reports switch-on or reinserting
of the SIM card. After successful IMSI attach, MS
requests for Location Update (LU) for inconsistent
LAI in SIM card with that of serving cell.
The network (normally VLR) marks Attach flag
in subscriber information table.
This parameter is included in Control channel
information and is used for RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
This parameter of each cell in the same
Description location area shall be identical.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell bar access (CellBarAccess)
Full name Cell bar access
Abbreviation CellBarAccess
3GPP Name CELL_BAR_ACCESS

PLMN carriers can determine if to allow MS to

access a specific cell (for example the cell in test
or the cell for absorbing traffic only).
Network broadcasts Cell bar access information
Description INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Call re-establishment allowed

(CallReestablish)
Full name Call re-establishment allowed
Abbreviation CallReestablish
3GPP Name RE
For the call drop caused by radio link failure

resulted from burst interference or high building,
MS could originate call re-establishment process
to restore the call. However, the network
determines if to allow reestablishment by enabling
Call re-establishment allowed.
INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message.
Call re-establishment allowed is one of the
Description network function parameters.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink discontinuous transmission

allowed (DtxDwlink)
Full name Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed
Abbreviation DtxDwlink
3GPP Name DTX
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
3GPP reference 3GPP TS 48.058 V5
DTX mode is an optional downlink feature

of GSM System.
The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means
that the system does not transmit signals during the
speech intermission of the subscriber conversation.
This parameter participates in determining to
use DTX mode in downlink direction.
Actually, whether DTX is used in downlink direction
(in CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and MODE
MODIFY message sent to BTS) is determined
together by this parameter and the DTX indication
in downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message and HANDOVER REQUEST message of MSC.
Yes: used
Description No: not used
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-04-02-003 Discontinuous Transmission Down-

tures link
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink discontinuous transmission

(DtxUplinkBcch)
Full name Uplink discontinuous transmission
Abbreviation DtxUplinkBcch
3GPP Name DTX
The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means

that the system does not transmit signals during the
speech intermission of the subscriber conversation.
This parameter controls how MS uses the DTX
mode. System broadcasts RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message to all MSs in the
cell. In addition, it may be necessary to notify MSs
of older versions (of the first stage) through the
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message on
SACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message contains
Uplink discontinuous transmission. This parameter
is one of the network function parameters.
MS could use DTX;
MS should use DTX;
MS should not use DTX.
If both the BTS equipment and TRAU support the
DTX mode, set the parameter as 1 (employ DTX).
Description Otherwise set it as 2 (not employ DTX).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 2

Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-02-004 Discontinuous Transmission Uplink
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Emergency call allowed

(EmergencyCall)
Full name Emergency call allowed
Abbreviation EmergencyCall
3GPP Name EC
Generally, a valid SIM card is required for any MS in

GSM Network to get various network services. But
the operators could decide if to allow MS emergency
call service for the MS without SIM card or with
SIM card whose access level is disabled by current
cell, for example the police station. Select Yes for
Emergency call allowed to enable this function.
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in the
cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3, and 4 message. It is one of
the network function parameters.
No: Emergency call for MSs whose access level is
0 ~ 9 is not allowed. For MSs whose access level
is 11 ~ 15, if its corresponding access control
bit is T, the emergency call is also not allowed.
Yes: Allow emergency call for all MSs.
GSM specifications define emergency call phone
number as 112, which is different from Chinese
emergency call, but 112 is generally connected
to the automatic voice service to inform the
users about the number of various special
services. Hence, EC shall be set as No, that
Description is to allow the emergency call.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)
Full name Cell bar qualify
Abbreviation CellBarQualify
3GPP Name CBQ CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This parameter preferably selects certain cells in the

cell selection process according to capacity, traffic
and functional difference in overlapping areas.
This function can be implemented by configuring
CellBarQualify. CellBarQualify is used to limit
cell priority in special case. Network broadcasts
the parameter information to all MSs in the cell
through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3
and TYPE4 messages. It is one of the cell selection
parameters. The validity of this parameter depends
upon cell reselection parameter indication.
Select 'No' for Cell Bar Access and 'No' for Cell
bar qualify, that is, the cell priority is defined
as 'Normal'. MS preferably enter some types of
cells. Set the priority of this cell type as 'Normal',
while the priorities of other cells to 'Low'. In
some cases, such as micro cellular application,
and dual-frequency networking, this setting
Description will not affect the cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Access Control (AccessControl)
Full name Access Control
Abbreviation AccessControl
3GPP Name AC CN, Access Control Class N
All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15

classes in total). The MSs that are in the class
ranging between 0 and 9 are common ones. The
MSs that are in the class ranging between 11 and
15 are special MSs (no access class 10). Therefore,
the system can disable the MSs with certain access
classes to access the cell (for example during the
installation and commissioning or the congestion
control). This information can reach MS inside the
cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2,
2bis, 3 and 4 messages through Access control. It
is also one of the system control parameters.
The degree of congestion for any CCCH or processor
overload during congestion control can be reduced
by temporarily prohibiting one type or multiple
types of subscribers from accessing the system (for
subscribers of access levels 0 ~ 9). In general, the
system shows the following overload conditions:
RACH overload should be detected in the CCCH
LOAD INDICATION message and processed
by BSS according to the GSM08.58.
AGCH overload should be detected in the
DELETE INDICATION message. At that moment,
the number of IMMEDIATE REJECT messages or
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages that BSS
fails to send reaches a certain number.
PCH overload should be detected in the CCCH
LOAD INDICATION message, and BSS only
Description notifies MSC and does not do any handling.

Other overload, such as MTP overload, can be

detected in the OVERLOAD message.
Input the control level, and user can perform
Add or Delete operation.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 9, 11 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-01-001 MS Access Control
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HBTS proofread support

(HBTSScanSupport)
Full name HBTS proofread support
Abbreviation HBTSScanSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description It indicates the switch of searching frequency.
Management
Object S8001
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant

Relationship
Related
Impact on
service None
RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)
Full name RSSI threshold
Abbreviation RSSlThrd
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description RSSI threshold
Management
Object S8001
Unit None
Default value 100
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant

Relationship
Related
Impact on
service None

Proofread freqband type

(GSM1900Support)
Full name Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)
Abbreviation GSM1900Support
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description It indicates if GSM900 frequency band is supported.
Management
Object S8001
GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850
Value Range
0 indicates unsupported; 1 indicates supported.
Unit None
Default value GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant

Relationship
This parameter value has influence on the value of
range of HBTS BARANG.
Related
Impact on
service None
Range of HBTS BARANG
Full name Range of HBTS BARANG
Abbreviation HBTSRange
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

HBTSRangeLow and HBTSRangeHigh are configured in

pair. You can set multiple ranges.
HBTSRangeLow: the lower absolute RF channel id;
Description
HBTSRangeHigh: the upper absolute RF channel id.
Input the range value and you can do the add or
delete operation.
Management
Object S8001
Value Range 0 ~ 124, 128 ~ 251, 512 ~ 885, 975 ~ 1023
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) and

parameters Preofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)

If "Proofread freqband type" = 0, Range of HBTS
Relationship BARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,885], or
[975,1023]. If "Proofread freqband type" = 1, Range
of HBTS BARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,810],
or [975,1023].
Related
Impact on
service None
Cell Selection Parameters

The interface of cell selection parameters is shown in Figure 40.

FIGURE 40 CELL SELECTION PARAMETERS
Additional reselection parameter

indication (AdditionReselPI)
Full name Additional reselection parameter indicator
Abbreviation AdditionReselPI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends

on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the
definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers
decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection
parameter. Additional reselection parameter
indication is to notify MS whether C2 criterion is
adoptable during the cell reselection.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Additional reselection parameter indication is
one of the cell selection parameters.
No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE4 exist, then MS takes off cell reselection
parameter PI and the parameters related to
Description
C2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.

Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter related

to the cell reselection and parameters related
to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets of
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4.
Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldom
used. Normally this parameter is No. It shall be
Yes when the system adopts the system messages
7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselection parameter indication

(CellReselPI)
Full name Cell reselection parameter indication
Abbreviation CellReselPI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MS

if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter and if
there is the related parameter for calculating C2.
It indicates whether the related parameter for
calculating cell reselection standard C2 is contained
in SYSTEM INFORMATION message and whether
C2 standard is adopted in the cell reselection. The
successive Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset
and Penalty time are invalid, and MS takes C1 as
the cell reselection standard when this value is No.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell in
Description RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4

messages. Cell reselection parameter indication

is one of the cell selection parameters.
No: MS should take C1 as the standard for cell
reselection. Parameters CellBarQualify,
ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and
PenaltyTime are invalid.
Yes: MS should calculate C2 according to
parameters extracted from cell-broadcasting
system messages, and take C2 as the
standard for cell reselection.
Enable this parameter, if related cell adopts C2 as
the cell reselection standard. Otherwise, disable it.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset,

2db)
Abbreviation ReselOffset
3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

The cell reselection due to radio channel quality

takes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according to
C1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,
to add the special influence as to enable MS to
enter some cells in priority. Usually, such measures
allow balancing the traffic on the network.
Besides C1, there are three factors affecting
C2: Cell reselection offset, Temporary
offset, and Penalty time.
Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value,
which indicates the human modified value of C2.
Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourage
or prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so as
to implement balance network.
to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It is
one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this
parameter is valid depends on CellReselPI.
The setting of ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and
PenaltyTime has the following three cases:
In case of large traffic or poor communication
quality inside a cell due to certain causes, MS
is expected not to work in that cell (that is,
MS has certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and
reduces the possibility that MS reselecting
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
parameter Cell reselection offset can be set
according to the repulsive nature of cell. The
more is the repulsive nature, the larger is
the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case
of a smaller Cell reselection offset.
For cells with small traffic and low equipment
utilization, normally MS is encouraged to work in
that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set between
0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in this
case, according to tendency of the cell. The
more is the tendency, the larger is the Cell
reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a
smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually
better to set the Temporary offset same as Cell
reselection offset, or a little higher than Cell
reselection offset. The main function of Penalty
time is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS.
The common recommended setting is 1 (20
seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of
dual-frequency network is such a case).
For cells with ordinary traffic, usually
ReselOffset should be set as 0 and
PenaltyTime as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1,
Description that is, without human factors on the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit 2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset,

10dB)
Full name Temporary offset
Abbreviation TemporaryOffset
3GPP Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET

Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty
time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary
modification value for C2. Temporary means that
it only acts on C2 for a period and the period
depends on parameter Penalty time.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It
is one of the cell selection parameters. The
validity of this parameter depends upon Cell
Description reselection parameter indication.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit 10 dB

Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s)
Full name Penalty time
Abbreviation PenaltyTime
3GPP Name PENALTY_TIME

Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2:
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty
time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary
modification value for C2. Temporary means that
it only acts on C2 for a period and the period
depends on parameter Penalty time.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It
is one of the cell selection parameters. The
validity of this parameter depends upon Cell
Description reselection parameter indication.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit 20 s
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselecting hysteresis level

(ReselHysteresis, 2dB)
Full name Cell reselecting hysteresis level
Abbreviation ReselHysteresis
3GPP Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
Whenever MS moves across the two cell

boundary-regions with different location
area codes, it initiates Location Update (LU)
procedure in IDLE mode.
C2 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent
cells are different because of fading characteristic of
radio channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.
In this case, LU interval is more than cell reselection
interval. This affects call success rate, due to
unreachable paging response to calling party.
This increases the signaling flow on the network
and causes radio resources to be fully utilized.
In addition, it decreases call completion rate
of the system, as MS cannot respond to
paging during location update.
GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell
Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem.
MS will activate the cell reselection according to this
parameter only when the signal level of adjacent
cell (whose location zone is different from that of
local cell) is greater than that of local cell, and
meanwhile the value difference must be greater
than that required by the parameter.
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Cell reselecting hysteresis level is one of the
cell selection parameters.
Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 and
Description make certain adjustments in following cases:

Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent

cells with different LAC. Signaling traffic overload
often occurs due to large demand of services.
When the adjacent cells in different location
areas have large overlapped coverage, it is
suggested to increase the CRH parameter.
If the adjacent cells with different LACs are
poor in overlapped coverage, that is, there
is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an
area with few slow moving objects such as the
expressway, the CRH parameter shall be set as
1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit 2 dB
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
New setup cause indication (NECI)
Full name New setup cause indication
Abbreviation NECI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

The serving channels in the GSM system can be

classified into channels with full rate and channels
with half rate according to GSM specifications.
Common GSM system supports channels with
full rate. The network operators decide if the
network support half rate service.
The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notify
MS if the area supports the half rate service. The
parameter notifies MS through the RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. NECI
is one of networks functional parameters.
No: half rate service access is not
supported by this cell.
Yes: half rate service access is sup-
Description ported by this cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power offset indication

(PowerOffsetInd)
Full name Power offset indication
Abbreviation PowerOffsetInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter decides if to add offset value for

Control channel MAX power level parameter while
sending access request message on RACH for Class
3 MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset value
depends on Power offset indication, that is, this
parameter decides if Power offset indication is valid.
This parameter also affects MS calculating cell
selection and cell reselection standards C1 and C2.
Description INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db)
Full name Power offset
Abbreviation PowerOffset
3GPP Name POWER OFFSET
According to the GSM specification, for Class 3 MS

of GSM 1800, the transmission power for sending
access request message on RACH is to the value of
Control channel MAX power level plus a modified
value. Power offset specifies the modified value.
It determines if this parameter is valid.
This parameter also affects the calculation of cell
selection standard C1 and cell reselection standard
C2. Network broadcasts the parameter information
Description INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 3
Unit 2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Service Process Additional

Parameters
The interface of service process additional parameters is shown in
Figure 41.

FIGURE 41 SERVICE PROCESS ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS
Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)
Full name Directed Retry
Abbreviation DrInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates whether to use directed

retry feature. Network assigns corresponding
service channel for MS in an adjacent cell, if there
is no service channel available in serving cell.
Directed retry indication defines a special handover
process that can reduce the call drop ratio. Directed
retry falls into intra-BSC directed retry and inter-BSC
directed retry. The former one does not need the
Description participation of MSC, while the latter one does.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1)
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure Inter

Relationship
Directed retry indication (DrInd_1).
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Inter directed retry indication

(DrInd_1)
Full name Inter directed retry indication
Abbreviation DrInd_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if to use inter directed retry, that is,

Description
inter-BSC directed retry.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)
When DrInd_0 is Yes, you can configure this

Relationship
parameter.

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Queue allowed when assign

(QueueInd_0)
Full name Queue allowed when assign
Abbreviation QueueInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter decides if to allow queuing in assign-

ment process. Cell improves the call drop rate with
Description the use of such techniques.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Queue allowed when handover

(QueueInd_1)
Full name Queue allowed when handover
Abbreviation QueueInd_1

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter decides if queuing can be performed

during a handover process and when there are no
Description available channels in the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Preemption allowed when assign

(PreemptionInd_0)
Full name Preemption allowed when assign
Abbreviation PreemptionInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It decides if forced disconnection is allowed during

the assignment. The priority in the assignment re-
quest or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be
forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their
resources to other assignments or handover request
with higher priority. Assignment request indicate the
Description call status.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Preemption allowed when handover

(PreemptionInd_1)
Full name Preemption allowed when handover
Abbreviation PreemptionInd_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It decides if forced disconnection is allowed during

the handover. The priority in the assignment re-
quest or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be
forcefully disconnected (handover) to allocate their
resources to other assignments or handover request
with higher priority. A Handover request indicates
Description the call status.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
When assigned forced handover

(ForcedHoInd_0)
Full name When assigned forced handover
Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if the low priority subscrib-

ers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that
high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This
parameter represents if forced handover is allowed
Description during assignment.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

When handover forced handover

(ForcedHoInd_1)
Full name When handover forced handover
Abbreviation ForcedHoInd_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if the low priority subscrib-

ers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that
high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This
parameter represents if forced handover is allowed
Description during handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Number of candidate cells for

handover (CandidateNum)
Full name Number of candidate cells for handover
Abbreviation CandidateNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter decides maximum number of can-

didate cells for handover that can be contained in
BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message from BSC to
Description MSC.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Fast average indication (FastAvg)
Full name Fast average indication
Abbreviation FastAvg
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Network may not perform handover or power

control if less measurement data is available during
call process. The average calculating process for
these processes is enabled only when the measured
data reaches a certain window size.
Common average process does not take place,
for the five measured values BSC receives. BSC
directly calculates the average of the 5 measured
values if the fast average process is adopted.
There are three cases resulting in insufficient data
for calculating the average value, that is, call
establishment period, after handover and after
power control. After performing power control
once, former measured values are discarded in
situations where they could result in an error
control (measured values without the influence
Description on handover control are still existing).

In addition, old measured values are discarded

after the handover has occurred, preventing
them from causing error control (the forward and
backward cells are in the same BSC).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch)
Full name BCCH switch allowed
Abbreviation CanBcchExch
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description This parameter decides if the cell allows BCCH switch.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
SDCCH dynamic configuration

allowed (CanSdcchDyn)
Full name SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed
Abbreviation CanSdcchDyn
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter decides if the cell allows SDCCH dy-

Description namic configuration.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Minimal resource threshold

(ResourceThs, %)
Full name Minimal resource threshold
Abbreviation ResourceThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Minimum resource threshold allowed by the cell,

Description which is used to calculate dynamic cell priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-02-02-002 Dynamic Handover Priority Algo-

tures rithm
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Base-band hopping TRX exchange

support (Info_0_3)
Full name Base-band hopping TRX exchange support
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates if to support automatic baseband hopping.

Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
None
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Allowed FACCH call setup after

emergency call (FacchCallInd_0)
Full name Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call
Abbreviation FacchCallInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSC can allocate the suitable TCH channel when an

MS attempts to access the network, and there is no
SDCCH available in the cell. That is the so-called
Description FACCH call establishment.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment

Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allowed FACCH call setup when

page respond (FacchCallInd_1)
Full name Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Allowed call setup on FACCH

(FacchCallInd_2)
Full name Allowed call setup on FACCH
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH

(FacchCallInd_3)
Full name Allowed call reestablished on FACCH
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
System Parameters
The interface of system parameters is shown in Figure 42.

FIGURE 42 SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Interference averaging period

(InterfAvgPrd)
Full name Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)
Abbreviation InterfAvgPrd
3GPP Name INTAVE
BTS needs to measure interference on the unallo-

cated traffic channels. BTS calculates the average
of recent interference values on periodic basis and
converts it into corresponding interference band in-
formation. BTS then, transfers to BSC in the RF RE-
SOURCE INDICATION message to consider it as a fac-
tor in channel allocation strategy. This parameter is
Description one of the BTS configuration parameters.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 31
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Interference Band Boundary (InterfB

oundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5)
Full name Interference Band Boundary
Abbreviation InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5
3GPP Name LIMITn
BTS needs to measure interference on the

unallocated traffic channels. BTS calculates the
average of recent interference values on periodic
basis and converts it into corresponding interference
band information. BTS then, transfers to BSC in the
RF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider it
as a factor in channel allocation strategy.
The interface boundaries are used to help the
conversion of the interference level (average)
value into corresponding interference band
information. Altogether six boundaries determine
five interference bands. In fact, it is unnecessary
to set interference boundary 0 and interference
boundary 5. One of them represents infinity and the
other represents negative infinity. This parameter,
describing the remaining four boundaries, is one
of the BTS configuration parameters.
Generally, -85 dBm ~ -115 dBm is used for
Description interference boundaries 1 ~ 4.

Management
Object Cell
Assuming the value of interference boun-

dary is L, then,
L=0: -110 dBm
L=1: -109 dBm
......
L=63: -47 dBm
L=other value: reserved
Interference band boundary0, value range: 0
Interference band boundary1 ~ Interference band
boundary4, value range: 0 ~ 63
Value Range Interference band boundary5, value range: 63
Unit None
Interference band boundary0 ~ Interference band

Default value boundary5: [0, 10, 15, 20, 25, 63]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Radio link timeout on MS side

(MsRadioLKTmOut)
Full name Radio link timeout on MS side
Abbreviation MsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT

This parameter is the maximum value of

radio link counter S at Ms side, transmitted
on BCCH or SACCH by BSS.
Radio link counter S is used to evaluate radio link
failure. When MS cannot decode SACCH message
(BFI=1), S decrements. When MS successfully
receives SACCH message (BFI=0), S increases by
2. If S is decreased to 0, it indicates radio link
Description fault, call shall be reestablished or released.
Management
Object Cell
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
Value Range 60, 64
Unit None
Default value 64
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Radio link failure criterion

(ConFailCriterion)
Full name Radio link failure criterion
Abbreviation ConFailCriterion
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio

link fails according to two criteria: One is based on
the uplink SACCH error rate and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. Radio link
failure criterion determines the method that the BTS
uses as the standard to judge connection failure.
If SACCH error rate is used as the standard to
judge connection failure, BTS uses the same value
of Radio link timeout and the same process as MS
does. Thus, BTS avoids inconsistent judgment
standards in the uplink and downlink directions.
Meanwhile, the Receiving level threshold and
Receiving quality threshold parameters are invalid.
If the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used
as the standard to judge connection failure,
BTS will use the two parameters: Receiving
level threshold (RxLevThs) and Receiving
quality threshold (RxQualThs).
The value range is as follows:
1: Uplink SACCH Error Rate Based (in order
to ensure the same judgment standard in
the uplink and downlink directions)
Description 2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement Based
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 2
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Radio link timeout on BSS side

(BsRadioLKTmOut)
Full name Radio link timeout on BSS side
Abbreviation BsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT

This parameter is the maximum value of radio link

counter S at BSS side, transmitted on PBCCH by BSS
Description under the leading of packet system message 2.
Management
Object Cell
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56,
Value Range 60, 64
Unit None
Default value 64
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs)
Full name Receiving level threshold
Abbreviation RxLevThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio link

fails according to two criteria: One is based on the
uplink SACCH error rate and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects
one of the following conditions: The uplink receiving
level is smaller than a certain threshold; The
uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain
threshold. This only applies, if the measured value
of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to judge
a connection failure. Receiving level threshold
specifies the threshold of receiving level.
This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH
error rate is used as the standard to judge
Description connection failure (Radio link failure criterion

is 1). Receiving level threshold is one of the

configuration parameters of BTS.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Receiving quality threshold

(RxQualThs)
Full name Receiving quality threshold
Abbreviation RxQualThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference GSM 12.21

The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio link

fails according to two criteria. One is based on
uplink SACCH error rate, and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects
one of the following conditions: The uplink receiving
level is smaller than a certain threshold; The
uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain
threshold. This only applies, if the measured value
of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as a standard to judge
a connection failure. Receiving quality threshold
specifies the receiving threshold quality.
If the uplink SACCH error rate is used as the
standard to judge a connection failure, this
parameter is invalid. This parameter is one of
Description the configuration parameters of BTS.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 7
0: corresponding BER range < 0.2%
1: 0.2% ~ 0.4%
2: 0.4% ~ 0.8%
......
6: 6.4% ~ 12.8%
Value Range 7: > 12.8%
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Radio link failure checking period

(RxLevQualprd)
Full name Radio link failure checking period
Abbreviation RxLevQualprd

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference GSM 12.21
Period to detect radio linkd failure at network side

(in the unit of SACCH multiframe), including the de-
tection of channel strength (dBm) and signal quality
Description received in each channel.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 63
Unit SACCH multiframe
Default value 63
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Other Parameters
The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 43.

Preprocessing indication
(Preprocess)
Full name Preprocessing
Abbreviation Preprocess
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The survey report contains the large amount

(message amount) of Abis interface information.
Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred to
BTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link. After
preprocess, BTS averages the survey data of MS by
its own, and reports to BSC in a lower frequency.
Average reporting period can be two, three or
four SACCH multi-frames (480 ms). That is,
the frequency decreases from the original twice
per second to once per two seconds, so the
message amount of Abis interface decreases.
However, the decrease of message amount
still depends on if the message length before
preprocess is same as that after preprocess. One
disadvantage of preprocess is that the handover
control and power control are not in time, which
increases the possibility of disconnection rate. This
parameter determines whether to use preprocessing
and the preprocessing period.
0: Do not use preprocessing
2: Use preprocessing, the average reporting
period is 2 SACCH multi-frames
Description Other values: reserved
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 4
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs)
Full name Reserved rate of EMLPP
Abbreviation EmlppThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines eMLPP channel reserved time,

that is, the proportion of eMLPP channel in all avail-
Description able channels in the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Use cell EMLPP Threshold

(UseCellEmlppThs)
Full name Use cell EMLPP Threshold
Abbreviation UseCellEmlppThs

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines if eMLPPThs is used. If yes,

you shall select cell property, otherwise to select BSC
Description property.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Frequency offset Correct support

(Info_0_1)
Full name Frequency offset Correct support
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates whether frequency offset correction is

Description
supported.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Max power on handover Command

support (Info_0_2)
Full name Max power on handover Command support
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates whether maximum power on handover

Description
command is supported.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

MR Report Time Bmp

(MrRptTimeBmp)
Full name MR Report Time Bmp
Abbreviation MrRptTimeBmp
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter provides a check function about 0

~ 23 time points. You can enable measurement
data report at different points. Each time point
indicates a hour, within 0~23 hours.
Only after checking corresponding time and
enabling the report function about measurement
Description report data, MR data can be reported.
Management
Object Cell
checked, unchecked
Checked: it indicates that measurement report
shall be enabled within this time duration.
Unchecked: it indicates that measurement
Value Range report shall be disabled within this time duration.
Unit None
Default value Unchecked
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Cell Support Encryption Mode

(CipherMode)
Full name Cell Support Encryption Mode
Abbreviation CipherMode_0~CipherMode_7
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Cell Support Encryption Mode is the encryption mode

supported by BTS. The required encryption algorithm
is contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE COMMAND or
BSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or BSSAP HANDOVER
COMMAND message sent by the MSC side. By check-
ing this parameter, BSC can learn if the cell supports
this required encryption algorithm to give a proper
Description response.
Management
Object Cell
8 kinds, non cipher mode, A5/1~A5/7 cipher mode.

Value Range Value range: Yes/No
Unit None
Default value [Yes, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGB-06-02-001 Support of A5/1 and A5/2 Ciphering

tures Algorithm
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Channel Select Strategy
Full name Channel Select Strategy
Abbreviation ChanSelectStrategy
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
Description It is based on IMSI resource allocation.
Management
Object Cell
Level 1 ~ 15, value range is:

According to channel select order of MSC, when
prefer TCHF and cell congest change to prefer TCHH
Prefer TCHF, when cell congest change to prefer
TCHH
Prefer TCHH
Only TCHF
Value Range Only TCHH
According to channel select order of MSC, not
consider if cell congest
According to channel select order of MSC, when
prefer TCHF and cell congest, change to prefer TCHH
if AMR-HR supported
Prefer TCHF, not consider if cell congest
Prefer TCHF, when cell congest, change to prefer
TCHH if AMR-HR supported
Unit None
Level 1 ~ 15, default value is: According to channel

Default value select order of MSC, when prefer TCHF and cell
congest change to prefer TCHH
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
GPRS Basic Parameters

In the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'GPRS Support' for 'GPRS
Support (PsSupport)', the GPRS parameter tabs will appear.
The interface of GPRS basic property parameters is as shown in
Figure 44.

FIGURE 44 GPRS BASIC PARAMETERS
SGSN ID (SGSNID)
Full name SGSN ID
Abbreviation SGSNID
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
SGSN serial number assigned by internal BSC, which

is assigned while user creates SGSN. This serial num-
ber cannot be modified and can be deleted after cre-
Description ation.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default value Depends on the actual configuration.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-05-02-007 Flex Gb Interface
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

NSEI (NSEI)
Full name NSEI
Abbreviation NSEI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In GPRS protocol stack, every unique BSSGP Virtual

Connection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI for each GPRS
cell belongs to Network Service Entity (NSE). NSEI
uniquely identifies every NSE. ZXG10 iBSC supports
several NSEs for future expandability option.
Only after user configures NSE in relevant
configuration at Gb interface will this parameter's
value be displayed.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

BVCI (BVCI)
Full name BVCI
Abbreviation BVCI
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides an

approach for communication between different
BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point
(PTP) or Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or inter-signaling
entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies on BVC.
Each virtual connection has one identifier, that
is, BVCI. It enables the network service layer at
the bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs to the
peer entity very effectively. One NSE carries
Description only one signaling BVC (BVCI=0).
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None


RAC (RAC)
Full name RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation RAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Service will be affected. If this parameter is incon-

Impact on serv- sistent with the data at CN side, new service cannot
ice be established in corresponding cell.

UPU unit (UpuUnit)
Full name UPU Unit
Abbreviation UpuUnit
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It is corresponding with the board position in physical

Description configuration
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Depends on the actual configuration.
Unit None
Default value Depends on the actual selection.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

DSP No. (DSP)
Full name DSP ID
Abbreviation DSP
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter depends on physical configured DSP,

if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is within range
Description of 9~22, otherwise it is configured DSP number.
Management
Object Cell

Determined by user configured DSP quantity.

If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSP
number shall be within 9~22, otherwise it
shall be configured DSP number.
If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSP
number shall be within 9~13, 17~21, 25~29,
Value Range otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.
Unit None
Default value Minimum DSP number configured by user
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None



Additional reselect parameter indictor

(AddResPI2)
Full name Additional reselection parameter indicator
Abbreviation AddResPI2
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends

on the C1 and C2 parameters, according to the
definition in the GSM specification. Network carriers
decide if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter.
Additional reselection parameter indication
is to notify MS if C2 criterion is adoptable
during the cell reselection.
System broadcasts through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages to MS in
the cell. It is one of the cell selection parameters.
No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE4 exist, then MS takes off cell reselection
parameter PI and the parameters related to
C2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.
Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter related
Description to the cell reselection and parameters related

to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets of

SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4.
Generally, system information TYPE 7 and TYPE
8 are rarely used, this parameter must be set
as No, otherwise some MS (for example NEC)
are not able to access the network.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)
Full name SI13 sending position
Abbreviation Si13Locate
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used at MS side. SI13

sending position indicates the scheduling
position of SI13 on BCCH.
SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13 can
be sent on either of the following two positions:
BCCH Norm position (in this case, it occupies
the BCCH block with TC = 4; TC = ((FN DIV 51)
mod (8))), BCCH Ext position (in this case, it
occupies the AGCH block with TC = 0).
When SI13 is transmitted on BCCH Ext position, it
occupies one fixed AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is
sent with low success rate on the BCCH Ext position,
because SI13 has to compete with other messages,
such as IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, for
delivery opportunity. For this case, the parameter
value of Access Allowed Reserved Blocks must be
Description set greater than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
Unit None
Default value BCCH Norm
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Route area color code (RaColor)
Full name Route area color code
Abbreviation RaColor
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcast

to the MS in SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8. RACOLOR is
similar to the BCC function in the GSM system. In
some cases, such as inter-BSC cell reselection,
the GPRS network assigns different RACOLOR
values to adjacent cells with the same route
area code to ensure that MS can initiate the
Routing Area Updating process.
In this way, when MS receives different RaColor
values in the cells with the same routing area code,
it initiates the Routing Area Updating process
Description similar as when it spans two different routing areas.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Min number of idle CS channel

(CsChansThs)
Full name Min number of idle CS channel
Abbreviation CsChansThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It indicates

minimum threshold of the number of IDLE channels
under the CS status, when the network converts
the switchable channel to the PS channel.
System may fail to convert a dynamic switchable
channel to a PS channel, if the number of idle CS
channels is lower than the threshold. When a PS +
CS channel in the CS status is released, it can be
converted and used by PS if the total number of idle
Description channels in the cell is greater than this threshold.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Packet access priority threshold

(PriAcThr)
Full name Packet access priority threshold
Abbreviation PriAcThr
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcast to the

MS in the PSI13 and SI13 messages, indicating the
priority level of MS packet access allowed by the cell.
Description as similar to the function of ACCESS CLASS.
Management
Object Cell
No package access, Allow priority 1, Allow priority

1-2, Allow priority 1-3, Allow priority 1-4, Allow pri-
Value Range ority
Unit None
Default value Allow packet access with the priority level 1-4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Packet System Information Send

Speed (SendSpeed)
Full name Packet System Information Send Speed
SendSpeed (PSI2, PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13,

Abbreviation PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used for global process on BRP.

Packet System Information Send Speed indicates
whether various types of PSI messages are sent
at high rate. As there are limited packet system
messages (16) sent at high rate, and the number
of sent messages often varies due to different
content lengths of different types of packet system
messages, the user can only roughly specify the
sending rate of each type of system message.
Before sending the message, the global process
dynamically specifies the sending rate of each
packet system message type according to the user
Description requirement and the system limitation.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 9 types, Yes/No
Unit None
Default value [Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Overload report period on PRACH

(OvLoadPer, s)
Full name Overload report period on PRACH
Abbreviation OvLoadPer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The interval of

PRACH overload period reported by BTS and informed
Description by BSC.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit s
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Abis Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Link error counter (RLTimeout)
Full name Link error counter
Abbreviation RLTimeout
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs this pa-

rameter to BTS through O&M message, explaining
measurement counter while BTS can't correctly de-
Description code GPRS data.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 20
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Abis Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
PRACH receive signal level threshold

(PrachBusyT)
Full name PRACH receiving signal level threshold
Abbreviation PrachBusyT
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BTS uses this parameter information. PRACH

channel overload is one of the reasons for overload
control. The busy ratio of random access burst
decides the PRACH overload.
If a bursts level exceeds the value specified by
PRACH receive signal level threshold, the burst
Description is considered as a busy burst.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;

Unit None
Default value 63
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Average measuring bursts number

on PRACH (MeaAvgSlot)
Full name Average measuring bursts number on PRACH
Abbreviation MeaAvgSlot
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BTS uses this parameter. It indicates the bursts num-

ber on PRACH. PRACH channel overloads if receiving
signal levels of AvgSlots BPs are lower than PrachBu-
syT. It is a parameter used by BTS. The BTS needs to
Description be synchronized when modifying the parameter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 60
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Buffer threshold of paging message

(PccchIndTh_0, %)
Full name Buffer threshold of paging message
Abbreviation PccchIndTh_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Paging message buffer is overloaded threshold for

packet paging channel PPCH. The judgment scheme
is as follows: i.Calculate the paging message buffer
corresponding to a paging channel. ii.Divide the mes-
sage number stored in the buffer by the maximum
storage amount. iii.Multiply the obtained percentage
by 100. Compare the result with the threshold. If
the result exceeds the threshold, then the overload
Description can be decided.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Queue length threshold in

64 multiframe paging period
(PccchIndTh_1, %)
Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging pe-

Full name riod
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
FUC on BTS uses this parameter information. It

indicates overload threshold in PCCCH (PRACH,
PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an array
with 3 elements, in the unit of %.
PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer is
overloaded for packet paging channel PPCH. Its
decision mechanism is to first calculate paging
message body buffer corresponding to one
paging channel, then message total quantity
saved in this buffer divided by maximum storage
to gain a percentage, multiplied by 100, then
compared with this threshold, if it exceeds
it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overload
threshold of packet paging channel. Its decision
mechanism is to first accumulate the message
ready to issue in buffer queue for each paging
group pair, then divided by accumulation of
maximum storage in buffer queue corresponding
to each paging group, multiplied by 100,
compared with this threshold, if it exceeds the
threshold, it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[2]: PRACH overload threshold.
Its decision mechanism is to first divide total
blocks quantity of this PRACH by busy blocks
on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, compared
with this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold,
Description it will be considered as overload.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PRACH overload threshold ratio

(PccchIndTh_2, %)
Full name PRACH overload threshold ratio
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Total block quantity on this PRACH divided by busy

blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then compared
with this threshold, if it exceeds this threshold, it will
Description be considered as overload.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


DTM support (DTMSupport)
Full name DTM support
Abbreviation DTMSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS

CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates
if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) which
allows A class MS to initialize packet request flow in
Description dedicated mode.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline


tures ZGB-03-05-006 Class A, B, C mobile stations
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame

(GttpLapdmNum)
Full name Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame
Abbreviation GttpLapdmNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates the maximum of GTTP

Description Lapdm frames.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

CCN mode support (CCNActive)
Full name CCN Support
Abbreviation CCNActive
3GPP Name CCN_ACTIVE
This parameter indicates if the cell supports CCN

mode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating notifi-
caiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does
cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET
CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification
shall be delivered to network in normal case. After
network receives this message, it can send specific
Description system message about standby cell to MS.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell support system message status

flow (SIStatusInd)
Full name Cell support system message status flow
Abbreviation SIStatusInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter indicates if the cell supports system

message status flow, broadcasted to MS in SI13 and
PSI13. It describes if the network supports PSI (SI)
Status process. MS informs its network side which
PSI (SI) subsets are required for received PSI (SI)
message by sending Packet PSI (SI) Status message
on PACCH. This parameter is used in CCN mode, to
Description assist finishing NACC fast cell reselection
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow SOLSA MS to access

(Exc_Acc)
Full name Allow SOLSA MS to access
Abbreviation Exc_Acc
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

and SI7 messages. In addition, the parameter infor-
mation is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of
local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow
SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from residing in
Description the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support

(SpgcSuport)
Full name CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support
Abbreviation SpgcSuport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side.

System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and SI13
messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates if
to support the SplitPgCycle function on CCCH.
Split_Pg_Cycle means sending the PACKET IMME-
DIATE ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING and PACKET
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages on mul-
Description tiple blocks.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Extended paging support

(EpageMode)
Full name Extended paging support
Abbreviation EpageMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if to support extended pag-

ing. Extended paging means that MS still can receive
and analyze the message within 3 intervals after the
Description blockes indicated by its paging group.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
PSI status support (PsiStatInd)
Full name PSI status support
Abbreviation PsiStatInd

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used at the MS side and on

the BRP. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1
message, and indicates whether the network
supports PACKET PSI STATUS message.
This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1,
MS can send the PACKET PSI STATUS message
to the network and indicate the current value of
the PSI message stored on it. Later, the network
sets PSI message for this MS on the PACCH to
speed up the subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise
MS has to listen to the PSI message only at the
Description time points scheduled by the network.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell support extendable uplink TBF

(Ext_UTBF)
Full name Cell support extendable uplink TBF
Abbreviation Ext_UTBF
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter indicates if the cell supports

extended uplink TBF. After BSS receives CV=0
uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplink
TBF, it enters into extended uplink TBF status.
At this time, it continues assign uplink block
resource to MS. If new uplink data is required to
send during extended uplink, re-establishment
of uplink TBF is not required.
This function requires extended uplink function
Description shall be supported at MS side.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)
Full name Uplink delay time
Abbreviation UlDelayTime
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates uplink delay time, to describe uplink TBF

delay time. When uplink TBF is released, if extended
uplink TBF function is not supported, this timer starts,
access to uplink delay state, to wait for downlink LLC
Description arrival. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Object Cell
Unit ms

Default value 1000
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime,

ms)
Full name Downlink delay time
Abbreviation DlDelaytime
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When downlink

TBF is released, this timer starts, access to delay
state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame. Release
Description downlink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Object Cell
Unit ms
Default value 2000
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-05-013 Delayed TBF Release in DL
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Extend uplink TBF time

(ExtUITBFTime, ms)
Full name Extend uplink TBF time
Abbreviation ExtUITBFTime
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time. When

uplink TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF func-
tion is supported, this timer starts, access to ex-
tended uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink LLC
Description frame. Release uplink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management
Object Cell
Unit ms
Default value 1500
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Interval number of GPRS

TBF downlink's RRBP
(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF downlinks RRBP
Abbreviation GPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to send

Description Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 3 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Interval number of EGPRS

TBF downlinks RRBP
(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink's RRBP
Abbreviation EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS to

Description send EGPRS Packet Donwlink Ack/Nack.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 6 ~ 60
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Interval number of GPRS TBF

uplinks ACK (GPRSUIAckInterVal)
Full name Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink's ACK
Abbreviation GPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends Packet

Description Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 3 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Interval number of EGPRS TBF

uplinks ACK (EGPRSUIAckInterVal)
Full name Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink's ACK
Abbreviation EGPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Interval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends Packet

Description Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 3 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 8
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Single Block Assign Offset

(SBAssOffset)
Full name Single block assign offset
Abbreviation SBAssOffset
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Uplink two-phase access. The MS initiates channel

request, and network allocates single resource block
Description
to the MS. This parameter indicates the searching
range of this resource block.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 6 ~ 12
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime)
Full name Polling retry time
Abbreviation PollingRetryTime
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Send polling request to MS from network side. If no

any reponse is received from the MS. The system can
Description
send the max number of polling. The MS instance is
released after reaching the max number.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 3 ~ 12
Unit None
Default value 7
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Uplink measure report period

(Ulmeasureperiod, ms)
Full name Uplink measurement report period
Abbreviation Ulmeasureperiod
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used by UPPB, describing uplink

measurement report period reported by BTS and
Description handled by BSC.
Management
Object Cell
Unit ms
Default value 800
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Abis Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Calculating period of load on PPCH

(LoadPer, s)
Full name Calculating period of load on PPCH
Abbreviation LoadPer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This paramter is used by FUC at BTS side, describing

Description period to calculate PPCH channel load.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 16
Unit s
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Abis Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer)
Full name PSI1 send period
Abbreviation Psi1RepPer

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side.

System broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and
SI3 messages of local and adjacent cells. PSI1 send
period indicates the sending period and destination of
the PSI1 message in a cell. PSI1 contains informa-
tion of cell reselection, PRACH control, control chan-
nel description, and possible global power control pa-
rameters. As long as PBCCH exists, the message is
Description always sent at high repetition rate.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 15
0: The PSI1 repeat period is equal
to 1 multiframe
to 2 multiframes
......
Value Range to 16 multiframes
Unit s
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Selective granularity (USFGranulari

ty)
Full name Selective granularity
Abbreviation USFGranularity
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It is assigned to the MS in PACKET UPLINK ASSIGN-

MENT message, indicating the uplink block allocation
granularity of the GPRS MS from the network when
Description the cell uses "dynamic allocation".
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 1
0: allocation granularity is 1 for uplink block
Value Range 1: allocation granularity is 4 for uplink block
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Extended uplink dynamic allocation

support (ExUpDynSupport)
Full name Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
Abbreviation ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if cell supports extended up-

link dynamic allocation. While using this function,
the MS only need listen USF allocation with the least
timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block
Description on all allocated uplink timeslot.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
ABIS time slots reserved for packet

service (Info_1_0)
Full name ABIS time slots reserved for packet service
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
To ensure PS can get required resource, the number

Description of Abis timeslots alloated to PS service is 1 by
default, and modification is not recommended.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

The maximum of ABIS for GPRS

user (Info_1_8)
Full name The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user
Abbrevia-
tion Info_1_8
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
When there is sufficient Abis resource, it indicates the

Description maximum number of Abis resource bounded for channels
newly allocated for the GPRS user.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value
Range At most one ABIS, At most two ABIS, At most four ABIS
Unit None
Default
value At most four ABIS
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0)
If the Abis timeslot resource is insufficient, Abis timeslot

Relation-
is allocated according to "ABIS time slots reserved for
ship
packet service (Info_1_0)".
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

GPRS initial downlink allocation by

multislot class 1 (Info1_1_4)
Full name GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
Abbrevia-
tion Info1_1_4
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
It indicates whether initial channel allocation in downlink

Descrip- is based on multislot capability 1 (i.e. uplink 1 downlink 1)
tion or based on the actual multislot capability of MS specified
in downlink assignment.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Yes/No
Value
Yes: Allocate according to multislot capability 1
Range
No: Allocate according to actual multislot capability
Unit None
Default
value Yes
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None


C/I (Sc)
Full name C/I
Abbreviation Sc
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSC uses MEAN_BEP as C/I to indicate radio

transmission quality, and adjusts block allocation
according to radio transmission quality. Divide
MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each grade
corresponds to a weight. The weight is
dynamically added to the weight calculated
from UMTS QoS parameters, as the evidence
of allocating shared block.
Allocation weight that corresponds to MEAN_BEP
grade is as follows:
MEAN_BEP grade MEAN_BEP value Allocation weight
0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc
1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc
2 10 ~ 13 -Sc
3 14 ~ 17 0
Description 4 18 ~ 21 Sc

5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc
6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 8
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-01-02-002 C/I based Packet Scheduling
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
ARP (Sa)
Full name ARP
Abbreviation Sa
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block

by ARP parameters (priority level).
Allocation weight that corresponds to
ARP is as follows:
ARP Allocation weight
1 2*Sa
2 Sa
Description 3 0
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 8
Unit None
Default value 2

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-01-02-001 Support ARP in Packet Scheduling
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
THP (St)
Full name THP
Abbreviation St
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by

THP parameters included in interactive service.
Allocation weight that corresponds to
THP is as follows:
THP Allocation weight
0 0
1 St
2 2*St
3 3*St
4 4*St
5 5*St
6 6*St
7 7*St
Description 8 8*St
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 8
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)
Full name PS queuing support
Abbreviation PsQueueInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
If PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resource

according to signature QoS parameters from user
side. When QoS guarantee rate for user signature
is unsatisfied (including through grabbing), and
the QoS parameter allows queuing, and if this
parameter is enabled, iBSC allocates radio resource
to user according to Best Effort, and insert the
user into the queue, to wait for allocation of radio
resource. Queuing time can be gotten through PFC
process; otherwise if this parameter is disabled,
access to this service is directly refused.
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure
Description PsMaxQueueInstNum.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure Max

Relationship
PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum).

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Max PS queue count

(PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Full name Max PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Abbreviation PsMaxQueueInstNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This paramter indicates the number of allowed

queues in the cell. When the user number in queue
reaches this value, the service that shall be queued
Description shall be refused to access.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 16
Unit None
Default value 8
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)
When PsQueueInd is Yes, you can configure this

Relationship
parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

PS preemption support
(PsPreemptionInd)
Full name PS preemption support
Abbreviation PsPreemptionInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio resource

according to signature QoS parameters from user
side. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't be sat-
isfied and user own QoS parameter allows preemp-
tion. When this parameter is enabled, this user can
Description preempt radio resource with low priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
3G NACC support (Support3GCCN)
Full name 3G NACC support
Abbreviation Support3GCCN
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter indicates if NACC to 3G cell is sup-

Description ported.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-02-011 Inter-BSC NACC
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS prompt CS support
(PSPrmpCSSupport)
Full name PS prompt CS support
Abbreviation PSPrmpCSSupport
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates when dynamic channel with

preferred PDCH is occupied, to determine if the chan-
Description nel can be preempted by PS service.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Max resource for POC service

(POCSrcThs,%)
Full name Max resource for POC service
Abbreviation POCSrcThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the percent of current PS resource

Description
occupied by POC service.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Transform from uplink delay to extend

(Info1_1_16)
Full name Transform from uplink delay to extend
Abbrevia-
tion Info1_1_16
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates whether the instance can be

transformed from the delay status to the extended uplink
status.
Descrip-
The transformation details are: If MS supports extended
tion
uplink status, then stop the delay timer and start uplink
block allocation to enter the extended uplink status.
This parameter is supported from version 6.20.200f.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value Yes/No
Range 0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Max Num of resend packet

assignment (Info1_1_8)
Full name Max Num of resend packet assignment
Abbrevia-
tion Info1_1_8
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
When the number of times of resending assignment

messages exceeds the maximum number of times of
resending packet assignment messages specified at
background, the TBF Release message is resent to notify
MS to release TBF.
During the service process, if CTRL_ACK is lost, then
judge the assignment type that MAC is waiting for. If the
assignment type is consistent with that MAC is waiting
Descrip- for, then the number of resending assignment messages
tion increments and the uplink/downlink assignment message
is resent. If it exceeds the maximum number of
resending assignment messages but the assignment
acknowledgement message from MS is still not received,
then the TBF Release message is issued from network and
TBF is released. If the assignment type is inconsistent
with that MAC is waiting for, then the assignment timer is
cleared and the assignment message will not be resent.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value
Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default
value 0
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Resource adjust for CS preempt

(Info1_1_17)
Full name Resource adjust for CS preempt
Abbrevia-
tion Info1_1_17
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
When events, such as CS preemption, that require

releasing PS channel occur, the control plane judges
whether the timeslot to be released is important
timeslot or unique timeslot after receiving the dynamic
channel conversion message. If the timeslot is not
Descrip- important or unique, then the control plane initiates
tion resource adjustment and sends the resource assignment
message to the user plane. The user plane then sends
packet uplink/downlink assignment message or timeslot
reallocation message to MS.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value Yes/No
Range 0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Subcell selection of PS channel

allocation (PSALLOCSC_0)
Full name Subcell selection of PS channel allocation
Abbrevia-
tion PSALLOCSC_0
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
After subcell is configured, user can control the subcell

selection strategy by this parameter. The strategy
Descrip- includes preferring the first subcell, preferring the second
tion subcell, and only selecting the first subcell.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Prefer subcell 1, Prefer subcell 2, Only subcell 1

Value 0: Prefer subcell 1
Range 1: Prefer subcell 2
2: Only subcell 1
Unit None
Default
value Prefer subcell 1
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Level for PS channel allocate in

subcell 1 (PSALLOCSC_1)
Full name Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 1
Abbrevia-
tion PSALLOCSC_1
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
After subcell is configured, this parameter is used to

control the level threshold for selecting the first subcell.
When PS channel is in the second subcell, if the level
Descrip- is smaller than PSALLOCSC_1 and TA is larger than
tion PagBlkRes, then it is necessary to move to the first
subcell.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Value 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
Range
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default
value 63
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None

Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Level for PS channel allocate in

subcell 2 (PSALLOCSC_2)
Full name Level for PS channel allocate in subcell 2
Abbrevia-
tion PSALLOCSC_2
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
After subcell is configured, this parameter is used to

control the level threshold for selecting the second
subcell. When PS channel is in the first subcell, if the
Descrip- level is larger than PSALLOCSC_2 and TA is smaller than
tion PagBlkRes, then it is necessary to move to the second
subcell.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
Value 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
Range
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default
value 63
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
GPRS Cell Options

Parameters
The interface of GPRS cell optional parameters is shown in Figure
48.
FIGURE 48 GPRS CELL OPTIONS PARAMETERS

T3168
Full name T3168
Abbreviation T3168
3GPP Name T3168
Parameter used at the MS side.It belongs to the

GPRS cell option parameters, and it is broadcast to
the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages.
T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for
PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after MS
sends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message
(or PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message with
Description Channel Request Description IE).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0.5 ~ 4.0 (Step length is 0.5)
Unit s
Default value 4.0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
T3192
Full name T3192
Abbreviation T3192
3GPP Name T3192

Parameter used at the MS side.

During the packet downlink transmission, if RLC
data block is the final downlink data block to be
transmitted, the network sends the RLC data block
with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as
1. It contains an effective RRBP field to initialize
the release of the downlink TBF.
For each RLC data block that receives FBI with
value 1 and contains effective RRBP domain:
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message
whose FAI domain is 1 on the uplink block
specified by the RRBP domain.
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the
PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in
the uplink block specified as per RRBP field.
Then MS starts the T3192 timer.
T3192 releases the resources, stop discreet
listening to the PDCCH channel when it expires, and
turns to the paging channel for discreet listening.
Within the protection period of T3192, if the MS
receives the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT
or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message
from the network, T3192 will stop and turn to
Description the packet transmission status.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, 160, 200
Unit ms
Default value 500
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
T3142(s)
Full name T3142(s)
Abbreviation T3142
3GPP Name T3142


This timer starts if the MS receives immeidate
assignment refusal or DTM refusal during packet
Description access. This timer does not function if the MS in
original cell does not allow to initiate access request
but the MS does cell reselection prior to the timer
timeout.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit s
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
T3172(s)
Full name T3172(s)
Abbreviation T3172
3GPP Name T3172

This timer starts if the MS receives PACKET ACCESS
REJECT message during packet access. The MS
disables packet access if this timer is timeout. The
Description MS changes to idle status if this timer is timeout
prior to receiving assignment message. After this
timer timeout, the MS does not disable packet
access in this cell, but shall not take channel request
as paging response except the MS receives paging
request message.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit s
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
DRX mode holding time

(DrxTimeMax, s)
Full name DRX mode holding time
Abbreviation DrxTimeMax
3GPP Name DRX_TIMER_MAX
This parameter is used at MS side. System

broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13 and
SI13 messages, and indicates the value
of DRX_TIMER_MAX.
When changing from the packet transmission mode
to the packet idle mode, the MS should first enter the
non-DRX mode. Minimum values of this parameter
and DRX_TIMER_MAX parameters determine the
Description time length for MS to stay in the Non-DRx mode.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
Unit s
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-05-010 GPRS non-DRX Mode

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX blocks transmission in each TS

(BsCvMax)
Full name Max blocks transmission in each TS
Abbreviation BsCvMax
3GPP Name BS_CV_MAX

broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13,
and SI13 messages.
This parameter decides the time of T3198 used by
the MS as the sending party (= time represented
by BS_CV_MAX), the time of T3200 used by
the MS in the non-DRX mode (= 4 x the time
represented by BS_CV_MAX), and the value of
N3104max (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x Number
of timeslots assigned in the uplink).
All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the
COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV) field. The network
can use this field to calculate the data blocks
Description to be sent on current uplink TBF.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Packet control acknowledgment type

(CtraCKType)
Full name Packet control acknowledgment type
Abbreviation CtraCKType
3GPP Name CONTROL_ACK_TYPE
This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP and

at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1,
PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet control acknowl-
edgment type indicates the default format for MS to
send PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT mes-
Description sage.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 4 access bursts, RLC/MAC control block
Unit None
Default value RLC/MAC control block
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Access burst type (AccessType)
Full name Access burst type
Abbreviation AccessType
3GPP Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE

broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and
SI13 messages. Access burst type indicates
whether to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst in
PRACH and PTCCH/U, and the PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.
The main difference between the two types
is that the 11-bit access burst can take more
Description content than the 8-bit access burst.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 8 bits, 11 bits
Unit None
Default value 8 bits
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-03-05-005 8/11 bit Access Burst
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)
Full name N3102 decrease step
Abbreviation PanDec
3GPP Name PAN_DEC

This parameter is used at MS side. They belong

to the GPRS cell option parameters, and they are
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages, indicating the values of parameters
of PAN_DEC, PAN_INC and PAN_MAX. After
each cell reselection, the MS will set the initial
value of N3102 as the PanMax value.
1. When the MS receives the PACKET UPLINK
ACK/NACK message to move V(S) forward, it
adds PanInc to N3102 (but the maximum value
shall not exceed PanMax).
2. When the MS detects the stall condition (V(S) =
V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receives
the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message that
enables V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. If
T3182 expires, the MS will subtract PanDec from
N3102. When the condition satisfies N3102 < 0,
the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal re-
lease. When one of PanDec, PanInc, and PanMax
Description is zero, N3102 is invalid.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
N3102 increase step (PanInc)
Full name N3102 increase step
Abbreviation PanInc
3GPP Name PAN_INC


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit None
Default value 8
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
N3102 MAX (PanMax)
Full name N3102 Max
Abbreviation PanMax
3GPP Name PAN_MAX


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit None
Default value 32
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Phone Init Coding
Full name GPRS Phone Init Coding
Abbreviation GPRSInitattselt_0 ~ GPRSInitattselt_3
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter indicates the default-coding mode for

GPRS MS initial access, under different Abis inter-
face link bandwidths. This is a four-dimensional ar-
ray, indicating GPRS uplink init coding scheme, GPRS
downlink init coding scheme, GPRS uplink max cod-
Description ing scheme, and GPRS downlink max coding scheme.
Management
Object Cell
GPRS uplink init coding scheme: CS1,

CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS downlink init coding scheme: CS1,
CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS uplink max coding scheme: CS1,
CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS downlink max coding scheme:
Value Range CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4.
Unit None
Default value [CS2, CS2, CS4, CS4]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGB-03-05-002 Initial Coding Scheme per Cell Set-

tures table
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS phones init code can be

changed (InitAttachExch_0)
Full name GPRS phones init code can be changed
Abbreviation InitAttachExch_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if GPRS phones default code

Description can be changed dynamically.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS NC Survey
Parameters
The interface of GPRS NC survey parameters is shown in Figure
49.
FIGURE 49 GPRS NC SURVEY PARAMETERS

Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)
Full name Packet Idle mode
Abbreviation NcRepPerI
3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I

broadcasts the parameter information to MS
through SI2Quater and PSI5 messages. This
parameter indicates the period of MS reporting cell
reselection survey in packet IDLE mode. When
NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0, the parameter information
is not necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message.
This parameter also can be sent to MS
Description through PMO message.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit s
Default value 61.44
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-02-012 Network Controlled Cell Reselection
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Packet transmission mode

(NcRerPerT, s)
Full name Packet transmission mode
Abbreviation NcRerPerT
3GPP Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T


NC measurement parameter, which is broadcasted
to MS in system message SI2Quater and PSI5
message. This parameter indicates the period
of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet
transmission mode. When NetworkCtrlOrder is
NC0, the parameter information is not necessary
to broadcast through PSI5 message.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit s
Default value 3.84
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

(MeaOrder)
Full name Extended measurement report order
Abbreviation MeaOrder
3GPP Name MEASUREMENT_ORDER

broadcasts the parameter information to MS
through PSI1 message. Extended measurement
report order is to indicate the survey report
command of MS in a cell.
Description This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Network control order (CtrlOrder)
Full name Network control order
Abbreviation CtrlOrder
3GPP Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER

the network control survey parameters, and it is
broadcast to the MS in the PSI5, PSI13, SI3, and
SI2quater messages, indicating the network control
command used in the cell. If the parameter equals
to NC0, then NC survey parameters (NC hold time
in non-drx mode, and Cell Reselection Survey
Report Period) can be ignored; if the parameter
is NC1 or NC2 and NC measurement parameters
are ignored, use the default value.
NC0: MS controls cell reselection, and
there is no survey report.
NC1: MS controls cell reselection and
sends the survey report.
NC2: The network controls cell reselection
Description and MS sends the survey report.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range NC0, NC1, NC2

Unit None
Default value NC0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
NC hold time in non-drx mode

(NcNoDrxPer, s)
Full name NC hold time in non-drx mode
Abbreviation NcNoDrxPer
3GPP Name NC_ NON_DRX_PERIOD

belongs to network control survey and is used at MS
side. System broadcasts the parameter information
to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 message.
This parameter indicates the minimal time for an
MS to stay in the non-DRX mode after sending
an NC survey report. When NetworkCtrlOrder is
NC0, the parameter information is not necessary
to broadcast through PSI5 message.
Management
Object Cell
No non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20,

Value Range 1.44, 1.92
Unit s
Default value 0.48
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

(ExMeaOrder)
Full name Extended measurement report order
Abbreviation ExMeaOrder
3GPP Name EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDER

broadcasts to MS through PSI5 message. This
parameter indicates whether the MS performs
extended survey. In addition, it indicates how to
interpret the other extended survey parameters
(Type of extended measurement report and Report
period of extended measurement).
EM0: MS performs no extended survey
EM1: MS must send the extended survey
Description report to the network
Management
Object Cell
Value Range EM0, EM1
Unit None
Default value EM0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Type of extended measurement

report (ExtRepType)
Full name Type of extended measurement report
Abbreviation ExtRepType
3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_TYPE
This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the

extended survey parameters, and it is broadcast to
the MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the type of
the extended survey report of MS. System sends the
parameter information through the PSI5 message
when Extended measurement report order is EM1.
Type1: This type of report must be extended if
the frequency points for the extended survey
are among the six strongest carrier frequencies,
even if the BSIC decoding is successful. The
report should cover the receiving signal level
and the successfully decoded BSIC (if any).
Type2: This type of report must be extended
if all the frequency points for the extended
survey are located in the six strongest carrier
frequencies, the BSIC decoding is successful
and the NCC part is allowed for survey. The
report should cover the receiving signal level
and the successfully decoded BSIC.
Type3: Use this type of report to report
all the frequency points for the extended
survey. No BSIC decoding is necessary. The
report should contain the receiving signal
level. Besides, the interference of each carrier
Description frequency shall be reported.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Type1, Type2, Type3
Unit None
Default value Type 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Report period of extended

measurement (ExtRepPer, s)
Full name Report period of extended measurement
Abbreviation ExtRepPer
3GPP Name EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the ex-

tended survey parameters and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the interval of
extended survey report. System sends the parame-
ter information through the PSI5 message when Ex-
Description tended measurement report order is EM1.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680
Unit s
Default value 1920
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

The size of test report's slip window

(Wnd)
Full name The size of test report's slip window
Abbreviation Wnd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this

parameter is used. When the number of measure-
ment reports reaches this parameter setting value,
Description average processing is done for measurement report.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 8
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allowed report number of the same

cell in slip window (AllowedRepNum)
Full name Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window
Abbreviation AllowedRepNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this

parameter is used. When adjacent cell receives aver-
age level, and the number of valid measurement re-
port received in slip window is lower than setting
Description value, this calculation shall be punished.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 6
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Power Control

Parameters
The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure
50.

FIGURE 50 GPRS POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Filter period in the packet idle mode

(T_AVG_W, s)
Full name Filter period in the packet idle mode
Abbreviation T_AVG_W
3GPP Name T_AVG_W
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the

global power control and GPRS power control param-
eters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13
and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the fil-
ter period of the signal intensity for power control in
Description the packet idle mode.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 31
0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes
......
Value Range 26 ~ 31: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes
Unit s
Default value 0

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Filter period in packet transmission

mode (T_AVG_T, s)
Full name Filter period in packet transmission mode
Abbreviation T_AVG_T
3GPP Name T_AVG_T

and SI3 messages. This parameter indicates the fil-
ter period of the signal intensity for power control in
Description the packet transmission mode.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 31
......
Value Range 26 ~ 31: reserved
Unit s
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send)
Full name PSI4 sending mark
Abbreviation Psi4Send
3GPP Name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL
This parameter belongs to global power control and

is used at MS side. It belongs to the global power
control parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in
the PSI1 message. This parameter indicates whether
to broadcast the optional PSI4 message. This mes-
sage contains a list of channels that interferes with
Description the survey.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Power control measurement channel

(PcMeasChan)
Full name Power control measurement channel
Abbreviation PcMeasChan
3GPP Name PC_MEAS_CHAN

and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the
position where the downlink power strength is sur-
Description veyed for uplink power control.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range BCCH, PDCH
Unit None
Default value BCCH
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power control parameter (Alpha)
Full name Power control parameter
Abbreviation Alpha
3GPP Name ALPHA


and SI13 messages. This parameter determines the
Description MS transmission power control Alpha ().
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 10
Parameters controlled by MS transmitting
power is Alpha(), then,
0: = 0.0
1: = 0.1
......
10: = 1.0
Value Range 11 ~ 15: = 1.0
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Filter constant of power control

(N_AVG_I)
Full name Filter constant of power control
Abbreviation N_AVG_I
3GPP Name N_AVG_I

and SI13 messages. This parameter is a filter con-
stant used to optimize the interference signal inten-
Description sity in power control.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of GPRS cell reselection parameters is shown in
Figure 51.

FIGURE 51 GPRS CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS
Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0,

2db)

to MS via system message by BTS. In the
GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for
cell reselection. Similar to the C2 standard in
GSM, there is a cell reselection offset parameter
(ReselOff) for calculation of the C32 standard. This
parameteris not necessary to append in packet
system message when the offset value is 0 dB.
Management
Object Cell

0 ~ 31
0: -52 dB
1: -48 dB
......
22: +12 dB
......
31: +48 dB
For -52 dB ~ -12 dB and 12 dB ~ 48 dB, the step
Value Range is 4 dB; for -12 dB ~ 12 dB, the step is 2 dB.
Unit 2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-02-009 Support of C31 and C32 Criteria
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Cell reselection offset2

(ReselOffset_1, 2db)
Full name Reselection offset 2

on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as
the standard for cell reselection. Similar to the
C2 standard in GSM, there is a cell reselection
offset parameter (ReselOff) for calculation
of the C32 standard. This parameteris not
necessary to append in packet system message
when the offset value is 0 dB.
Management
Object Cell

0 ~ 31
0: -52 dB
1: -48 dB
......
22: +12 dB
......
Value Range 31: +48 dB
Unit 2 dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Temporary offset of cell reselection

(TempOffset_0, db)

in GSM system. The effective time depends
on Penalty Time parameter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite

Unit dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Temporary offset of cell reselection2

(TempOffset_1, db)
Full name Reselection temporary offset 2

on PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used
as the standard for cell reselection. There is a
temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative
offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective
time depends on Penalty Time parameter.
Management
Object Cell
Unit dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(PenalTime_0, 10s)

in GSM system. The effective time depends
on PenalTime of cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 31
0: 10 s
1: 20 s
......
Value Range 31: 320 s
Unit 10 s
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Penalty time of cell reselection2

(PenalTime_1, 10s)
Full name Penalty time of cell reselection 2

depends on PenalTime of cell reselection.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 31
0: 10 s
1: 20 s
......
Value Range 31: 320 s
Unit 10 s
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Interval of reselecting the same cell

(T_Resel_0, s)
Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell
Abbreviation T_Resel_0
3GPP Name T_RESEL

to MS via system message by BTS. When MS
performs a cell reselection that causes abnormal
release of this cell, it is not allowed to reselect
this cell again within the T_RESEL period, unless
there is no other cells for selection. It is not
necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS
through PSI3 message when the time represented
by this parameter is 5 s (default value).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit s
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Interval of reselecting the same cell2

(T_Resel_1, s)
Full name Interval of reselecting the same cell 2
Abbreviation T_Resel_1
3GPP Name T_RESEL

PACCH. When MS performs a cell reselection that
causes abnormal release of this cell, it is not allowed
to reselect this cell again within the T_RESEL period,
unless there is no other cells for selection. It is
not necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS
through PSI3 message when the time represented
by this parameter is 5 s (default value).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit s
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(HCS_Thr_0)
Abbreviation HCS_Thr_0

3GPP Name HCS_THR

to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. Threshold
of HCS signal level identifies the HCS signal
strength threshold of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm
1: -108 dBm
Value Range ......
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold of HCS signal level2

(HCS_Thr_1)
Full name Threshold of HSC signal level 2
Abbreviation HCS_Thr_1
3GPP Name HCS_THR


HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.
Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the HCS
signal strength threshold of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm
1: -108 dBm
Value Range ......
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to MS
via system message by BTS. This parameter
specifies the HCS priority of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7

Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)
Full name HCS Priority 2

HCS parameter, which is informed to MS on PACCH.
This parameter specifies the HCS priority of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0)
Full name C31 hysteresis
Abbreviation C31_Hyst_0
3GPP Name C31_HYST
This parameter is used at MS side. It is

broadcasted to MS through system message by
BTS, indicating whether to use the CellReselHys
parameter on the C31 standard.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1)
Full name C31 hysteresis 2
Abbreviation C31_Hyst_1

3GPP Name C31_HYST
This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed

to MS on PACCH, indicating whether to use the
CellReselHys parameter on the C31 standard.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis

(ReselHys_0, db)
Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis
Abbreviation ReselHys_0
3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS


to MS via system message by BTS.
MS needs to go through location updating process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
reselection, if the original cell and destination cell
are in different locations. C32 values obtained at
the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel.
It causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections
of MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s
is extremely short time in terms of location
updating. This increases the signaling flow on the
network and causes radio resources to be fully
utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion
rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to
expressway, the CRH parameter should be set
as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2

(ReselHys_1, db)
Full name GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2
Abbreviation ReselHys_1
3GPP Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
This parameter is used at MS side. Inform

MS on PACCH.
MS needs to go through location updating process
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
reselection, if the original cell and destination cell
are in different locations. C32 values obtained at
the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel.
It causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections
of MS is not less than 15 s. However, 15 s
is extremely short time in terms of location
updating. This increases the signaling flow on the
network and causes radio resources to be fully
utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion
rate of the system, as MS cannot respond to
expressway, the CRH parameter should be set
as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Routing reselection hysteresis

(RaReselHys_0, db)
Full name Routing reselection hysteresis
Abbreviation RaReselHys_0
3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

to MS through system message by BTS. This
parameter specifies extra hysteresis value used in
selecting a cell in another routing area when MS is
in STANDBY or READY mode. It is not necessary to
broadcast this parameter through the PSI3 message
when the value of this parameter is the same as
that of GPRS cell reselection hysteresis.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default value 8

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Routing reselection hysteresis2

(RaReselHys_1, db)
Full name Routing reselection hysteresis 2
Abbreviation RaReselHys_1
3GPP Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

to MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies extra
hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another
routing area when MS is in STANDBY or READY
mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this
parameter through the PSI3 message when the
value of this parameter is the same as that of
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit dB
Default value 8
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Random access attempt permitted

(RadAcRetry_0)
Full name Random access attempt permitted
Abbreviation RadAcRetry_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

to MS through system message by BTS, which
indicates whether MS is allowed to attempt to
access another cell (if it exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet
transmission, the MS will discard all running
TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells,
it should perform abnormal cell reselection,
and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If
other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the
original cell within T_RESEL seconds.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Random access attempt permitted2

(RadAcRetry_1)
Full name Random access attempt permitted 2
Abbreviation RadAcRetry_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

to MS on PACCH, indicating whether MS is allowed
to attempt to access another cell (if it exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet
transmission, the MS will discard all running
TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells,
it should perform abnormal cell reselection,
and establish TBF after initializing new cell. If
other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the
original cell within T_RESEL seconds.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Usage of cell reselection offset

(C32_Qual_0)
Full name Usage of cell reselection offset
Abbreviation C32_Qual_0
3GPP Name C32_QUAL
This parameter is used at MS side. It is

broadcasted to MS through system message
by BTS, which indicates whether to use the
exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Usage of cell reselection offset2

(C32_Qual_1)
Full name Usage of cell reselection offset 2
Abbreviation C32_Qual_1
3GPP Name C32_QUAL


to the MS on PACCH, indicating whether to use the
exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS access minimum signal level1

(RxLevAsMin_0)
Full name GPRS access minimum signal level 1

It indicates the minimum receiving level for the
MS to access the GPRS system. To prevent the
MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
signal level (usually, the poor communication quality
cannot guarantee normal communication process
after access) and from unreasonably wasting radio
resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM
system that the receiving level be greater than
a threshold level for MS to access the network,
Description that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.


functions while configuring PBCCH.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Unit None
Default value 12
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS access minimum signal level2

(RxLevAsMin_1)
Full name GPRS access minimum signal level 2


MS on PACCH.
It indicates the minimum receiving level for the
MS to access the GPRS system. To prevent the
MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
signal level (usually, the poor communication quality
cannot guarantee normal communication process
after access) and from unreasonably wasting radio
resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM
system that the receiving level be greater than
a threshold level for MS to access the network,
that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Unit None
Default value 12
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)
Full name Priority threshold
Abbreviation Prio_Thr
3GPP Name PRIO_THR

System broadcasts the parameter information to MS

through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameter
relates to GPRS access minimal signal level in calcu-
Description lation of C4 standard.
Management
Object Cell
Unit dB
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0)
Full name HCS exist
Abbreviation HCS_Exist_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. This
parameter indicates whether the HCS parameters
(PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS
ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving
cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells
use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1)
Full name HCS exist 2
Abbreviation HCS_Exist_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

be informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter
indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass
and HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC
exist parameters of other cells if serving cell does
not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use
Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS MAX initial access signal

level1 (MsTxMaxCch_0)
Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_0

Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls
MS power using power command. MS outputs
transmit power closest to the specified power
value if unavailable. The power before MS receives
the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this
parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection
and reselection by MS, involved in calculation of
C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,
the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent
channel; If it is too small, the MS access success
rate at the edge of cell will be very low.
To set it, observe the following principle: Under the
precondition that the MS at the cell boundary is
guaranteed with certain access success rate, the MS
access level should be reduced as much as possible.
Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter
as 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
The value is same as that in the appendix.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31

Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS MAX initial access signal

level2 (MsTxMaxCch_1)
Full name GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2
Abbreviation MsTxMaxCch_1

MS on PACCH.
Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls
MS power using power command. MS outputs
transmit power closest to the specified power
value if unavailable. The power before MS receives
the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this
parameter when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection
and reselection by MS, involved in calculation of
C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,
the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent
channel; If it is too small, the MS access success
rate at the edge of cell will be very low.
To set it, observe the following principle: Under the
precondition that the MS at the cell boundary is
guaranteed with certain access success rate, the MS
access level should be reduced as much as possible.
Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter
as 5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
Description access success rate and access time with different


The value is same as that in the appendix.
during reselection in transmission state.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
LSA ID (LSA_Id)
Full name LSA Mark
Abbreviation LSA_Id
3GPP Name LSA ID
System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6,

SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition,
system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3
and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA
Description ID specifies LSA identifier of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
LSA offset (LSA_Offset)
Full name LSA Offset
Abbreviation LSA_Offset
3GPP Name LSA_OFFSET
System broadcasts the parameter information to MS

through SI4, SI6 and SI7 messages. This parameter
defines the offset value for LSA reselection between
Description two cells with the same LSA priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

GPRS Channel Parameters

The interface of GPRS channel parameters is shown in Figure 52.
FIGURE 52 GPRS CHANNEL PARAMETERS
PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)
Full name PAGCH reserved blocks
Abbreviation PagBlkRes
3GPP Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES

broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of blocks
where neither packet paging nor PBCCH can
appear in a 52-frame multiframe. On these blocks,
only PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can appear.
Network sends the uplink assignment message
with priority on these fixed blocks to speed up
the establishment of the uplink TBF.
After sending the channel request on PRACH
channel, MS waits for the uplink assignment
message on all PCCCH channels of the same
Description timeslot as the PRACH channel.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 10

Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)
Full name PBCCH reserved blocks
Abbreviation PbcchBlks
3GPP Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS

the PCCCH structure parameters, and it is broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1 message. This parameter
indicates the number of blocks assigned as PBCCH
in a 52-frame multiframe (altogether 12 blocks).
PBCCH blocks are used at the same time by the
packet system messages sent at high rate and
low rate. A message that is sent at high rate has
higher priority. This parameter must be configured
together with the PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameter
in the PSI1 message to ensure that the block
resources are available for the packet system
Description messages, sent both at high and low rates.
Management
Object Cell
PBCCH occupies 1 block in multi-frame, PBCCH oc-

cupies 2 blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 3
blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 4 blocks in
Value Range multi-frame
Unit None
Default value PBCCH occupies four blocks in the multiframe.
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)
Full name PRACH reserved blocks
Abbreviation PrachBlks
3GPP Name BS_PRACH_BLKS

to the PCCCH organization parameters, and it
is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of fixed
blocks reserved for the PRACH channel in the
PDCH channel that bears PCCCH.
These blocks must be identified by USF = FREE.
MS can use this parameter or USF = FREE to
Description carry out the PRACH assignment.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Interval range of packet access

attempt (TxInt)
Full name Interval range of packet access attempt
Abbreviation TxInt
3GPP Name TX_INT

PRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to
the MS in the PSI1 message. Whenever establishing
a new connection, MS sends a channel request
message to the network through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the
success rate of MS access, the network allows MS
to send multiple channel request messages before
it receives the packet assignment message. If MS
does not get any response for the previous channel
request message, it can resend a channel request
message after waiting for a random period. Interval
range of packet access attempt is used to determine
the time length of random waiting. It is the number
of delay timeslot randomly connected.
The random access time is determined by Interval
range of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Interval
Description period of packet access attempt (S).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Unit None
Default value 32
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Interval period of packet access

attempt (S)
Full name Interval period of packet access attempt
Abbreviation S
3GPP Name S

Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to
PRACH control. Network broadcasts to MS through
PSI1 message. Whenever establishing a new
connection, MS sends a channel request message
to the network through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the
success rate of MS access, the network allows the
MS to send multiple channel request messages
before receiving the packet assignment message.
When the previous channel request message
is not responded, MS will wait for a random
period to re-send the channel request message.
Parameter S decides the random waiting time.
It is used to calculate the minimum timeslot
number between two channel requests.
The random access time is determined by Interval
range of packet access attempt (TxInt) and Interval
Description period of packet access attempt (S).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217
Unit s
Default value 109
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)
Full name MAX Times of Attempt
Abbreviation MaxRetrans
3GPP Name MAX_RETRANS

PRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI1 message. This parameter indicates
maximum attempts of random access allowed on
PRACH for MS with radio priorities of 1 ~ 4.
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first
array element corresponds to maximum number of
Description attempts allowed for radio priority 1, and so on.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1, 2, 4, 7
Unit None
Default value [4, 4, 4, 4]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)
Full name Access control level
Abbreviation AccCtrlClass
3GPP Name ACC_CONTR_CLASS

It indicates MS access control level to access cell.

Common MS has the class 0 ~ 9 and special MS
has the class 11 ~ 15. Class 10 does not exist.
System can prohibit MS with some access class
to enter the cell according to this parameter.
System allows access of a mobile with access
class, N = 0, 1 9, 11 15. It allows emergency
calls when the eleventh digit = EC. To faciliate
programming, C10 is constantly 0.
If the Nth bit of the access control level is 0 (0
indicates access allowed, 1 indicates access not
allowed), then it is allowed to access a MS with
AccCtrlClass =N (N=0, 1, 9, 11, 15). Bit 11=
EC represents that Emergency Call is available.
This parameter consists of two bytes (16 bits).
The first byte: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11, C10, C9, C8
The second byte: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2, C1, C0
When Cn = 0, the MS of which the access
level is n is not forbidden to access the
cell (n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)
When Cn = 1, the MS of which the access
level is n is forbidden to access the cell
(n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)
Description C10 is constantly 0.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
[No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Default value No, No, No]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Access Persist Level (PersistLev)
Full name Access Persist Level
Abbreviation PersistLev

3GPP Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL

to the PRACH control parameters, and it is
broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message. The
network sets a level threshold P I (I = 1, 2, 3,
4) for MS of various radio priorities.
For each attempt of packet access, MS abstracts a
random value R with even distribution probability
from the set {0, 1..., 15}. System allows MS to
initiate an attempt of packet access only when
P I is lower than or equal to R.
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The
first element corresponds to the access persist
Description level of radio priority 1, and so on.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Unit None
Default value [0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Subscriber occupying other

preference channel support
(HybridOccuSupp)
Subscriber occupying other preference channel sup-

Full name port
Abbreviation HybridOccuSupp
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter describes whether to support sub-

scriber occupying other preference channel. It in-
dicates this kind of preference channel is busy, other
channels are idle, and determines whether to occupy
Description this preference channel.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-03-02-009 Flexible Priority Handling of Packet

tures Data Channel
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS subscriber moving out of

other preference channel support
(AllowPsMove)
PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel

Full name support
Abbreviation AllowPsMove
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether to support sub-

scriber moving out of other preference channel. It
indicates whether the user that occupies other chan-
Description nels can be moved out.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures Data Channel
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS subscriber moving support

(AllowCsMove)
Full name CS subscriber moving support
Abbreviation AllowCsMove
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether support switching

some CS subscriber cell to other timeslot, to leave
blank for original timeslot for getting larger PS avail-
Description able timeslot group.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures Data Channel
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Congeneric service threshold for

PS-moving (SfPreferBusyThs)
Full name Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
Abbreviation SfPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
During this application, on the gained preferential

channel on this side, it is better that existing QoS
quota / total available QoS quota is lower than al-
located result for this percentage, to calculate tar-
get evaluation target function in combination with
Description un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 100
Change mode Offline

tures Data Channel
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Un-congeneric service threshold for

PS-moving (OpPreferBusyThs)
Full name Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
Abbreviation OpPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
During this application, on the gained preferential

channel on opposite side, it is better that existing
QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than
allocated result for this percentage, to calculate tar-
get evaluation target function in combination with
Description un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

tures Data Channel
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS channel expand (Info1_1_18)
Full name PS channel expand
Abbrevia-
Info1_1_18
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP None
reference

This parameter indicates whether PS channel expansion

is supported. For example, if the number of channels
that MS uses currently is 2+1 and MS can use more
Description timeslots, then the channel mode is automatically
expanded to 3+1 or 4+1 after adjacent CS channel is
released.
Manage- Cell
ment Ob-
ject
Value Yes/No
Range
Unit None
Default No
value
Change Offline
mode
Relevant ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Features
Relevant None
parameters
Relation- None
ship
Related None
interfaces
Impact on None
service
Idle TCH threshold for PS channel

expand (Info1_1_24, %)
Full name Idle TCH threshold for PS channel expand
Abbrevia-
Info1_1_24
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP None
reference
When the proportion of idle TCHs of the cell is larger than

Description this threshold, PS channel expansion will be performed.

Manage- Cell
ment Ob-
ject
Value 0 ~ 100
Range
Unit %
Default 20
value
Change Offline
mode
Relevant ZGF05-09-009 Enhancement on Channel Allocation

Features
Relevant None
parameters
Relation- None
ship
Related None
interfaces
Impact on None
service
EDGE Parameters
In the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'Support EDGE' for 'Sup-
port GPRS(PsSupport)', the EDGE Params tab will appear.
The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 53.

FIGURE 53 EDGE PARAMETERS
EGPRS packet channel request

access program support
(EgprsPacketChreq)
EGPRS packet channel request access program sup-

Full name port
Abbreviation EgprsPacketChreq
3GPP Name EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS

CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates
if the cell supports EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_RE-
QUEST access flow. If the cell supports EGPRS and
this flow, the EGPRS terminal is able to originate
EGPRS packet access flow on RACH or PRACH (if
Description PBCCH exists).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea- ZGO-03-05-003 EGPRS Packet Channel Request on

tures CCCH
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink LA+IR quality control support

(IrSupportUp)
Full name Uplink LA+IR quality control support
Abbreviation IrSupportUp
3GPP Name RESEGMENT
It indicates if the cell supports "uplink IR quality con-

trol". If it does, the network could set the RESEG-
MENT in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK, PACKET UP-
LINK ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT RECONFIG-
URE message as FALSE to inform MS system of using
IR quality control mode, and MS uplink retransmis-
Description sion could not be segmented.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-03-05-002 EGPRS Link Adaptation

tures ZGO-03-05-006 Incremental Redundancy in UL
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um Interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Take Preemptive transmit bit function

(PreemptiveTrans)
Full name Take Preemptive transmit bit function
Abbreviation PreemptiveTrans
3GPP Name PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
It indicates whether the cell employs the

"Preemptivetrans bit" function. If the cell supports
that function, network indicates MS whether
to send the RLC data of PENDING-ACK when
there is no data in NACK status and no new RLC
data block to be transmitted or the transmission
window is full by PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message.
Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS should
not send the data block in PENDING-ACK
status. But for the last piece of current
TBF, even if its status is PENDING ACK,
it should be transmitted.
No: Do not use preemptive transmission. MS
should send the oldest data in PENDING-ACK
status, then the second oldest data. If all
data in PENDING-ACK status have been
Description sent, repeat from the oldest one.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None

Average filter period for uplink BEP

(BEPperiodUp)
Full name Bep_Period2 of uplink
Abbreviation BEPperiodUp
3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD
This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. The

meaning of this parameter is the same as BEPPeriod-
Down, but it is to caculate the uplink measurement
Description data inside of PCU.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
Average filter period for downlink

BEP (BEPperiodDown)
Full name Bep_Period2 of downlink
Abbreviation BEPperiodDown
3GPP Name BEP_PERIOD

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in

GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13.
In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will determine to
report the MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit rate
of the radio block) and CV_BEP_AV (variance
coefficient of radio block error bit rate) under
the whole TBF, or the measurement data per
time slot MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).
The specification defines the calculation formula of
these measurement data (refer to 05.08 10.2.3.2.1).
There is an oblivion factor e in the formula, whose
Description value is defined by the average period of BEP filter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
EGPRS phone quality measure mode

(LinkQuameaMode)
Full name EGPRS phone quality measure mode
Abbreviation LinkQuameaMode
3GPP Name LINK_QUALITY_MEASUREMENT_MODE

This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink Assignment

message. It indicates the measurement report mode
of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS measurement could
be performed based on each impulse, which is to
measure by the granularity of BURST. The feature of
rapid EGPRS measurement makes the network side
be able to respond the change of radio environment
quickly, so as to choose the most proper coding mode
Description and perform power control.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces Um interface
Impact on serv-
ice None
EDGE initial downlink allocation by

multislot class 1 (Info1_1_0)
Full name EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
Abbrevia-
tion Info1_1_0
3GPP
Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates whether initial channel allocation

in downlink for EDGE user is according to the actual
multislot capability. If it is, then one or multiple timeslots
Descrip- are allocated according to the actual multislot capability
tion in initial channel allocation; otherwise, only one timeslot
is allocated in initial channel allocation.

Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value Yes/No
Range 0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parame-
ters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
EGPRS Phone Init Coding

(EGPRSInitAttSelt)
Full name EGPRS Phone Init Coding
Abbreviation EGPRSInitAttSelt_0 ~ EGPRSInitAttSelt_3
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This is a four-dimensional array, representing EGPRS

uplink initial coding scheme, EGPRS downlink initial
coding scheme, EGPRS uplink max coding scheme,
Description and EGPRS downlink max coding scheme.
Management
Object Cell
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7,

Value Range MCS8, MCS9
Unit None
Default value [MCS6, MCS6, MCS9, MCS9]

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
EGPRS phones init code can be

changed (InitAttachExch_1)
Full name EGPRS phones init code can be changed
Abbreviation InitAttachExch_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if the coding method of GPRS/EGPRS MS

Description in cell could be changed dynamically.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Chapter 5
Cell Object Parameters
This chapter describes cell object parameters, including power

control, handover, and reselection parameters.
Table of Contents
TRX Parameters .............................................................. 499
Power Control Parameters................................................. 525
Handover Control Parameters............................................ 557
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ................................. 637
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ......................................... 653
Adjacent Cell Parameters.................................................. 707
Frequency Hopping System Parameters .............................. 764
TRX Parameters
TRX parameters are displayed in two sub-interfaces. If the site is
an IP access site, an IP Params tab is added to the TRX informa-
tion interface.
TRX Information Parameters

The interface of TRX parameters is as shown in Figure 54.

FIGURE 54 TRX INFORMATION PARAMETERS
TRX ID (TrxId)
Full name TRX ID
Abbreviation TrxId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
TRX number in the cell. According to GSM specifi-

cations, one cell can have 64 carriers at most. This
parameter is consistent with the TRX ID of SDR base
Description station.
Management
Object TRX
1 ~ 60
The following lists the maximum number of
TrxIds of each site type.
OB06: 48
BS20: 48
BS21: 48
BS21V20: 48
BS30: 48
BS30V12: 48
B8112: 54
M8202: 54
M8206: 54
B8018: 54
S8001: 1
Value Range SDR: 60

Chapter 5 Cell Object Parameters
Unit None
Default value Sort in order.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Impact on serv- all current services of corresponding TRX will be in-
ice terrupted immediately.
Sub cell ID (SubCellId)

Full name Sub cell ID
Abbreviation SubCellId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
If it is cell with dual frequencies, this parameter de-

scribes the subCell of the dual-frequency cell in which
the TRX is; if it is not dual-frequency cell, this param-
eter is First Subcell. It is unmodifiable after being
Description created.
Management
Object TRX
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No,

value range is the first subcell;
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, value
Value Range range is the first subcell and the second subcell.
Unit None
Default value First subcell
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters Subcell used (SubCellUsed)
The value of "Use Subcell or not" has influence on

Relationship
the value range of this parameter.

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TRX type (TrxType)

Full name TRX type
Abbreviation TrxType
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Common TRX is suitable for common cell. After

adding the function of supporting extended cell,
a third type of TRX is added -- Expand TRX,
realizing large coverage range.
In common cell, TRX Type shall be
configured as Normal TRX;
When subcell is not supported under extended
cell, TRX Type shall be configured as Extended
TRX; when subcell is supported under extended
cell, subcell 1 shall be configured as Extended
Description TRX, and no special requirements for subcell 2.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Common TRX, Extended TRX
Unit None
Default value Common TRX
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters Channel ID

Relationship
range of TSC.
Related interfa-
ces None


Priority (TrxPriority)
Full name Assign Priority of the Trx
Abbreviation TrxPriority
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes priorities for allocating car-

riers of the same type. 1 represents the highest pri-
ority. Select channels on carriers with high priority
Description when allocating channels.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range 1 ~ 5
Unit None
When "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No,

default value is 3;
When "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes,
Default value default value is 1;
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
Relevant pa-
rameters BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)
The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) has

Relationship
influence on the default value of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

Full name BCCH carrier frequency
Abbreviation BcchMark
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
One and only one BCCH carrier frequency must be

Description configured in a cell.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa- Priority (TrxPriority)

rameters Support FHS
This parameter's value influences the default value

Relationship of the "TrxPriority" parameter. It also influences the
value range of the "Support FHS" parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None

Static power level (PwRreduction)

Full name Static power level
Abbreviation PwRreduction
3GPP Name static RF power step
This parameter represents the static power level of

transceiver. Usually a static power control is added
on the basis of TRX transmission power specified by
Static power level. Namely, a restriction is added
based on the maximum transmission power, thus to
get the actual maximum transmission power Pn of
the TRX. The dynamic power control is implemented
Description based on the maximum transmission power Pn.
Management
Object TRX
Max output power, Max output power - 2 dB, Max

output power - 4 dB, Max output power - 6 dB, Max
output power - 8 dB, Max output power - 10 dB, Max
output power - 12 dB, Max output power + 1.5 dB,
Max output power + 1 dB, Max output power + 0.5
Value Range dB
Unit None
Default value Max output power
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-04-02-002 Static BTS Power Control

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power level (PowerClass)

Full name Power level
Abbreviation PowerClass
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter can configure the power level of

carrier, which can be converted to the actual power
value. It is used to calculate path loss and CI value
Description in the measurement report.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range 1 ~ 8
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Support FHS
Full name Support FHS
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name hopping

This parameter indicates if frequency-hopping

is supported. When this parameter is set as
'Base band freqhop', 'BhGroupId' is added to the
interface. When this parameter is set as 'RFID
freqhop', 'Frequency' disappears from the interface
and 'FhsId' is added to the interface.
Note: S8001 only has one frequency, and does
Description not support frequency-hopping.
Management
Object TRX
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, the

value range is No, base band freq-hopping,
and RFID freq-hopping.
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, the value
Value Range range is No and base band freq-hopping.
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

tures ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Relevant pa-
rameters BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)
The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) has

Relationship
influence on the value range of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None

BhGroupId
Full name BhGroupId
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hopping

mode is baseband frequency hopping. After
multiple TRXs configures the same frequency group
Description id, the frequencies for these TRXs will be added
into the frequency hopping system identified by
BhGroupId. In the process of hopping, it uses the
same MA frequency list.

Management
Object TRX
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Relevant
parameters BhGroupId in frequency hopping system
Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hopping

Relationship
mode is baseband frequency hopping.
Related
interfaces Um Interface
Service will be affected. If the parameter is

Impact on
modified, all current services of corresponding TRX
service
will be interrupted immediately.
FhsID
Full name FhsID
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Select the FhsID if the configured frequency hopping

Description mode is RF hopping. This trx uses the MA frequency
list configured in frequency hopping system.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping
Relevant
parameters FhsID in frequency hopping system
Select the FhsID if the configured frequency

Relationship
hopping mode is RF hopping.

Related
interfaces Um Interface

Impact on
modified, all current services of corresponding TRX
service
will be interrupted immediately.
Frequency
Full name Frequency
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Select the frequency point of this transceiver.
Management
Object TRX
TCH frequency point can be at a different frequency

band from BCCH frequency point.
Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM900:
Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency
point is 1 ~ 124;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is EXT900: Value
range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point
is 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is DCS1800:
point is 512 ~ 885;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is PCS1900:
point is 512 ~ 810;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM850:
point is 128 ~ 251;
TCH frequency point has nothing to do with
Frequency band (FreqBand).
When TCH transceiver is at GSM900, the
value range is 1 ~ 124;
When TCH transceiver is at EXT900, the value
range is 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;
When TCH transceiver is at DCS1800, the
When TCH transceiver is at PCS1900, the
When TCH transceiver is at GSM850, the
Value Range value range is 128 ~ 251.
Unit None
Default value Based on the set frequency
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa- ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

rameters Frequency band (FreqBand)
Based on frequency setting at subsequent BTSs, the

system automatically fills it in the 'ARFCN list' box.
Relationship
The value of the FreqBand parameter influences the
value range of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None

Channel Information Parameters

The channel information interface is shown in Figure 55.
FIGURE 55 CHANNEL INFORMATION PARAMETERS
Channel ID
Full name Channel ID
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Number to identify timeslot.

Management
Object TRX
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal TRX",

eight timeslot numbers are displayed on the
interface, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended TRX",
four timeslot numbers are displayed on the
Value Range interface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6.
Unit None
Default value Same as value range
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters TRX type (TrxType)
The value of the 'TRX type (TrxType)' parameter

Relationship
influences the value range of this parameter.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TS Channel Combination
Full name TS Channel Combination
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines combined types of

timeslot channel. The correlation with the
following parameters is as follows:
CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'No',
that is, CBC is not supported, the system
automatically finds all timeslot channel
combinations in the cell. If CBC channel
exists, it is changed to SDCCH.
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'Yes', that
is, CBC is supported, the system automatically
finds all timeslot channel combinations in the
cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for a
carrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.
Support GPRS (PsSupport)
If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is 'No',
that is, GPRS is not supported, the system
automatically changes all timeslot channels
Description whose type is PS in the cell to TCH.

Common control channel configura-

tion (CcchConf)
If CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses one
physical channel, combined with SDCCH",
then in the channel parameters, channel
combination of timeslot 0 must be one of the
following two combinations: 'BCCH+SDCCH/4'
and 'BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH'.
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses
one physical channel, not combined with
SDCCH", then in the channel parameters,
channel combination of timeslot 0 must
be one of the following two combinations:
'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.
two physical channel, not combined with
channel combination of timeslot 0 and timeslot
2 is one of the following two combinations:
three physical channel, not combined with
channel combination of timeslot 0, 2, and
4 is one of the following two combinations:
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses four
physical channel, not combined with SDCCH",
then in the channel parameters,channel
combination of timeslot 0, 2, 4, and 6 is
one of the following two combinations:
Management
Object TRX
TCH/F;
TCH/H(0,1)+FACCH/H(0,1)+SACCH/TH(0,1);
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4;
BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;
SDCCH+CBCH;
PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
Value Range PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
Unit None
Default value TCH/F
Change mode Offline

ZGO-03-02-008 EDGE on BCCH-TRX Configurable

ZGB-03-02-005 GPRS-only (without voice)
Timeslots Configurable
Relevant Fea- ZGB-03-02-006 Voice-only Timeslots Configurable
tures ZGB-03-05-003 PBCCH, PPCH, PAGCH, PRACH
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Impact on serv- all current services of corresponding channel will be
TSC
Full name TSC
Abbreviation TSC
3GPP Name TSC
This parameter represents Training Serial Code (TSC)

of the timeslot. There are eight types of TSC, with
low mutual dependency. It is used for reference of
delay compensation for adaptive balance circuit at
receiving side. For the timeslot where BCCH is, this
Description parameter must be equal to BCC of the cell.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None


MAIO
Full name MAIO
Abbreviation MAIO
3GPP Name Mobile Allocation Index Offset
During communication, the carrier number adopted

on air interface is an element of the MA set. Mobile
Allocation Index (MAI) (0 MAI n-1) is a variable
for determining a definite element in the MA set.
According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02
specification, MAI is function of the following
aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or Reduced
TDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequency Hopping
Serial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation Index
Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI and
is used for preventing several channels to contend
for the same carrier at the same moment.
Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot or
TDMA frame) constitute an FH group. They have
the same MA and HSN and the only difference
among them is MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSN
are put in FHS/MA table. When the FH group
corresponding to the timeslot has no frequency
Description hopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

Relevant Fea- ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
tures ZGO-04-03-003 Flexible MAIO Management
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None


Dynamic TS
Full name Dynamic TS
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
YES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO: Represent-

Description ing fixedly configured timeslot.
Management
Object TS1 number
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Ps Service Preference Property

Full name Ps Service Preference Property
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Indicate whether to do channel packet service pref-

Description erence or the type to do service preference
Management
Object TRX
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference,

Value Range EDGE exclusion
Unit None
Default value No preference

Change mode Offline

tures Data Channel
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PDCH Precedence
Full name PDCH Precedence
Abbreviation PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This timeslot is used as PDTCH firstly. It is only con-

Description figured for dynamic timeslot.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None


TSC
Full name TSC
Abbreviation TSC
3GPP Name training sequence Code
It is training serial code (TSC). TSC value in BCCH

Description channel shall be same as BCC value.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PDCH
Full name PDCH
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It is same as the property of "PDCH Priority" param-

eter. It is a shortcut method, uniformly configuring 8
Description timeslots simultaneously for the carrier.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS service preference
Full name PS service preference
Abbreviation PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates if the channel prefers to be PS channel.

Description It is only valid for dynamic timeslot.
Management
Object TRX
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE prefer-

ence, EDGE dedicated, EGPRRS2-A preference, and
Value Range EGPRRS2-A dedicated.
Unit None
Default value No preference
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Dynamic TS
Full name Dynamic TS
Abbreviation Changeable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It indicates if TCH can be dynamically allocated to CS

Description
or PS.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
IP Parameters
IP parameter interface is as shown in Figure 56.

FIGURE 56 IP PARAMETERS
BIPB Unit
Full name BIPB Unit
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It is corresponding with the board position in physical

Description configuration
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit.
Unit None
Default value Depends on the actual configuration.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None

DSP Sunit
Full name DSP Sunit
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It corresponds to the DSP supporting IP in BIPB board

Description configured by physical mode.
Management
Object TRX
Value Range Determined by user configured DSP quantity
Unit None
Default value Minimum DSP number configured by user
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

DspMarkSeq
Full name DspMarkSeq
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP channel num-

ber will be calculated based on this mark by service.
For VTCD board, each DSP can mark (configure) 16
carriers at most; for VTCD/2 board, it can be config-
Description ured with 28 carriers.
Management
Object None
Value Range 0 ~ 15; 0 ~ 27
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Port No.
Full name Port No.
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
IP access. Port number shall be allocated for each

carrier, and the number will be determined by the
Description port actually configured.
Management
Object TRX
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None

Panel Parameters
The panel parameter interface is shown in Figure 57.
FIGURE 57 PANEL PARAMETERS
TRX mode
Full name TRX mode
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

It sets the working mode of carrier to be single car-

rier or dual carriers, and determines whether to use
4-way diversity in uplink and whether to use DPCT or
Description DDT in downlink.
Management
Object BTS rack
Dual carrier
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity
reception and DPCT
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity
reception and DDT
Value Range Single carrier
Unit None
Default value Dual carrier
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa- Support antenna hop

rameters Delay count
The 'Support antenna hop' parameter is enabled

only when this parameter is set to be 'Dual carrier'.
Relationship The 'Delay count' parameter is enabled only when
this parameter is set to be 'Single carrier with
4-ways diversity reception and DDT'.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Delay count
Full name Delay count
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It defines the symbol used on delayed transmitting.
Management
Object BTS rack
Value Range 1 ~ 15
Unit None
Default value 0

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters TRX mode
This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode'

Relationship parameter is 'Single carrier with 4-ways diversity
reception and DDT'.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
IRC
Full name IRC
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It determines whether to use IRC.

Not checked: Do not use IRC
Description Checked: Use IRC
Management
Object BTS rack
Value Range Not checked, checked
Unit None
Default value Not checked
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Support antenna hop

Full name Support antenna hop
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether antenna

hop is supported.
No: indicates antenna hop is not supported;
Description Yes: indicates antenna hop is supported;
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters TRX mode
This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode'

Relationship
parameter is 'Dual carrier'.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power Control Parameters

There are four tab-interfaces for basic power control parameters.
If the cell supports GPRS, a GPRS Power Control tab is also dis-
played.

The interface of power control parameters is shown in Figure 58.

FIGURE 58 POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Uplink rapid power control indication

(UlRapidPcInd)
Full name Uplink rapid power control indication
Abbreviation UlRapidPcInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter determines the availability of

the rapid power control process. Rapid power
control process is an optional process of BSC. It
reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio
system and satisfies the dynamic power control
requirement for rapid moving MS.
The amplitude of power control used by rapid power
control process each time is no longer a fixed
value, but an integer multiple of cell parameter
power control step (increase and decrease).
Description the rapid power control process.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink rapid power control indication

(DlRapidPcInd)
Full name Downlink rapid power control indication
Abbreviation DlRapidPcInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


the rapid power control process. Rapid power
control process is an optional process of BSC. It
reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio
system and satisfies the dynamic power control
requirement for rapid moving MS.
The amplitude of power control used by rapid power
control process each time is no longer a fixed
value, but an integer multiple of cell parameter
power control step (increase and decrease).
Description the rapid power control process.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power Control PwrDesrLimit

Full name Power Control PwrDesrLimit
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is set for preventing MS from call

drop due to fast power control. It corresponds to
different quality level. For example, PwrDecrLimit
[0] determines the maximum power decrease
limit for calls with receiving quality level 0 (Bit
Error rate (BER) <0.2%). This parameter is
valid for both uplink and downlink.
This parameter is an array of eight elements, with
element length of one byte. PwrDecrLimit [n]
determines the maximum power decrease limit
available for calls with quality level n. The value
Description range of each element is 0 ~ 38 dB.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 38
Unit None
Default value [24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power Survey Parameters

The interface of power survey parameters is shown in Figure 59.
FIGURE 59 POWER SURVEY PARAMETERS
Report period of measurement for power control

(PwrCtrlReportPrd)
Full name Report period of measurement for power control
Abbreviation PwrCtrlReportPrd

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Power control is performed at BTS side and BSC im-

plements relevant performance statistics. BTS uses
this parameter to decide the periodicity to send the
preprocessed power measurement to BSC as an in-
put for power control analysis. This parameter is in
Description the unit of SACCH multi-frame.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 254
Default value 240
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWindow)

Full name Uplink power level
Abbreviation PcUlLevWindow
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In GSM system, BSC determines whether to perform

power control according to measurement data.
BSC uses the average value of measurement
data to avoid adverse influences caused by
abrupt changes in measurement data due to
complex radio transmission.
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window
size for the average value of uplink signal
strength, i.e. to calculate the average value
Description of the number of used samples.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 31

Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight)

Full name Uplink level Weight
Abbreviation PcUlLevWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Speech data is unavailable for silent period during

conversation. GSM specifications recommend
Discontinuous Transmission Mode (DTX) to
control optimal usage of network resources
during such silent periods.
In the DTX mode, the measurement data reported
to BSC fall into two types. One is the average
of the measurement results of all timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and
the other is the average of the measurement
results of some special timeslots in a measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to optionally
select one type of measurement data and use
the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is more accurate
since it is the average value of measurement results
of all timeslots. The second type of measurement
data is less accurate since it is the average value of
measurement results of some timeslots. Thus BSC
should use different weights for the two types of
data when averaging the measurement results.
This parameter determines the weight for the
first type of measurement data when averaging
uplink signal strength for power control.
Weight for the second type of measurement
Description data is set to 1 by default.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3

Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWindow)

Full name Downlink power level
Abbreviation PcDlLevWindow
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

size for the average value of downlink signal
strength, i.e. to calculate the average value
Description of the number of used samples.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight)

Full name Downlink level Weight
Abbreviation PcDlLevWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description: According to GSM Specifications,

discontinuous transmission (DTX) refers to the
process in which the system does not transmit
signals in the voice intermittent period during
the subscriber communication process.
downlink signal strength for power control.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWindow)

Full name Uplink quality level
Abbreviation PcUlQualWindow
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

size for the average value of uplink signal
quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of
Description the number of used samples.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight)

Full name Uplink quality Weight
Abbreviation PcUlQualWeight
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

This parameter determines the weight for
the first type of measurement data when
averaging uplink signal quality for power control.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWin

dow)
Full name Downlink quality level
Abbreviation PcDlQualWindow

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

size for the average value of downlink signal
quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of
Description the number of used samples.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight)

Full name Downlink quality Weight
Abbreviation PcDlQualWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


downlink signal quality for power control.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power Adjustment Threshold

Parameters
The interface of power adjustment threshold parameters is shown
in Figure 60.

FIGURE 60 POWER ADJUSTMENT THRESHOLD PARAMETERS
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevTh

sThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP), and Value
N (PcULInclLevThsN)
Full name Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
PcULInclLevThsThs/PcULInclLevThsP/PcULIncl-
Abbreviation LevThsN
3GPP Name None
According to GSM specifications, power control de-

cisions depend upon received average value series
of uplink signal strength. The decision process is as
follows: For the latest N average values of uplink sig-
nal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant
threshold value, increase MS (uplink) transmission
Description power to improve the uplink signal strength.
Management
Object Cell
Increase uplink level can be divided into four

kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range Threshold: 0 ~ 63; Value P: 1 ~31; Value N: 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value [22, 3, 4]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control


Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevT

hsThs), Value P (PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value
N (PcDLInclLevThsN)
Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value
Full name N
PcDLInclLevThsThs/PcDLInclLevThsP/PcDLIncl-
3GPP Name None
According to GSM specifications, power control

decisions depend upon received average value
series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For the latest
N average values of downlink signal strength, if
P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink) transmission power
Description to improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Increase downlink level can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevT

hsThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP), and Value
N (PcULRedLevThsN)
Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value
Full name N
PcULRedLevThsThs/PcULRedLevThsP/PcULRed-
3GPP Name None

N average values of uplink signal strength, if P
of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power
Description to improve the uplink signal strength.
Management
Object Cell
Decrease uplink level can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLev

ThsThs), Value P (PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value
N (PcDLRedLevThsN)
Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and
Full name Value N
PcDLRedLevThsThs/PcDLRedLevThsP/PcDLRed-
3GPP Name None

N average values of downlink signal strength, if
P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power
Description to improve the downlink signal strength.
Management
Object Cell
Decrease downlink level can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualT

hsThs), Value P (PcULInclQualThsP), and Value
N (PcULInclQualThsN)
Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value
Full name N
PcULInclQualThsThs/PcULInclQualThsP/PcULIncl-
Abbreviation QualThsN
3GPP Name None

N average values of uplink signal quality, if P
of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, increase MS (uplink) transmission power
Description to improve the uplink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Increase uplink quality can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQ

ualThsThs), Value P (PcDLInclQualThsP), and
Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)
Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and
Full name Value N
PcDLInclQualThsThs/PcDLInclQualThsP/PcDLIncl-
3GPP Name None

N average values of downlink signal quality, if P of
the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to
Description improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Increase downlink quality can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQ

ualThsThs), Value P (PcULRedQualThsP), and
Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)
Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value
Full name N
PcULRedQualThsThs/PcULRedQualThsP/PcULRed-
3GPP Name None

N average values of uplink signal quality, if P
of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power
Description to improve the uplink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Decrease uplink quality can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRed

QualThsThs), Value P (PcDLRedQualThsP), and
Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)
Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and
Full name Value N
PcDLRedQualThsThs/PcDLRedQualThsP/PcDLRed-
3GPP Name None

N average values of downlink signal quality, if
P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power
Description to improve the downlink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Decrease downlink quality can be divided into four

Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Other Parameters
The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 61.

Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db)

Full name Power increasing step
Abbreviation PwrIncStep_0 ~ PwrIncStep_3
3GPP Name Pow_Incr_Step
It describes increase step, the value of each power

control variation. It applies to both uplink and down-
Description link directions.
Management
Object Cell
Power increase step can be divided into four

Value Range Value range is 2, 4, and 6.
Unit dB
It can be divided into four types: FR, HR, AMR FR,

Default value and AMR HR. The default value is 2.
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)

Full name Power decreasing step
Abbreviation PwrRedStep_0 ~ PwrRedStep_3
3GPP Name Pow_Red_Step
It describes decrease step, the value of each power

control variation. It applies to both uplink and down-
Description link directions.
Management
Object Cell
Power decrease step can be divided into four

Value Range Value range is 2 and 4.
Unit dB

Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl)

Full name Uplink power control
Abbreviation PwrControlUl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter determines to enable or disable MS

uplink power control in the cell. This power control is
Description only effective to TCH/F.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl)

Full name Downlink power control
Abbreviation PwrControlDl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to enable or dis-

Description able BTS downlink power control in the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa- Cell enable power dynamic sharing or not (PwrDyn-

rameters Share)

If it is SDR BTS and this parameter is set to Yes,

Relationship
you can set PwrDynShare.
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name MAX power level of MS
Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax_0 ~ MsTxPwrMax_3
3GPP Name MS_TXPWR_MAX

MS sets the specified output transmission power
according to the power control header extracted
from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible
output power even if the power command sends
maximum output power. During BSC power
control, this parameter determines the maximum
transmission power available for MS in the cell.
BSC also uses it to calculate PBGT value.
Description The value is same as that in the appendix.
Management
Object Cell
MAX power level of MS can be divided into four

Value Range Value range is 0 ~ 31.
Unit None

Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

Full name MIN power level of MS
Abbreviation MsTxPwrMin_0 ~ MsTxPwrMin_3
3GPP Name None

maximum output power. During BSC power
control, this parameter determines the minimum
transmission power (that is, lower limit of power
control) available for MS in the cell.
Management
Object Cell
MIN power level of MS can be divided into four

Unit None

Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)

Full name Min Power level of BS
Abbreviation BsTxPwrMin_0 ~ BsTxPwrMin_3
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter controls the transmission power dur-

ing communication between MS and BTS. SACCH car-
ries the command with 2 header bytes information
(power control byte and timing advance byte) from
BSC to BTS. When BSC performs power control, this
parameter determines the BTS's minimum transmis-
Description sion power in the cell.
Management
Object Cell
MIN power level of BS can be divided into four

types: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.
Value range is 0 ~ 15
The maximum power level of BTS is Pn, then,
0: Pn
1: Pn-2 dB;

Value Range 15: Pn-30 dB
Unit None

Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)

Full name MIN interval of power control
Abbreviation PcMinInterval_0 ~ PcMinInterval_3
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
This parameter specifies the minimum interval of

power control. Usually, MS still sends two measure-
ment reports with the original power to BSC after
enabling the power control. Signal level information
contained in the reports is inaccurate and can be
ignored (information such as adjacent cell informa-
tion is still valid). Thus a minimum interval of power
control is needed and signal level information during
Description the interval can be ignored.
Management
Object Cell
MIN interval of power control can be divided into

four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR.

Change mode Offline
ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure
62.

FIGURE 62 GPRS POWER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)

Full name Expected signal intensity of MS
Abbreviation SS_BTS
3GPP Name SSb
This parameter is used to control open loop

uplink power control. During the uplink open-link
power control, MS uses the GCH parameter
in calculating transmission power, which is
based on the following formula:
GCH = G0 -PBTS -SSb -48
Description This parameter decides the SSb parameter.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: -110 dBm
1: -109 dBm
......
Value Range 63 -47 dBm
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl)

Full name Uplink power control strategy
Abbreviation UlPwCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines GPRS uplink power con-

trol strategy, including the following four modes: No
control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Con-
Description trol based on quality.
Management
Object Cell
No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,

Value Range Control based on quality
Unit None
Default value Non-control
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl)

Full name Downlink Power Control policy
Abbreviation DlPwCtrl
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
This parameter determines GPRS downlink power

control strategy, including the following four modes:
Description Control based on quality.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range Control based on quality
Unit None
Default value Non control
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode)

Full name Downlink Power Control Mode
Abbreviation PwCtrlMode
3GPP Name BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE
This parameter determines the BTS downlink power

control mode. BTS has two power control modes: A
and B. Mode A may be used for any allocation mode,
while mode B can only be used for the fixed allocation
Description mode.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range A, B
Unit None
Default value A
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Power control level (PwCtrlLev)

Full name Power Control Level
Abbreviation PwCtrlLev
3GPP Name Power control level
This parameter determines GPRS power control pre-

cision, which describes nominal output power and
power control precision (dB) sent by MS under each
Description power control level.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode

(P0, 2db)
Full name Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode
Abbreviation P0
3GPP Name P0
This parameter is an optional downlink power con-

trol parameter contained in assignment message. If
P0 exists, power control is used. Otherwise, it is
not used. The value of Power descending of PDCH
to BCCH in a mode can not be modified in packet
transmission mode unless re-assignment or new as-
signment is established and such an assignment does
Description not contain PDCH of any previous assignment.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 15
0: P0=0 dB
1: P0=2 dB;
......
Value Range 15: P0=30 dB.
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Handover Control
Parameters
There are seven sub-interfaces for handover control parameters.

Handover Pretreatment Parameters

The interface of handover pretreatment parameters is shown in
Figure 63.
FIGURE 63 HANDOVER PRETREATMENT PARAMETERS
Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)

Full name Number of zero allowed in AV
Abbreviation ZeroAllowed
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to

BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent
cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,
the measurement data are not reported.
To avoid the negative impact of 0 on averaging,
suppose occasional 0 is allowed and is not used in
averaging, but excessive occurrences of 0 indicate
that the signals of this adjacent cell are too poor.
If the number of zeroes in used for average
Description calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in

AV, then measurement average equals to sum of

reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of
0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed,
these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of
the reported values divided by NCellWindow. If
the count of 0s in the reported values does not
exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values
are much reliable and the measurement average
will be the sum of the reported values divided
by (NCellWindow - the count of 0s).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink power level Sample count

(HoUlLevWindow)
Full name Uplink power level
Abbreviation HoUlLevWindow
3GPP Name N1..N8,P1..P8
In the GSM system, BSC makes handover decision

according to the measurement data. To avoid
the negative impact of burst measurement values
resulting from complicated radio transmission, BSC,
when making handover decision, no longer uses
the original measurement data but uses a series
of average values of the measurement data.
This parameter is the window size (number
of sample values) used to calculate average
Description value of uplink signal intensity.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight)

Full name Uplink level Weight
Abbreviation HoUlLevWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter determines the weight for the first
type of measurement data when averaging uplink
signal strength for handover. Weight for the second
Description type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink power level Sample count

(HoDlLevWindow)
Full name Downlink power level
Abbreviation HoDlLevWindow

This parameter represents the window size (i.e. the
number of sample values) used to calculate the
Description average value of downlink signal intensity.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink power level Weight (HoDlLevWeight)

Full name Downlink level Weight
Abbreviation HoDlLevWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

type of measurement data when averaging downlink
signal strength for handover. Weight for the second
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWindow)

Full name Uplink quality level
Abbreviation HoUlQualWindow

This parameter represents the window size
(number of sample values) used to calculate
Description average value of uplink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight)

Full name Uplink quality Weight
Abbreviation HoUlQualWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

type of measurement data when averaging uplink
signal quality for handover. Weight for the second
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWin

dow)
Full name Downlink quality level
Abbreviation HoDlQualWindow

This parameter represents the window size (i.e.
the number of sample values) used to calculate
Description the average value of downlink signal quality.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight)

Full name Downlink quality Weight
Abbreviation HoDlQualWeight
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


type of measurement data when averaging downlink
signal quality for handover. Weight for the second
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Distance (DistanceWindow)
Full name Distance
Abbreviation DistanceWindow
3GPP Name None


This parameter represents the window size (number
of sample values) used to calculate average value of
Description distance (timing advance) between MS and BTS.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Neighboring cell (NCellWindow)

Full name Neighboring cell
Abbreviation NCellWindow
3GPP Name None

This parameter represents the window size (number
of sample values) used to calculate average value
Description of signal intensity for adjacent cells.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20

Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Handover Threshold Parameters

The interface of handover threshold parameters is shown in Figure
64.
FIGURE 64 HANDOVER THRESHOLD PARAMETERS
Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs),

Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P (HoUlLevP)
Full name Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation HoUlLevThs / HoUlLevN / HoUlLevP
3GPP Name None

According to GSM specifications, handover decisions

depend upon received average value of uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N
values fall below relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the uplink signal strength.
Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "HoUlLevN" defines the related
N value, and parameter HoUlLevP defines the
related P value. If this handover condition is met, an
internal handover is usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "HoUlLevThs" shall be less than
the threshold for uplink power control (increase).
That is, perform power control first. If power
Description control does not work, perform handover.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGB-02-02-001 Basic Handover

tures ZGB-02-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs),

Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P (HoDlLevP)
Full name Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation HoDlLevThs / HoDlLevN / HoDlLevP

3GPP Name None

depend upon received average value of uplink and
downlink signal strength. The decision process
is as follows: For the latest N average values of
downlink signal strength, if P of the N values fall
below relevant threshold value, perform handover
to improve the downlink signal strength.
Parameter HoDlLevThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoDlLevN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoDlLevP
defines the related P value.
Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs" shall be less than
the threshold for downlink power control (increase).
That is, perform power control first. If power control
does not work, perform handover. This parameter
can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95
dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the minimum access
Description level value (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs),

Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P (HoUlQualP)
Full name Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation HoUlQualThs / HoUlQualN / HoUlQualP
3GPP Name None

is as follows: For the latest N average values
of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform handover
to improve the uplink signal quality.
Parameter HoUlQualThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoUlQualN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoUlQualP
Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall be
greater than the threshold for uplink power control
(increase). That is, perform power control first. If
Description power control does not work, perform handover.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 7
0: BER<0.2%
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%
......
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Downlink receive quality Threshold

(HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),
Value P (HoDlQualP)
Full name Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation HoDlQualThs / HoDlQualN / HoDlQualP
3GPP Name None

is as follows: For the latest N average values of
downlink signal quality, if P of the N values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform handover
to improve the downlink signal quality.
Parameter HoDlQualThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoDlQualN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoDlQualP
In general, the Downlink receive quality Threshold
shall be larger than downlink power control
(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control
Description first, then perform handover if power control fails.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 7
0: BER<0.2%
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%
......
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N

(IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P (IntraHoUlLevP)
Full name Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P
Abbreviation IntraHoUlLevN / IntraHoUlLevP
3GPP Name None

and downlink signal strength. The decision
process is as follows: For the latest N average
values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N
values rise above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to strong
uplink co-frequency interference.
Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "IntraHoUlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoUlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an internal handover is
usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs"
shall be more than the threshold for uplink
Description power control (decrease).
Management
Object Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value [3, 2]
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N

(IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P (IntraHoDlLevP)
Full name Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P
Abbreviation IntraHoDlLevN / IntraHoDlLevP
3GPP Name None

The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of downlink signal strength, if P of
the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to
strong downlink co-frequency interference.
Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN" defines the
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
condition is met, an internal handover is
usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs" shall
be less than (or equal to) the threshold for
Description downlink power control (decrease).
Management
Object Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N

(GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)
Full name Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation GoodCiThs / GoodCiN / GoodCiP
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
If system adopts concentric technology, then

handover decisions also depend upon good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is
on common layer TRX frequency and P of the latest
N C/I values raise above the good C/I threshold,
then perform handover from common layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines the
related N value, and parameter GoodCiP
Description defines the related P value.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 255
0: < -127 dB
1: > -126 dB
......
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN),

Value P (BadCiP)
Full name Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation BadCiThs / BadCiN / BadCiP
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
If system adopts concentric technology, then

handover decisions also depend upon good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging
is on special layer TRX frequency and P of the
latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I threshold,
then perform handover from special layer TRX
frequency to common layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related threshold,
parameter "BadCiN" defines the related N value, and
Description parameter "BadCiP" defines the related P value.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 255
0: < -127 dB
1: > -126 dB
......
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value

N (RapidHoN)
Full name Rapid handover Threshold / Value N
Abbreviation RapidHoThs / RapidHoN
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
During fast fading handover, some parameters

shall be used. If the measured signal intensity
of a call is less than rapid handover threshold,
then it triggers handover of existing cell to
most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times
for which the measured signal intensity of a
call is less than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~
-95dBm) by default, the same as the level threshold
of ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN" should
be set to ensure that rapid handover is faster
Description than the ordinary signal level handover.
Management
Object Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
63: > -48 dBm
Value Range Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea- ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro- and Mi-

tures cro-cells
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / Value

P (DistanceP)
Full name Distance handover Value N/Value P
Abbreviation DistanceN / DistanceP

N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
values rises above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
being out of the cell service range.
Parameter "DistanceN" defines the relevant
N value, and parameter "DistanceP" defines
Description the relevant P value.
Management
Object Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P

(PBGTHoP)
Full name PBGT handover Value N/Value P
Abbreviation PBGTHoN / PBGTHoP

Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT

handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT
satisfying the handover determination condition, the
Description PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.
Management
Object Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Handover Condition Parameters

The interface of handover condition parameters is shown in Figure
65.

FIGURE 65 HANDOVER CONDITION PARAMETERS
Max time advance threshold between MS and

BTS (DistanceThs)
Full name Max time advance threshold between MS and BTS
Abbreviation DistanceThs
3GPP Name None

N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
values rises above relevant threshold value, then
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
Description being out of the cell service range.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Common cell: 0 ~ 63; Extended cell: 0 ~ 219
Unit None
Default value 63
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MIN interval between inter-cell handover

(HoMinInterval, s)
Full name MIN interval between inter-cell handover
Abbreviation HoMinInterval
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter specifies the interval value for which

MS waits before the actual inter-cell handover
occurs. Such a timer is more predominant for
MS at the boundary regions between two cells,
where inter-cell handovers occur frequently.
This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cell
handover and guarantees call quality.
Inter-cell handover takes place when the timer
exceeds the defined interval value from the
last inter-cell handover of MS. This parameter
affects only the inter-cell handover, but not
common intra-cell or inter-cell concentric handover.
In addition, micro-cell has its own handover
policy, so this parameter is only effective for
macro-cell layer and its above layer.
For macro-cell, the default value can be 5; for
Description micro-cell, the default value can only be 0.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit s
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty)

Full name Handover back penalty
Abbreviation HoBackPenalty
3GPP Name No
3GPP reference No
This parameter describes the time limit for handover

back to the original cell. In other words, after
handover is performed from cell A to cell B, it is not
Description allowed to perform handover from cell B back to cell
A within the time limit.
This parameter is supported from V6.20.21.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 60
Unit s
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal

level/quality (LayerPriority)
Full name Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality
Abbreviation LayerPriority
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
This parameter decides the priority to select and

sequence the candidate cells for handover. Received
signal level and signal quality decides the candidate
cells for handover. Three options are available:
First hand over to adjacent cells at the upper
layer of the local cell, then to those at the same
layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
First hand over to adjacent cells at the same
layer of the local cell, then to those at the upper
layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
All adjacent cells are treated in the same way.
This parameter determines to select one of
above three methods. During handover control
process, this parameter has higher priority
than normal adjacent cells.
Value range:
1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at above layer
first, same layer next,other adjacent cells finally;
2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at same
layer first, above layer next, other
adjacent cells finally;
3 (SAME_LAYER): All adjacent cells are
treated in the same way.
Note: In general, micro cell adopts option 1
Description Macro cell adopts option 2.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell

for PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_0)
Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell for
Full name
PBGT permitted
Abbreviation PbgtHoLayer_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes if Handover to same layer

Description
other band neighbor cell for PBGT is permitted.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation

for PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_1)
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation for
Full name
PBGT permitted
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes if Handover to neighbor

Description
cell with no layer relation for PBGT is permitted.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No

Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

permitted (PbgtHoLayer_2)
Full name
permitted
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes if handover to upper layer

Description
neighbor cell for PBGT is allowed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None


permitted (PbgtHoLayer_3)
Full name
permitted
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes if handover to under layer

Description
neighbor cell for PBGT is allowed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)
Full name Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)
Abbreviation HoPatternInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
TA of the destination cell is same as that of the source

Description cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-02-02-003 Handover Mode
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)
Full name Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description TA of the destination cell is unknown.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2)
Full name Pseudo-synchronism (HoPatternInd_2)
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)
Full name Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description This parameter determines the TA available for BSC.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink rapid handover threshold

(DLRapidHoThs)
Full name Downlink rapid handover threshold
Abbreviation DLRapidHoThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
After getting a series of measurement reports, you can

do the decisions for downlink rapid handover.
The downlink rapid moving is one reason to cause
handover. The decision process is as follows: do the
Description handover if the latest downlink level values (without
average processing) is higher than the sum of relevant
threshold values and offset values. The handover
reason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoThs
defines the threshold value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 10
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN)

Full name Downlink rapid handover N
Abbreviation DLRapidHoN
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

reason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoN defines
the value N.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 3
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None


(DLRapidHoOffset_0)
Full name
(DLRapidHoOffset_0)
Abbreviation DLRapidHoOffset_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

reason is downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoOffset_0
defines the offset threshold value for downlink rapid
handover if the train speed is higher than 250km/hr.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 0
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed

(DLRapidHoOffset_1)
Full name Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed
3GPP Name None

3GPP
reference None

handover if the train speed is 150 ~ 250 km/hr.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 2
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed

(DLRapidHoOffset_2)
Full name Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None


handover if the train speed is lower than 150km/hr.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 5
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Downlink rapid handover enable (HoControl_23)

Full name Downlink rapid handover enable
Abbreviation HoControl_23
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter determines if downlink rapid handover

Description
is allowed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover Control Parameters

The interface of handover control parameters is shown in Figure
66.
FIGURE 66 HANDOVER CONTROL PARAMETERS
Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0)

Full name Allow SDCCH handover
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description This parameter determines if allow SDCCH handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-02-004 SDCCH/SDCCH Handover
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink

interference (HoControl_1)
Full name Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines if allow intra-cell hand-

Description over attempt due to uplink interference.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlink

interference (HoControl_2)
Allow intra-cell handover due to downlink interfer-
Full name ence
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell

Description handover attempt due to downlink interference.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow handover due to distance (HoControl_3)

Full name Allow handover due to distance
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow hand-

Description over due to distance..

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl_4)

Full name Allow standard PBGT handover
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow standard

Description PBGT handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow automatic handover based on traffic

(HoControl_5)
Full name Allow automatic handover based on traffic
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow auto-

Description matic handover based on traffic.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel

due to downlink interference (HoControl_8)
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due
Full name to downlink interference
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter determines whether to allow intra-

cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink
Description interference.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel

due to uplink interference (HoControl_9)
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due
Full name to uplink interference
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell

handover in super TRX channel due to uplink inter-
Description ference.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX

channel due to PBGT (HoControl_10)
Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel
Full name due to PBGT
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow adjacent

Description cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority

(HoControl_11)
Full name Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter determines whether to allow dynamic

Description adjustment of handover priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures rithm
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12)

Full name Allow rapid handover
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow rapid

Description handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures cro-cells
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow Macro-Micro delay handover

(HoControl_13)
Full name Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow Macro-

Description Micro delay handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures cro-cells
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow Micro-Micro delay handover (HoControl_14)

Full name Allow Micro-Micro delay handover
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines if to allow Micro-Micro de-

Description lay handover.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow force transfer handover (HoControl_16)

Full name Allow force transfer handover
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines whether to allow forced

Description transfer handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-02-003 Directed-Shift Handover
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Allow quality handover in uplink (HoControl_19)

Full name Allow quality handover in uplink
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether quality handover

Description
in uplink is allowed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Allow level handover in uplink (HoControl_20)

Full name Allow level handover in uplink
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether level handover in

Description
uplink is allowed.
Management
Object Cell

Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Allow quality handover in downlink (HoControl_21)

Full name Allow quality handover in downlink
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether quality handover

Description
in downlink is allowed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Allow level handover in downlink (HoControl_22)

Full name Allow level handover in downlink
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether level handover in

Description
downlink is allowed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to

Micro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio)
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to Micro
Full name
cell
Abbreviation MacroMicroHoPrio
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter describes whether the macro-micro

Description handover decision has higher priority than the PBGT
handover decision.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
C/I Limited Handover Support (HoControl_24)

Full name C/I Limited Handover Support
Abbrevia-
tion HoControl_24
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates whether the function of

handover for C/I limited adjacent cell is supported.
Suppose A is the service cell, B and C are adjacent cells
of A, and B is the C/I limited adjacent cell of C. If B and
C all satisfy the handover condition and the C/I limited
Description adjacent cell's handover threshold is also satisfied, then
the adjacent cell C should be filtered during the adjacent
cell handover, in other words, C can not be taken as an
adjacent cell for handover.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value Yes/No
Range 0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None

Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Other Parameters
The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 67.
Penalty time for handover failure (HoFailPenalTi

me)
Full name Penalty time for handover failure
Abbreviation HoFailPenalTime
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines the penalty time for destina-

tion cell if MS fails to handover to the destination cell.
During the penalty time, inter-cell handover within
BSC will not occur. This parameter determines pe-
Description nality duration.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 7
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset)

Full name Difference of dynamic priority
Abbreviation DynPrioOffset
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic priority

difference between the destination cell and local cell
during a handover when using direction-based hand-
over algorithm. During handover, if the first cells
dynamic handover priority is higher than that of the
second cell but the second cell is in MS moving di-
rection, then the direction-based handover algorithm
works if the difference between the two cells hand-
over priorities is within the tolerable difference. MS
Description is handover to the second cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

tures rithm

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PBGT difference (PbgtOffset)

Full name PBGT difference
Abbreviation PbgtOffset
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines a tolerable power budget dif-

ference between destination cell and the local cell
during a handover. During handover, if the first cells
PBGT is higher than that of the second cell but the
second cell is in MS moving direction, then the di-
rection-based handover algorithm works if the differ-
ence between the two cells PBGTs is within the tol-
erable difference. MS is handover to the second cell.
Description This parameter indicates the allowable difference.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit dB
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Layer control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoLayrCtl)
Full name Layer control value for handover on traffic
Abbreviation TrafficHoLayrCtl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Layer selecting parameter on service quality

handover. This parameter, together with Frequency
control value for handover on traffic, decides
the adjacent cells frequency band and layer
selected during traffic handover.
When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as for
the layer relation, four choices are available for
call selection and candidate cell arrangement. This
parameter decides which choice shall be selected.
When implementing traffic-based handover control
in traffic process, this parameter has higher
priority than that of adjacent cells.
0: N, Not defined;
1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in the
same layer (PBGT handover is possible);
2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer of this
cell (when this cell is micro-cell);
3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of this
Description cell (when this cell is macro-cell)
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 3
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Frequency control value for handover on traffic

(TrafficHoFreqCtl)
Full name Frequency control value for handover on traffic
Abbreviation TrafficHoFreqCtl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines the control value of

layer for traffic handover, i.e. which frequency
band should be handover to.
GSM900 frequency band P-GSM (ARFCN
= 1 ~ 124)
EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN
= 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800
(ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)
PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900
(ARFCN = 512 ~ 810)
Description GSM850 frequency band (ARFCN = 128 ~ 251)
Management
Object Cell
Value Range GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, PCS1900, GSM850
Unit None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs, %)

Full name Threshold of traffic for handover
Abbreviation TrafficThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than this

parameter value (number of occupied TCH channels
/ number of total TCH channels, not including blocked
idle channels), then it indicates the cell is too busy,
Description and traffic handover is triggered for the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit %
Default value 70
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Lag time for PBGT between different layers

(PbgtHoParam_0,s)
Full name Lag time for PBGT between different layers
Abbreviation PbgtHoParam_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
To more effectively control traffic distribution in the

cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at different
layers within certain duration, which is lag time for
Description PBGT between different layers.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 300
Unit s
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Level offset for PBGT to up layer

(PbgtHoParam_1)
Full name Level offset for PBGT to up layer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upper
Description layer within certain duration.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default value 24
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Level offset for PBGT to low layer

(PbgtHoParam_2)
Full name Level offset for PBGT to low layer

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lower
Description layer within certain duration.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default value 24
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
The threshold for starting PBGT handover

(PbgtHoStartThs)
Full name The threshold for starting PBGT handover
Abbreviation PbgtHoStartThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When the current cell's downlink level is less than

Description the start level threshold for PBGT handover, the
PBGT handover decision is performed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 35
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStar

tThs)
Full name Handover from macro to micro
Abbreviation MacroMicroStartThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When the current cell's downlink level is less than

or equal to the start level threshold for macro-micro
Description
handover, the macro-micro handover decision is
performed.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Hysteresis timer when traffic handover

(TrafficHysteresisTm, s)
Full name Hysteresis timer when traffic handover
Abbreviation TrafficHysteresisTm
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When there are many traffic handovers initiated in

the current cell, the interval between two traffic
Description
handovers must be larger than the hysteresis time
specified by this parameter.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit Second
Default value 7
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover Algorithm Parameters

The interface of handover algorithm parameters is shown in Figure
68.

FIGURE 68 HANDOVER ALGORITHM PARAMETERS
Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs)

Full name Traffic handover threshold
Abbreviation TrafficLevThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used for traffic handover. For the

original handover condition that adjacent cells level
must be higher than that of this cell, modify it so that
adjacent cells level must be higher than this thresh-
old. In this way, traffic handover can be improved
greatly. This threshold must be less than the PBGT
threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may re-
Description sult in toggle handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default value 24
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset)

Full name Level offset during penalty
Abbreviation PenaltyLevOffset
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used to perform an offset on the

Description downlink level of this cell in the penalty period.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl)

Full name Uplink interference quality offset
Abbreviation QOffSetUl
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
Check the relation between level and quality to

judge whether there is any interference in service
judgment channel when handover occurs in the cell.
rxqual-ul >= QoffSetUl + FQSS (RXLEV_UL+SOff-
SetUl) or rxqual-dl >= QOffSetDl + FQSS
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-xx is up-
link/downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink
quality offset, RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level,
SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.
After interference is confirmed, when service
party requests channel from database, which shall
tell original occupation condition of database,
then the database select proper channels
Description based on this information.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 2
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl)

Full name Uplink interference level offset
Abbreviation SOffSetUl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink interference quality offset (QOffsetDl)

Full name Downlink interference quality offset
Abbreviation QOffSetDl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 2
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Downlink interference level offset (SOffSetDl)

Full name Downlink interference level offset
Abbreviation SOffSetDl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 10
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo)

Full name Invalid intra-handover time
Abbreviation TMaxiHo
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell,

it indicates great interference in this position and
no appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform
handover within a certain time. The judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count
of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicates
not to attempt handover within a certain period.
Description Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 16
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX count of invalid intra-handover (MaxiHo)

Full name MAX count of invalid intra-handover
Abbreviation MaxiHo
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

If MS performs handover continuously in the cell,

it indicates great interference in this position and
no appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform
handover within a certain time. The judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count
of invalid intra-handover parameter, then it indicates
not to attempt handover within a certain period.
Description Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX path loss threshold on force handover

(MaxLossThs)
Full name MAX path loss threshold on force handover
Abbreviation MaxLossThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Directed handover is performed only for one

designated cell and it is restricted by a tolerable
level difference MaxLevDiff. This level difference
is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse
direction, thus to avoid oscillating handover.
Directed handover should not cause congestion
in the destination cell. Therefore, HoForceResThs
is set. Perform forced handover only when the
destination cell's resource is less than the threshold.
Select users with small path loss and small TA for
forced handover. Users perform handover when
their path loss are less than MaxLossThs and TA is
less than MaxTAThs. This algorithm applies to cases
such as dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and
1800M cell share the same site address.
When MAX time advance threshold on force
handover (MaxTAThs) is 63, the forced handover
decision is made only according to the path
loss. When MAX path loss threshold on force
handover (MaxLossThs) is 150, the forced handover
decision is made only according to TA.
The N value of force handover parameter and
P value of force handover parameter are used
for decision in actual situations. In other words,
handover conditions are met if HoForceP of HoForceN
measurement reports satisfy requirement.
The path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier
where occupied timeslot locates. It depends
on the carriers maximum transmission power,
static attenuation power, and power control.
AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving level.
Therefore, forced handover shall meet the
following requirements:
Level of the destination cell must be higher
than that of the local cell by MaxLevDiff;
Available resource of destination cell must
be higher than transfer reserved resource
threshold HoForceResThs;
Path loss L must be less than MaxLossThs,
and TA must be less than MaxTAThs;
Description Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 150
Unit None
Default value 110
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MAX time advance threshold on force handover

(MaxTaThs)
Full name MAX time advance threshold on force handover
Abbreviation MaxTAThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
N value of force handover (HoForceN)

Full name N value of force handover
Abbreviation HoForceN
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description measurement reports satisfy requirement.


Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
P value of force handover (HoForceP)

Full name P value of force handover
Abbreviation HoForceP
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Subcell Parameters
The interface of subcell parameters is shown in Figure 69.
FIGURE 69 SUBCELL PARAMETERS
Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset)

Full name Power compensation between frequencies.
Abbreviation DuleBandOffset
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the value to compensate power in the

Description second cell in dual band cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 50
Unit dB
Default value 0
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax)

Full name The MAX of path loss
Abbreviation PathLossMax
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It is one of subcell handover parameters, indicating

threshold parameters while subcell 2 do path loss
Description handover decision for subcell 1.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 150
Unit dB
Default value 126
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin)

Full name The MIN of path loss
Abbreviation PathLossMin
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

One of the subcell handover parameters, the min-

imum path loss. If byPathLossPathLossMin and
TASubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel will
be selected first; if byPathLoss>PathLossMin or
TA>SubCellTAMin, only the channel of the first sub-
Description cell is available.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 150
Unit dB
Default value 120
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax)

Full name The MAX of time advance
Abbreviation SubCellTAMax
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating

threshold parameters while subcell 2 does TA hand-
Description over decision for subcell 1.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin)

Full name The MIN of time advance
Abbreviation SubCellTAMin
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating

threshold parameters while subcell 1 does TA hand-
Description over decision for subcell 2.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
N value of subcell handover (SubCellN)

Full name N value of subcell handover
Abbreviation SubCellN
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide

inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as
follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy
Description the condition, then perform handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
P value of subcell handover (SubcellP)

Full name P value of subcell handover
Abbreviation SubCellP
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide

inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as
follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy
Description the condition, then perform handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 10
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline


Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl_17)

Full name Subcell handover algorithm
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines two handover modes of

subcell handover algorithm: Concentric Handover;
Description Handover based on path loss and TA.
Management
Object Cell
Concentric handover, Handover based on path loss

Value Range and TA
Unit None
Default value Concentric handover
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

UTRAN Handover Control

Parameters
UTRAN handover control has two tabs.
Basic Properties 1
The interface of basic property 1 parameters is as shown in Figure
70.
FIGURE 70 BASIC PROPERTIES 1 PARAMETERS
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover

failure (HoFailPenalTm3G)
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover fail-
Full name ure
Abbreviation HoFailPenalTm3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines a protection period to prevent

immediate handover after handover failure. Its unit
time is the period of measurement or pretreatment
Description measurement report.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 7
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No or

RSCP average value to be zero (HoWindow3G)
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP
Full name average value to be zero
Abbreviation HoWindow3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In GSM system, BSC uses the power level

measurement data to manage and control handover
decisions. BSC uses average values instead of
original values of measurement data for handover
decisions. It helps prevent negative impact on
network performance caused by abrupt changes in
measurement data. Average on measurement value
in UTRAN adjacent cell also shall be required.
HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is the
window size to calculate Ec/No or RSCP average
in adjacent UTRAN cell, that is, sample count
Description used through average calculation.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 6
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Number that measurement value allowed to be

zero (ZeroAllowed3G)
Full name Number that measurement value allowed to be zero
Abbreviation ZeroAllowed3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to

BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent
cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,
the measurement data are not reported.
This parameter gives flexibility in measurement
data averaging. However, excessive occurrences
of zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor
signal strength. If the number of zeroes in used for
average calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed
in AV, then measurement average equals to sum of
reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of
0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed,
these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of
the reported values divided by NCellWindow. If
the count of 0s in the reported values does not
exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values
are much reliable and the measurement average
will be the sum of the reported values divided
Description by (NCellWindow the count of 0s).
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Full name UTRAN handover
Abbreviation ServiceHo
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference Section 48.008
This parameter indicates UTRAN handover priority

control. MSC sends Service Handover parame-
ter to BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST and
HANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handover
parameter has three values, including prefer to
UTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover,
disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions on
handover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHo
can be configured as the default value used while
MSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter,
or configured as BSC forcedly using the mode set
by ServiceHo, but do not use Service Handover
Description parameter delivered by MSC.
Management
Object Cell
Handover to UTRAN first; Not Handover to UTRAN

first; Not allow to Handover to UTRAN; According to
MSC, default handover to UTRAN first; According to
MSC, default not handover to UTRAN first; According
Value Range to MSC, default not allowed to handover to UTRAN.
Unit None
According to MSC, the default value is Handover to

Default value UTRAN first.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)

Full name FDD/TDD handover
Abbreviation FDDTDDPrio
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates the priority control of

FDD/TDD handover. When FDD adjacent cell and
TDD adjacent cell exist together, to control selection
sequence of target cell, we use FDDTDDPrio param-
eter to show if to prefer to FDD cell handover or TDD
Description cell handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Priority to FDD; Priority to TDD.
Unit None
Default value Priority to FDD
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsF

DD)
Full name Threshold for load sharing
Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly

you shall configure a traffic handover threshold
and inter-system handover switch.
This parameter is used to handover decision in 3G
cell after traffic is overloaded. BSC reserves at least
HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN
adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of
the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger
than or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as
traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
This parameter value shall be lower than
Description HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 35
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G

for load sharing (LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)
Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for
Full name load sharing
Abbreviation LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN
adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of
the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger
than or equal to the sum of LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic
handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description HoEcNoThsFDD.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default value 25
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to

TDD for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsTDD)
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for
Full name load sharing
Abbreviation LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


HoRSCP_N_TDD RSCP average values for a UTRAN
adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of
the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger
than or equal to the sum of LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as
traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 35
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Basic Properties 2
71.

Inter system handover supported (InterSysHoCtrl)

Full name Inter system handover supported
Abbreviation InterSysHoCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if intersystem handover

within BSC is allowed. This parameters determines
Description if BSC can issue handover of 3G system.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed

(InterSysHoCtrl)
Full name Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed
Abbreviation InterSysRdCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter determines if allow directed retry to

UTRAN cell. When no service channel is allocated in
this cell, you can try redirected to adjacent cell under
allowed case by corresponding function switch. If this
parameter is configured as Yes, it can be redirected
Description to 3G adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold
Abbreviation HoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average

values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least
HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD
average values are larger than or equal to the
sume of HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN,
handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell
Description for handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 35
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

N (HoRSCP_N_FDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N
Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_FDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest

HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSC-
POffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes
Description place.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

P (HoRSCP_P_FDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P
Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_FDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest

HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or
equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and HoRSC-
POffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes
Description place.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No

Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold
Abbreviation HoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average

values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least
HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest HoEcNo_N_FDD
average values are larger than or equal to the
sume of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN,
handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place and the
adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination cell
Description for handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default value 25
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

N (HoEcNo_N_FDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N
Abbreviation HoEcNo_N_FDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD

average values are larger than or equal to the sum of
HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover
Description from GSM to UTRAN takes place.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

P (HoEcNo_P_FDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P
Abbreviation HoEcNo_P_FDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD

average values are larger than or equal to the sum of
HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover
Description from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP

Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold
Abbreviation HoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines a threshold value for hand-

over from GSM to UTRAN cell. BSC at least
HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for a
UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD
out of the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are
larger than or equal to the sume of HoRSCPThsTDD
and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as
Description candidate destination cell for handover.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 35
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

N (HoRSCP_N_TDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N
Abbreviation HoRSCP_N_TDD

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 4
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

P (HoRSCP_P_TDD)
Full name Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P
Abbreviation HoRSCP_P_TDD
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 20
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN Cell Control

Parameters
UTRAN cell control parameters have four sub-interfaces.
Basic Properties 1 Parameters

72.

Channel location of si2quater broadcast

(SI2QuaterPos)
Full name Channel location of si2quater broadcast
Abbreviation SI2QuaterPos
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block
1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block
Value Range (AGCH_BLOCK reservation value will be 1)
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS measurement type reported by UE

(ReportTypeCS)
Full name CS measurement type reported by UE
Abbreviation ReportTypeCS
3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE
It indicates enhanced measurement report for UE or

Description measurement report message.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
0: Adopts enhanced measurement report
message, if at least one BSIC is configured for
each frequency in BA list; otherwise, adopt
enhanced measurement report message,
otherwise using normal measurement report.
Value Range 1: Adopts normal measurement report message
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN

cell reselection (Qsearch_I)
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell
Full name reselection
Abbreviation Qsearch_I
3GPP reference Qsearch_I
3GPP Name 3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
This parameter indicates the measurement threshold

of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection. UE starts
UTRAN reselection cell measurement when average
receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (pa-
rameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter
Description value: 8 ~ 15) the threshold.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm
7: Indicates always
8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L =
-78 + 4*(n-8) dBm
Value Range 15: Indicates never
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Threshold when UE performs search under

specialized mode (Qsearch_C)
Threshold when UE performs search under special-
Full name ized mode
Abbreviation Qsearch_C
3GPP Name Qsearch_C

This parameter defines a threshold. When average

receiving level RLA_C of the cell falls below (param-
eter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value:
8 ~ 15) this threshold, UE searches the UTRAN adja-
Description cent cell.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm
7: Indicates always
8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L =
-78 + 4*(n-8) dBm
Value Range 15: Indicates never
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE

receiving qsearch_C (QsearchCInit)
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE re-
Full name ceiving qsearch_C
Abbreviation QsearchCInit
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used to search and measure the

cell data while MS does not receive Qsearch_C on
Description SACCH.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
0: Indicates using Qsearch_I parameter
Value Range 1: Indicates always measuring

Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtCS)
Full name CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report
Abbreviation SvrBandRprtCS
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells

with the same frequency band as in serving cell,
which are included in the measurement report or the
Description strongest cell list.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Max number of GSM neighbor cells

(IndexStartEMR)
Full name Max Number In Adjacent GSM cell
Abbreviation IndexStartEMR
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description It indicates the max number of adjacent GSM cells.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 32 ~ 64
Unit None
Default value 32
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent
Full name cells
Abbreviation FDDrepQntCS
3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report

Description measurement.
Management
Object Cell

0, 1
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble
of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm.
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power
to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of
Value Range UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_Qmin)

Full name MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
Abbreviation FDD_Qmin
3GPP Name FDD_Qmin
This parameter indicates when the cell reselects the

UTRAN adjacent cell, the value of Ec/No of the UTRAN
cell must be larger than or equal to the value defined
Description by this parameter.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0 = -20 dB
1 = -6 dB
2 = -18 dB
3 = -8 dB
4 = -16 dB
5 = -10 dB
6 = -14 dB
Value Range 7 = -12 dB
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

measurement report (FDDMulRatrrptCS)
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in
Full name measurement report
Abbreviation FDDMulRatrrptCS
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates the maximum number of

UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet meas-
urement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD
adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for
GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available,
Description the vacancies are used for TDD cells).
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)

Full name FDD reselection offset
Abbreviation FDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name FDD_Qoffset
This parameter is used to reselect the

UTRAN adjacent cell if the following
requirements are satisfied:
Received signal code power (RSCP) of this
adjacent cell is higher than average receiving
level RLA_C of this cell.
RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than RLA_C
of all adjacent GSM cells by at least FDD_Qoffset
(FDD reselection offset) for more than 5
seconds. FDD_Qoffset of the cell increases by 5
dB if the cell is reselected 15 seconds earlier.
Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent
cell is larger than or equal to designated
FDD_Qmin (minimum value of code-noise
ratio of UTRAN reselected cell).
If more than one UTRAN cell meets above conditions,
Description then select the cell which has the largest RSCP.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit None
Default value 8
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD

cell re-selection (FDD_RSCPmin)
A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell
Full name
re-selection
Abbrevia-
FDD_RSCPmin
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP
3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0
reference
When a GSM cell is reselected to an adjacent 3G cell,

its RSCP should be larger than or equal to that of the
GSM cell. If the adjacent 3G cell's measurement value is
RSCP, FDD_RSCPmin indicates the reselection threshold
Description FDD_RSCP_threshold for that 3G adjacent cell.
This paramter is broadcast to MS in SI2quater on BCCH,
and broadcast to MS in PSI3quater on PBCCH and
PACCH.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
0 ~ 15
(-114+2*n) dBm, that is,
Value 0: -114 dB
Range 1: -112 dB
......
15: -84 dB
Unit None
Default
value 6
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value

(FDD_Qmin_Offset)
Full name Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value
Abbrevia-
FDD_Qmin_Offset
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP
3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0
reference
This parameter must work with FDD_RSCPmin, and the

Description working principle is the same as that of FDD_RSCPmin.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
0 ~ 7
(2n)dB, that is,
Value
0: 0dB
Range
......
7: 14dB
Unit None
Default
value 0
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change

message early (ECSC_3G)
Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change mes-
Full name sage early
Abbreviation ECSC_3G

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates whether UE is required to

Description send UTRAN classmark change message early.
Management
Object Cell
Yes/No
No: It is not allowed to send the UTRAN
classmark change message.
Yes: Whether UE sends the UTRAN class mark
change message is controlled by the system
parameter ECSC and UE. (Because UE might
not use the parameter ECSC, this property
is represented by the parameter ES IND in
Value Range CLASSMARK2 and CLASSMARK3.)
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Basic Properties 2 Parameters

73.

CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

(ReportRateCS)
Full name CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
Abbreviation ReportRateCS
3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE
It indicates frequency of measurement reports in ad-

Description jacent cell, refer to "CS adjacent cell report priority".
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
0: normal
Value Range 1: Low
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS)

Full name CS Multiband report indication
Abbreviation MulBndRprtCS
This parameter is to control the number of reports of

Description different adjacent cells except the serving cell.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3
0: MS reports the survey results of six known
and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest
NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless
of which frequency band adjacent cells are in.
one adjacent cell with the strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list
(excluding frequency band of serving cell).
In the remaining locations, MS reports the
adjacent cells in the frequency band of local
cell. If there are still more locations remaining,
MS reports the second strongest adjacent cell,
regardless of their frequency bands.
two adjacent cells with the strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list
regardless of their frequency bands.
three adjacent cells with strongest signal
in the frequency bands in adjacent cells list
Value Range regardless of their frequency bands.
Unit None

Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdCS)
Full name CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value
Abbreviation ScaleOrdCS
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines the added offset when UE

reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity
of a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then
when mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+
ScaleOrdCS to the original value corresponding
to n. It applies only in the case that enhanced
measurement report message is used.
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48
dBm, the real value can be reported by setting
this parameter. UE includes the SCALE value
when it reports enhance measurement report
message. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the value
Description of cell that reports the best signal level.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2
0: 0 dB
1: 10 dB
2: Automatic, determined by UE
Value Range
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset)

Full name TDD reselection offset
Abbreviation TDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name TDD_Qoffset
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its

RSCP shall be higher than the least offset of RLA_P
Description in all GSM adjacent cells.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit None
Default value 8
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in

measurement report (TDDMulRatRrptCS)
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in
Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptCS

3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING

UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells included in measurement
report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent
cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM
adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported, re-
Description mained part is given to FDD cell).
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS UE report invalid cell level allowed

(InvldBSICRprtCS)
Full name CS UE report invalid cell level allowed
Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtCS
3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for

BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates if
the system allows UE to report field intensity of such
Description cells.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC

decoding frame indication (SearchPrioCS3G)
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC decoding
Full name frame indication
Abbreviation SearchPrioCS3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search

UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC de-
coding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most
Description 25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Offset (RprtOffsetCS850)
Full name GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation RprtOffsetCS850
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if sig-

nal level in two cells are higher than or equal to
RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and
Description RprtOffsetCS850 value is firstly reported.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0 ~ 7: corresponding to 0 dB ~ 42 dB,
Value Range each level is 6 dB.
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Threshold (RprtThoCS850)
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Thresh-
Full name old
Abbreviation RprtThoCS850
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells,

only when signal level in the cell is higher
than or equal to RprtThoCS850 (dimensionless,
corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement
report, different mapping relationship for different
RXLEV), it can be reported.
As to if it can be reported in certain period,
it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
Description MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS850.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 dB ~ 36
dB, 6 dB per level
Value Range 7: never
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Full name old
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

only when signal level in the cell is higher
than or equal to RprtThoCS900 (dimensionless,
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Full name Threshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
When reporting to GSM1800M adjacent cells, only

when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal
to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding
to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can
be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS,
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if sig-

Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Full name Threshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

only when signal level in the cell is higher than
or equal to RprtThoCS1900 (dimensionless,
Management
Object Cell

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)
Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET
when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if sig-

FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
Description FDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Threshold (FDDRprtThoCS)
Full name Threshold
Abbreviation FDDRprtThoCS
3GPP Name XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only

to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding
Description FDDMulRatRrptCS and FDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS)
Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetCS
when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if sig-

TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
Description TDDRprtOffsetCS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Threshold (TDDRprtThoCS)
Full name Threshold
Abbreviation TDDRprtThoCS

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only

to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding
Description TDDMulRatRrptCS and TDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Parameters 1
The interface of GPRS parameters 1 is shown in Figure 74.

FIGURE 74 GPRS PARAMETERS 1
PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV

value (ScaleOrdPS)
Full name PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value
Abbreviation ScaleOrdPS
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines the added offset when UE

reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of
a GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when mapping
to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ScaleOrdPS to
the original value corresponding to n. It applies
only in the case when the PACKET ENHANCED
MEASUREMENT REPORT message is used.
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48
dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this
parameter. If the field intensity of adjacent cell
exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by
setting this parameter. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses
Description the value of cell that reports the best signal level.
Management
Object Cell

0, 1, 2
0: 0 dB
1: 10 dB
Value Range 2: Automatic, determined by UE
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS measurement type reported by UE

(ReportTypePS)
Full name PS measurement type reported by UE
Abbreviation ReportTypePS
3GPP Name REPORT_TYPE
This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET MEAS-

UREMENT REPORT or PACKET ENHANCED MEASURE-
Description MENT REPORT message.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
When PBCCH is configured:
0: Use the PACKET ENHANCED MEAS-
UREMENT REPORT message to send the
measurement report.
1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
message to send the measurement report.
When PBCCH is not configured:
0: If each frequency in BA (GPRS) list is
configured with at least one BSIC, use the
PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT
message to send the measurement
report; otherwise, use the PACKET
MEASUREMENT REPORT message to send
Value Range the measurement report.

1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT

message to send the measurement report.
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in

report (SvrBandRprtPS)
Full name PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report
Abbreviation SvrBandRprtPS
3GPP Name SERVING_BAND_REPORTING
This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells

with the same frequency band as in serving cell,
which are included in the PS measurement report or
Description the strongest cell list.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell

(ReportRatePS)
Full name PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
Abbreviation ReportRatePS
3GPP Name REPORTING_RATE
It indicates frequency of measurement reports in ad-

Description jacent cell, refer to "PS adjacent cell report priority".
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
0: normal
Value Range 1: Low
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)
Full name UTRAN cell
Abbreviation Qsearch_P_0/Qsearch_P_1
3GPP Name Qsearch_P

Measurement threshold of UE performing

GPRS UTRAN cell.
Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower than
threshold 0 ~ 7 (corresponding to -98, -94, ..., ,
-74dBm), threshold 7 indicates always searching; or
searching while above threshold 8~15 (-78, -74, ...,
Description -54 dBm), threshold 15 indicates never search.
Management
Object Cell
Idle state and transmission state.

Unit None
Idle state and transmission state. The default value

Default value is 15.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGO-02-03-004 Inter-system NCCR
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qo

ffset)
Full name FDD GPRS reselection offset
Abbreviation FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1
3GPP Name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, its

Management
Object Cell


0 indicates always selecting adjacent
cells of this 3G FDD;
1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB
......
Value Range 15 = 28 dB
Unit None

Default value is 8.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qo

ffset)
Full name TDD GPRS reselection offset
Abbreviation TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1
3GPP Name TDD_GPRS_Qoffset
When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its

Management
Object Cell

0 indicates always selecting adjacent
cells of this 3G TDD;
1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB
......
Value Range 15 = 28 dB
Unit None


Default value is 8.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(FDD_QminPS)
Full name PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
Abbreviation FDD_QminPS_0/FDD_QminPS_1
3GPP Name FDD_Qmin
When a cell reselects this 3G adjacent cell, the cell's

Ec/No value must be larger than or equal to that of
Description this 3G adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell

0 = -20 dB;
1 = -6 dB;
2 = -18 dB;
3 = -8 dB;
4 = -16 dB;
5 = -10 dB;
6 = -14 dB;
7 = -12 dB
Value Range
Unit None

Default value is 7.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

Full name Offset of FDD_QminPS
Abbreviation FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0/FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1
3GPP Name FDD_Qmin_Offset
Description Offset of FDD_QminPS
Management
Object Cell

0 = 0 dB;
1 = 2 dB;
2 = 4 dB;
3 = 6 dB;
4 = 8 dB;
5 = 10 dB;
6 = 12 dB;
7 = 14 dB
Value Range
Unit None

Default value is 0.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell

(FDD_RSCPminPS)
Full name PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell
Abbreviation FDD_RSCPminPS_0/FDD_RSCPminPS_1
3GPP Name FDD_RSCPmin
When the cell is reselected to a 3G adjacent cell, its

Description RSCP shall be larger than or equal to this value.
Management
Object Cell

0 = -114 dBm;
1 = -112 dBm;
2 = -110 dBm;
3 = -108 dBm
......
14 = -86 dBm
15 = -84 dBm
Value Range
Unit None

Default value is 6.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(FDDRprtTho2PS)
Full name Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP
Abbreviation FDDRprtTho2PS_0/FDDRprtTho2PS_1
3GPP Name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2


Description (when not specified in "byFDDRepQuant")
Management
Object Cell

Unit None

Default value is 0.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN

adjacent cells (FDDRepQntPS)
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent
Full name cells
Abbreviation FDDRepQntPS
3GPP Name FDD_REP_QUANT
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report

Description measurement.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble
of UTRAN cell at UE, the unit is dBm.
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power
to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of
Value Range UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.
Unit None
Default value 0

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in

measurement report (FDDMulRatRrptPS)
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in
Abbreviation FDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells included in packet meas-
urement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/FDD
adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for
GSM adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available,
Description the vacancies are used for TDD cells).
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS)

Full name PS Multiband report indication
Abbreviation MulBndRprtPS
MS in single-frequency GSM system needs

only to report contents of six adjacent cells
with the strongest signals in a frequency
band, when reporting the survey result of
adjacent cells to the network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority
into a specific frequency band during handover.
The MS reports the survey result according to the
signal intensity and the frequency band of the
signals, according to the actual situation.
MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to report contents
of adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. It
is one of the system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic
in each frequency band. General principles to set
the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator has no choice over the frequency band.
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters
Description a specific frequency band with priority.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3
0: MS reports the survey results of six known
and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest
NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless
of which frequency band adjacent cells are in.
1: MS reports the measurement result of one
adjacent cell with the strongest signal in the
frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding
frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining
space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell
frequency band. If still more space is available,
MS reports the remaining adjacent cells,
regardless of which frequency bands they are in.
2: MS reports the survey result of two adjacent
cells with the strongest signals in the frequency
bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent
cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cell in local cell frequency band.
If still more space is available, MS reports
the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of
which frequency bands they are in.
3: MS reports the survey result of three
adjacent cells with the strongest signals in
the frequency bands (excluding that of local
cell) in adjacent cell table. In the remaining
space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell
Value Range frequency band. If still more space is available,

MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, no

matter what frequency bands they are at.
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS)

Full name TDD multi report PS
Abbreviation TDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
This parameter indicates the MAX number of

UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurement
report. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the
vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD
technology is supported, remained part is given to
Description FDD cell).
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GPRS Parameters 2
The interface of GPRS parameters 2 is shown in Figure 75.
FIGURE 75 GPRS PARAMETERS 2
PS UE report invalid cell level allowed

(InvldBSICRprtPS)
Full name PS UE report invalid cell level allowed
Abbreviation InvldBSICRprtPS
3GPP Name INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for

BSIC of some GSM cells. This parameter indicates
whether the system allows UE to report the field in-
Description tensity of such cell.
Management
Object Cell

Yes/No
YES: Allow UE to report the field intensity of
NCC permitted but BCC invalid cells
NO: Do not Allow UE to report the field intensity
Value Range of NCC permitted but BCC invalid cells
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic

decoding frame indication (SearchPrioPS3G)
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding
Full name frame indication
Abbreviation SearchPrioPS3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search

UTRAN adjacent cells in the frame where BSIC de-
coding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most
Description 25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Reselect priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)

Full name Reselection priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)
Abbreviation ServiceCC
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter specifies the reselecting priority

Description
control mode of 2G/3G.
Management
Object Cell
Reselect 3G preferentially; Do not reselect 3G

preferentially; Do not allow to reselect 3G;
Determined by SGSN, prefer to reselect 3G
Value Range
acquiescently; Determined by SGSN, do not prefer
to reselect 3G acquiescently; Determined by SGSN,
do not allow to reselect 3G acquiescently.
Unit None
Default value Reselect 3G preferentially
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None


Offset (RprtOffsetPS850)
Abbreviation RprtOffsetPS850
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

RprtThoPS850, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
Description RprtOffsetPS850 value is firstly reported.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Threshold (RprtThoPS850)
Full name old
Abbreviation RprtThoPS850


to RprtThoPS850 (dimensionless, corresponding to
RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be
reported. As to whether it can be reported within a
certain period, it also depends on the signal level,
Description RepPrioPS, MulBndRprtPS and RprtOffsetPS850.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

Full name old

RXLEV portion in measurement report, different
mapping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be
reported. As to whether it can be reported within a
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Full name Threshold

RXLEV portion in measurement report, different map-
ping relationship for different RXLEV), it can be re-
ported. As to whether it can be reported within a
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if sig-

Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Full name Threshold

ported. As to whether it can be reported within a
Management
Object Cell

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)
Full name UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation FDDRprtOffsetPS
when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if sig-

FDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
Description FDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

threshold (FDDRprtThoPS)
Full name threshold
Abbreviation FDDRprtThoPS
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only

to FDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to
ported. As to whether it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS,
Description FDDMulRatRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)
Full name UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation TDDRprtOffsetPS
when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if sig-

TDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
Description TDDRprtOffsetPS value is firstly reported.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

threshold (TDDRprtThoPS)
Full name threshold
Abbreviation TDDRprtThoPS

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only

to TDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to
ported. As to whether it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS,
Description TDDMulRatRrptPS and TDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management
Object Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
0: always
dB, 6 dB per level
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Adjacent Cell Parameters

This section introduces adjacent cell parameters.
Adjacent Interference Cell

Parameters
The interface of adjacent interference cell parameters is shown in
Figure 76.

FIGURE 76 ADJACENT INTERFERENCE CELL PARAMETERS
Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId)

Full name Interference cell No.
Abbreviation IntfObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description Interference cell No.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 6
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Related cell DN (RelationDN)

Full name Related cell DN
Abbreviation RelationDN
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter defines BSS external cell DN: EcId or

Description related BSS equipment DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures ZGB-02-02-005 Double BCCH Allocation List
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Adjacent Cell Handover and

Reselection Parameters
The interface of adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters
is as shown in Figure 77.

FIGURE 77 ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTION PARAMETERS
Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID

(HoResObjectId)
Full name Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID
Abbreviation HoResObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent

Description cell handover and reselection object.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Priority of handover (Hopriority)

Full name Priority of handover
Abbreviation Hopriority
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall be

considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,
there are three decisive factors to sequence the can-
didate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions.
Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. If
they lead to the same result, sequence the cells ac-
cording to the radio conditions. The larger the value,
Description the higher level of priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline

tures rithm
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Full name Max power level of MS
Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax

maximum output power. When BSC controls the
power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS
max power level is also a parameter used by
BSC to calculate PBGT value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name Min power level for handover access
Abbreviation RxLevMin

This parameter defines the minimum receiving

intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
decide preferred cells during handover control. MS
in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent
cells with the minimum receiving intensity level
higher than this parameter are potential candidates
for handover. MS with receiving level larger
than minimum receiving level indicates that MS
is at the edge of the serving cell.
according to MS receiving sensitivity. When network
observes uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,
MIN access level increases the resulting C1 and
C2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range.
However, the value of this parameter cannot be too
large. Otherwise, large value change can bring void
area across cell boundaries to result in sudden call
drop problem. With this measure for traffic balance,
it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed
-90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the
network, this parameter can be usually set as 10
(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is
higher than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded or
the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
Description parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)
Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name None

and downlink signal strength. The PBGT value
of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for
handover. The decision process is as follows: If
the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than
the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold used
to determine PBGT handover from an
Description adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range 100: 76 dB
Unit None
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


power level (HoMarginRxLev)
Min threshold of signal level for handover on power
Full name level
Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

downlink signal strength. In handover caused by
the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-
quenced. This parameter defines the signal strength
threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell
Description to local cell.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Unit None
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

quality (HoMarginRxQual)
Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality
Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-
quenced. This parameter defines the signal quality
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Unit None
Default value 30
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(MaxForceHoDiff)
Full name Max level difference of force handover
Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a

tolerable level difference for forced handover is re-
quired, which shall be lower than PBGT handover
threshold in the reverse direction. This parameter
defines the maximum level difference value for forced
Management
Object Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default value 9
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(HoForceResThs)
Full name Handover force resource threshold
Abbreviation HoForceResThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the

destination cell. When resource of object cell is lower
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can
Description be implemented.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Full name Neighboring cell layer
Abbreviation NCellLayer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter provides the handover policies in

multi-layer network technology and dual-frequency
network technology. Multi-layer radio coverage
can be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this
manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover
defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce
the number of handovers during the call, thus
improving the system reliability and communication
quality. The policy of handover between a macro
cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on
the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving
speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower
moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer
(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in case
of PBGT handover and handover towards undefined
layer being allowed will the undefined cell of the
service area be considered as a candidate cell.
"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell and
local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover
is possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":
Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when
the local cell is a micro cell). "Lower layer of the
home cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer of
local cell (when the local cell is a macro cell).
Description For details, refer to Appendix.
Management
Object Cell
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer

Value Range of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell
Unit None
Default value Same layer of the home cell
Change mode Offline
ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro-

Relevant Fea- and Micro-cells
tures ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS)

Full name CS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation RepPrioCS
3GPP Name REP_PRIORITY
Adjacent cells are reported according to

the following priorities:
Adjacent cell with same frequency band.
have the following features: BSIC of color
code is valid; Its measured field intensity
ranks high among cells in the same frequency
band and is larger than or equal to the lower
limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX
represents frequency band of serving cell.
Adjacent cell in the frequency band different
from that of the serving cell must have the
following features: BSIC of color code is
valid. Its measured field intensity ranks
high among cells in the same frequency
band and is larger than or equal to the
lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX.
Here, XXX represents the frequency band
different from that of serving cell.
Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDD
adjacent cells. The cells scramble is correct.
Its measured field intensity ranks high among
cells with the same access technologies and is
larger than or equal to the lower limit specified
by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents
access technologies like UTRAN/FDD.
For above priorities, if the prioritys location has
surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the
next priority. For access technology such as
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,
the cell with high RepPrioCS is preferred. For
cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater
sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and
Description RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Low; High
Unit None

Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name PS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation RepPrioPS
This parameter defines the priority of adjacent

cells to report the measurement report
during PS traffic operation.
limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX
valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high
among cells in the same frequency band
and is larger than or equal to the lower
represents the frequency band different
from that of serving cell.
by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX represents access
technologies like UTRAN/FDD.
the cell with high RepPrioPS is preferred. For
Description cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater

sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and

RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTrafficThs)

Full name Target cell traffic threshold
Abbreviation TargetCellTrafficThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter specifies the threshold of the tar-

get cell's traffic. This value determines if it shall be
handed over to this cell. If the traffic in target cell
is more than this threshold, do not handover to this
Description cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 75
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)
Full name Handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation MacroMicroHoThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter specifies the cell's signal strength

Description threshold for handover between macro-cell and
micro-cell.
Management
Object Cell
> -48 dBm

-50 ~ -49 dBm
......
Value Range
-109 ~ -108 dBm
-110 ~ -109 dBm
< -110 dBm
Unit dBm
Default value -91 dBm ~ -90 dBm
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Counter of handover threshold from macro to

micro (MacroMicroHon)
Full name Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation MacroMicroHon

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This counter counts the number of the signal

Description strength being higher than the macro-micro
handover threshold value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name The direction of neighbour cell
Abbreviation NCellDir
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter identifies the direction relation between

Description adjacent cell and local cell. You can set the direction
information for each adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Direction A, Direction B, No direction
Unit None
Default value No direction
Change
mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Related cell DN
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
User can click Select to select cell or external cell.

User can also check Mutual to set mutually reselec-
Description tion and handover cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name Is related cell
Abbreviation IsRelatedCell

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a can-

didate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter
of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adja-
Description cent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures cro-cells
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell
Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing

site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M
network to 1800M network. At this time, you
can do directional handover traffic.
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic
adjustment. The forced handover direction is
definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover
Description is performed only for a specific object cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None

Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CCN supported (CCNSupport)

Full name CCN Support
Abbreviation CCNSupport
3GPP Name CCN-ACTIVE
CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton.

When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does cell
reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL
CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall
be delivered to network in normal case. After net-
work receives this message, it can send specific
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

The number of C/I limited cell (CILimitedNum)

Full name The number of C/I limited cell
Abbrevia-
CILimitedNum
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates the number C/I limited adjacent

Description cells of the service cell.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value
Range 0 ~ 5
Unit None
Default
value 0
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The objectID list of C/I limited cell

Full name The objectID list of C/I limited cell
Abbrevia-
LimitedObjectId
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter gives the index list of C/I limited

Description adjacent cells.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell
Value
For C/I limited adjacent cells, the value range is 0 ~ 255.
Range
Unit None
Default
value 0
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The threshold list of C/I limited cell

Full name The threshold list of C/I limited cell
Abbrevia-
CILimitedThs
tion
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter gives the threshold list of C/I limited

Description adjacent cells.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject Cell

For C/I limited adjacent cells, the value range is 0 ~ 63.

0: < -110 dBm
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm
Value 2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm
Range
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
63: > -48 dBm
Unit None
Default
value 63
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in
Figure 78.

FIGURE 78 ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER PARAMETERS
Adjacent cell handover object ID (HoObjectId)

Full name Adjacent cell handover object ID
Abbreviation HoObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description cell handover object.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Priority of handover (HoPriority)

Full name Priority of handover
Abbreviation HoPriority
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall be

considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore,
there are three decisive factors to sequence the can-
didate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions.
Priority and traffic affect the cell sequencing most. If
they lead to the same result, sequence the cells ac-
cording to the radio conditions. The larger the value,
Description the higher level of priority.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 7
Unit None
Default value 3
Change mode Offline

tures rithm
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name Max power level of MS
Abbreviation MsTxPwrMax

maximum output power. When BSC controls the
power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS
max power level is also a parameter used by
BSC to calculate PBGT value.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 31
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name Min power level for handover access
Abbreviation RxLevMin

This parameter defines the minimum receiving

intensity level (on BCCH) required for MS to
handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to
decide preferred cells during handover control. MS
in the serving cell constantly monitors the signal
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent
cells with the minimum receiving intensity level
higher than this parameter are potential candidates
for handover. MS with receiving level larger
than minimum receiving level indicates that MS
is at the edge of the serving cell.
according to MS receiving sensitivity. When network
observes uneven traffic distribution in certain cells,
MIN access level increases the resulting C1 and
C2 to decrease the cell effective coverage range.
However, the value of this parameter cannot be too
large. Otherwise, large value change can bring void
area across cell boundaries to result in sudden call
drop problem. With this measure for traffic balance,
it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed
-90dB. At the preliminary running stage of the
network, this parameter can be usually set as 10
(that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is
higher than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded or
the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
Description parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 63
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Unit None
Default value 15
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)
Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
Abbreviation HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name None

and downlink signal strength. The PBGT value
of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for
handover. The decision process is as follows: If
the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is greater than
the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold used
to determine PBGT handover from an
Description adjacent cell to local cell.
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Unit None
Default value 30
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


power level (HoMarginRxLev)
Min threshold of signal level for handover on power
Full name level
Abbreviation HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-
quenced. This parameter defines the signal strength
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Unit None
Default value 30
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

quality (HoMarginRxQual)
Full name Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality
Abbreviation HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None

the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and se-
quenced. This parameter defines the signal quality
Management
Object Cell
0 ~ 100
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Unit None
Default value 30
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(MaxForceHoDiff)
Full name Max level difference of force handover
Abbreviation MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a

tolerable level difference for forced handover is re-
quired, which shall be lower than PBGT handover
threshold in the reverse direction. This parameter
defines the maximum level difference value for forced
Management
Object Cell

Value Range 0 ~ 48
Unit None
Default value 9
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

(HoForceResThs)
Full name Handover force resource threshold
Abbreviation HoForceResThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the

destination cell. When resource of object cell is lower
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can
Description be implemented.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 40
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Full name Neighboring cell layer
Abbreviation NCellLayer
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter provides the handover policies in

multilayer network technology and dual-frequency
network technology. Multilayer radio coverage can
be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this
manual. In brief, limiting the PBGT handover
defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce
the number of handovers during the call, thus
improving the system reliability and communication
quality. The policy of handover between a macro
cell layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on
the moving speed of MS. An MS at higher moving
speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower
moving speed will try to enter the micro cell layer
(lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in case
of PBGT handover and handover towards undefined
layer being allowed will the undefined cell of the
service area be considered as a candidate cell.
"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell and
local cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover
is possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":
Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when
the local cell is a micro cell). "Lower layer of the
home cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer of
local cell (when the local cell is a macro cell).
Description For details, refer to Appendix.
Management
Object Cell
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer

Value Range of the home cell, Lower layer of the home cell
Unit None
Default value Same layer of the home cell
Change mode Offline
ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro-

Relevant Fea- and Micro-cells
tures ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Ajacent cells are reported according to the

following priorities:
Management
Object Cell
Unit None

Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 75
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


(MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)
Full name Handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation MacroMicroHoThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter specifies the cell's signal strength

Description threshold for handover between macro-cell and
micro-cell.
Management
Object Cell
> -48 dBm

-50 ~ -49 dBm
......
Value Range
-109 ~ -108 dBm
-110 ~ -109 dBm
< -110 dBm
Unit dBm
Default value -91 dBm ~ -90 dBm
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro to

Micro (MacroMicroHoN)
Full name Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation MacroMicroHoN
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This counter counts the number of the signal

Description strength being higher than the macro-micro
handover threshold value.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 2
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name The direction of neighbour cell
Abbreviation NCellDir
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter identifies the direction relation between

Description adjacent cell and local cell. You can set the direction
information for each adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Direction A, Direction B, No direction
Unit None
Default value No direction
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name Is related cell
Abbreviation IsRelatedCell
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a can-

didate in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter
of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether adja-
Description cent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

tures cro-cells
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name Is handover forced neighbor cell
Abbreviation IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing

site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M
network to 1800M network. At this time, you
can do directional handover traffic.
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic
adjustment. The forced handover direction is
definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover
Description is performed only for a specific object cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Related cell DN
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Description User can click Select to select cell or external cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in
Figure 79.
FIGURE 79 ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS
Adjacent cell reselection object ID (ReSelObjectId)

Full name Adjacent cell reselection object ID
Abbreviation ReSelObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description cell reselection object.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None

Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name Adjacent cell report priority
This parameter indicates adjacent cell report pri-

ority, broadcasted to MS in SI2quater, PSI3ter and
PSI3quater. It corresponds to adjacent cell list,
indicating the priority of measurement report in
Description adjacent cell.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Full name CCN supported

Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Related cell DN
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover

cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.
Description User can click Select to select cell or external cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None

Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection pa-
rameters is as shown in Figure 80.
FIGURE 80 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER AND RESELECTION

PARAMETERS

Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection

object ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object
Full name ID
Abbreviation S3GHoRSObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN

Description adjacent cell handover and reselection object.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

(HoRSCPOffset3G)
Full name RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
Abbreviation HoRSCPOffset3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered

only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies
the minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough
field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent
cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Description handover to different adjacent cells.

Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell

(HoEcNoOffset3G)
Full name Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
Abbreviation HoEcNoOffset3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered

only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies
the minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough
field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent
cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Management
Object Cell
Unit None

Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name PS adjacent cell report priority

Description cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater


RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None

Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None
Default value 75
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Relation DN
Full name Relation DN
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

This parameter is used to determine DN of

the UTRAN external cell.
Description User can click Select to select the cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover parameters is
shown in Figure 81.
FIGURE 81 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL HANDOVER PARAMETERS

UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId)
Full name UTRAN HO ID
Abbreviation S3GHoObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description adjacent cell handover object.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G)

Full name RSCP offset handover
Abbreviation HoRSCPOffset3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only

indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the min-
imum requirement for normal UE communication
within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure
enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN
adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63

Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Full name Ec/No offset handover
Abbreviation HoEcNoOffset3G
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only

indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the min-
imum requirement for normal UE communication
within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure
enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN
adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a UE to
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 49
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
It indicates the priority of CS adjacent cell report.

Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:
1. Adjacent cell with same frequency band as the
serving cell. These cells must have the following
features:
BSIC of color code is valid.
Its measured field intensity ranks high
and is larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX rep-
resents the frequency band different from
that of serving cell.
2. Adjacent cells at different frequency band from
the serving cell. These cells must have the fol-
lowing features:
BSIC of color code is valid.
and is larger than or equal to the lower limit
specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX rep-
resents the frequency band different from
that of serving cell.
3. Other access technologies, such as WCDMA/FDD
adjacent cells. These cells must have the follow-
ing features:
The cell's scramble is correct.
among cells with the same access technol-
ogies, such as WCDMA/FDD, and is larger
than or equal to the lower limit specified by
XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access
technologies like WCDMA/FDD.
4. The remaining GSM adjacent cells which have
valid BSIC, or GSM adjacent cells with permit-
ted NCC but invalid BCC, or adjacent cells with
Description other access technologies such as WCDMA/FDD.

if such a cells RepPrioCS and REPORTING_RATE

are low, then the reporting frequency is low too.
For the above priorities:
If the prioritys location has surplus, then leave
it to adjacent cell of the next priority.
For access technology such as WCDMA/FDD
or frequency band such as GSM900, the cell
with higher RepPrioCS is preferred.
For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell
with the larger sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or
XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or
XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value Low
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 100
Unit None

Default value 75
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Relation DN
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is used to determine DN of

the UTRAN external cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection

Parameters
The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection parameters is
shown in Figure 82.
FIGURE 82 UTRAN ADJACENT CELL RESELECTION PARAMETERS
Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID

(S3GrsObjectId)
Full name Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID
Abbreviation S3GrsObjectId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None

Description adjacent cell reselection object.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 64
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None

Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)


Ajacent cells are reported according to the
following priorities:
cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater
Description RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
Management
Object Cell
Unit None
Default value Low

Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None


Management
Object Cell
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None

Relation DN
Abbreviation None
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover

cell or DN (EcId) of the external cell.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range None
Unit None
Default value None
Change mode Offline
Relevant Fea-
tures None
Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None
Impact on serv-
ice None
Frequency Hopping System

Parameters
The interface of frequency hopping system parameters is shown
in Figure 83.

FIGURE 83 FREQUENCY HOPPING SYSTEM PARAMETERS
Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)
Full name Frequency hopping No.
Abbreviation FhsId
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter is a unique identification of frequency

Description hopping system.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 1 ~ 255
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters Frequency No.
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None


Hopping sequence No. (HSN)
Full name Hopping sequence No.
Abbreviation HSN
3GPP Name Hopping sequence number
According to GSM 05.02 Frequency Hoping

Algorithm, MAI is a function of TDMA Frame
number (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN)
and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN
determines the operation track of frequencies
during the frequency hopping process. Using
different HSN for cells having same MA can avoid
frequency utilization conflict between adjacent cells
during the frequency hopping process.
Different timeslots can share the same group of MA
and corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a special
frequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency hopping)
HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, because
cells using the same MA also have the same BCCH.
For example, if HSN [(BCC6)+1, (BCC6)+6],
then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs. The
remaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in other
special cases. For simple implementation,
Description directly use 0 by default.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 63
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa-
rameters None
Relationship None
Related interfa-
ces None


Frequency hopping mode

(FreqHopMode)
Full name Frequency hopping mode
Abbreviation FreqHopMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter indicates the mode of frequency hop-

Description ping.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range RFID freqhop; Base band freqhop
Unit None
Default value RFID freqhop
Change mode Offline

Relevant pa- Hopping GROUP ID (BhGroupId)

rameters MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)
When this parameter's value is Base band freqhop,

the BhGroupId parameter can be set.
When this parameter is set as "RFID freqhop",
Relationship adding and deleting operation can be performed
for the "MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)"
parameter. When this parameter is set as "Base
band freqhop", the Add button and the Del button
disappear from the interface.
Related interfa-
ces None

Hopping group ID (BhGroupId)
Full name Hopping group ID
Abbreviation BhGroupId
3GPP Name None

3GPP reference None
Description It indicates the hopping group id.
Management Object Cell
Value Range 0 ~ 255
Unit None
0, indicating that TRX is not involved in

Default value
baseband frequency hopping.
Change mode Offline
Relevant Features ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Relevant
parameters Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)
When the "FreqHopMode" parameter's value is

Relationship
Base band freqhop, this parameter can be set.

Impact on service modified, all current services of corresponding
frequency point will be interrupted immediately.
MA Frequency List Number

(MaFreqNum)
Full name MA Frequency List Number
Abbreviation MaFreqNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP reference None
This parameter provides a list of absolute RF

channel number in a frequency hopping group.
It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The related
information will be notified to MS when MS is
notified of which channel should be used.
User can click Add or Del to perform adding
Description or deleting operation.
Management
Object Cell
Value Range Based on frequency setting
Unit None
Default value Based on frequency setting

Change mode Offline
ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping

Relevant Fea- ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
tures ZGO-04-03-002 Support of 64 Frequencies Hopping
Relevant pa-
rameters Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)
When the "FreqHopMode" parameter is set as

"RFID freqhop", adding and deleting operation
can be performed for this parameter. When the
Relationship
"FreqHopMode" parameter is set as "Base band
freqhop", the Add button and the Del button
disappear from the interface.
Related interfa-
ces None



Chapter 6
System Control
Parameters
Table of Contents
Operation Control Parameters ........................................... 771
FUC Parameters .............................................................. 801
Handover Parameters of BCCH .......................................... 807
Handover Parameters of SD .............................................. 813
Other Parameters ............................................................ 818
IBS Parameters ............................................................... 832
Performance Management Parameters................................ 834
Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parame-
ters ............................................................................... 840
GPRS Operation Control Parameters ................................... 844
Operation Control
Parameters
The interface of Operation Control Parameters for system con-
trol is shown in Figure 84.

FIGURE 84 OPERATION CONTROL PARAMETERS
Assign query enable (AssQueEnable)
Full name Assign query enable
Abbreviation AssQueEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Whether queuing is allowed if it fails to obtain channel

Description
in assignment.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit Yes
Default value Allow
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Chapter 6 System Control Parameters
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Internal redirection enable

(InDrEnable)
Full name Internal redirection enable
Abbreviation InDrEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Determine if to allow channel request from other cells

Description
in BSC if no any channel is requested.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Outer redirection enable

(OutDrEnable)
Full name Outer redirection enable
Abbreviation OutDrEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Determine if to allow channel request from the cells

Description
out of BSC if no any channel is requested.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Assign preemption enable

(AssPreEmpt)
Full name Assign preemption enable
Abbreviation AssPreEmpt
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Determine if to allow preemption of the channel

Description occupied by the subscriber with lower priority if no
any channel is requested.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
BSC intracell handover enable

(HoIntraEnable)
Full name BSC intracell handover enable
Abbreviation HoIntraEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to allow intra-cell handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
BSC intercell handover enable

(HoInterEnable)
Full name BSC cell handover enable
Abbreviation HoInterEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to allow inter-cell handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

BSC outer handover enable

(HoOutEnable)
Full name BSC outer handover enable
Abbreviation HoOutEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to enable BSC outer handover
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
SDCCH handover enable

(ShoEnable)
Full name SDCCH handover enable
Abbreviation ShoEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to enable SDCCH handover

Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
TCH/F handover enable

(TfHoEnable)
Full name TCH/F handover enable
Abbreviation TfHoEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to enable TCH/F handover
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
TCH/H handover enable

(ThHoEnable)
Full name TCH/H handover enable
Abbreviation ThHoEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to enable TCH/H handover
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover queue enable

(HoQueEnable)
Full name Handover queue enable
Abbreviation HoQueEnable

3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to enable handover queue
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover preemption enable

(HoPreEmpt)
Full name Handover preemption enable
Abbreviation HoPreEmpt
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to allow forced release.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover check arithmetic choose

(HoA)
Full name Handover check arithmetic choose
Abbreviation HoA
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It is used to identify which kind of handover decision

algorithm is used.
0: DZD handover algorithm 1
Description 1: DZD handover algorithm 2
......
9: DZD handover algorithm 10
10: reserved
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range [0, 10]
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover request response (HoAck)
Full name Handover request response
Abbreviation HoAck
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Determine if MSC shall respond messages on BSC

Description
outer handover
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range No Need, Need
Unit None
Default value No need
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Force FACCH (FacchOnly)
Full name Force FACCH
Abbreviation FacchOnly
3GPP Name None

3GPP
reference None
First use TCH/F service channel on immediate

Description
assignment of channel request.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Continuum handover trigger

(HoTrigger)
Full name Continuum handover trigger
Abbreviation HoTrigger
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description For internal use, assign the number of handover
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range [0, 65535]
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd)
Full name Handover reason tip
Abbreviation HoCauseInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description For internal use, assign the reason of handover
Management
BSC
Object
[0, 7]
0: no handover
Value Range
1 ~ 2: inra-cell handover
3 ~ 7: inter-cell handover or external handover
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Local cell position number (LAC)
Full name Local cell position number
Abbreviation LAC
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
For internal use, assign the position number at local

Description
cell on handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Local cell identification (CI)
Full name Local cell identification
Abbreviation CI
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
For internal use, assign the number of local cell on

Description
handover.
Management
BSC
Object

Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Outer cell target number

(OutCellNum)
Full name Outer cell target number
Abbreviation OutCellNum
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
For internal use, assign the number of external target

Description
cell on handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range [0, 3]
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Outer cell position number 1

(OutLAC1)
Full name Outer cell position number 1
Abbreviation OutLAC1
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
For internal use, assign the position number 1 of

Description
external target cell on handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

(OutLAC2)

3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

(OutLAC3)
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0

Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1)
Full name Outer cell number 1
Abbreviation OutCI1
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
For internal use, assign the number 1 of external

Description
target cell on handover.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Abbreviation OutCI2
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Abbreviation OutCI3
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Description
Management
BSC
Object

Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1)
Full name Outer RNC 1
Abbreviation OutRNC1
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
For internal use, assign the RNC_ID 1 of external 3G

Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
3GPP Name None

3GPP
reference None

Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Old BSS to new BSS information

(OldToneWctrl)
Full name Old BSS to new BSS information
Abbreviation OldToneWctrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It describes the content that shall be sent for

Description "Old BSS to New BSS information" information in
HANDOVER REQUIRED message.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Access Control (AccessCtrl)
Full name Access Control
Abbreviation AccessCtrl
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to do access control
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt)
Full name Resume set option
Abbreviation ResumeSetOpt
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to enable RESUME switch.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Open, Close
Unit None
Default value Close
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handout queue sign (HandOutQue

Ind)
Full name Handout queue sign
Abbreviation HandOutQueInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Identify if to allow queue on inter-BSC handover.
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range Handout queue disable, Handout queue enable
Unit None
Default value Handout queue disable
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Send cell prefer indication

(SendCellPreferInd)
Full name Send cell prefer indication
Abbreviation SendCellPreferInd
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Determine if to include Cell Prefer Ind in full layer

Description
3 message
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
IPA AMR start mode

(IpaAMRStartMode)
Full name IPA AMR start mode
Abbreviation IpaAMRStartMode
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Start rate used by IPA AMR
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Default, Max speed
Unit None
Default value Default
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
TDD cell handover enable

(TdHoEnable)
Full name TDD cell handover enable
Abbreviation TdHoEnable

3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description Determine if to allow TDD cell handover
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Sending HO detect message to

MSC during intra-BSC HO with IPA
(InBscHoSendHoDet)
Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC

Full name
HO with IPA
Abbreviation InBscHoSendHoDet
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

For intra-BSC handover with IPA, when the link

establishment indication is received, if the newly
requested voice version is different from the old voice
version, it is necessary to send the handover detect
message to MSC to reduce the no-voice duration in a
Description call. If the handover detect message has been sent
when IPA is sent to MSC, and if the handover failure
message is received (the intra-cell handover failure
is due to assignment failure), it is necessary to send
the handover failure message to MSC.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
ICM optimize when intra BSC

handover (AmrHoOpt_0)
Full name ICM optimize when intra BSC handover
Abbreviation AmrHoOpt_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates whether ICM optimization

should be performed for intra-BSC handover. If this
parameter is set as 'Yes', when the response message
for pre-handover notification is returned from BTS,
BSC sends ICM and startmode, which are contained
Description in the handover command message, to MS, and the
two values are those in the response message for
pre-handover notification. Otherwise, the two values
are those set at background.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
ICM optimize when inter BSC

handover (AmrHoOpt_1)
Full name ICM optimize when inter BSC handover
Abbreviation AmrHoOpt_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates whether ICM optimization

should be performed for inter-BSC handover. If this
parameter is set as 'Yes', when the response message
for pre-handover notification is returned from BTS,
BSC sends ICM and startmode, which are contained
Description in the handover command message, to MS, and the
two values are those in the response message for
pre-handover notification. Otherwise, the two values
are those set at background.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
FUC Parameters
The interface of FUC Parameters for system control is shown in
Figure 85.

FIGURE 85 FUC PARAMETERS
Use system message method

when MSC overload or link block
(MSCSysInfoFlc)
Use system message method when MSC overload or

Full name
link block
Abbreviation MSCSysInfoFlc
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
FUC is done by system message method while all MSC

overloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be started for
this kind of overload).
Description Use system message method, that is, disable some
MSs from accessing network according to the ACCN
parameter in system message. Use FUC method,
that is, disable some MSs from accessing network
according to the number of random access on RACH.
Management
BSC
Object

Value Range System message method, FUC method
Unit None
Default value FUC method
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Start system message method

(CPUSysInfoFlc)
Full name Start system message method
Abbreviation CPUSysInfoFlc
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Enable system message method if CPU utilization

Description of CMP increases up to the CPU threshold o system
message control method.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Start system message method, start

limit(%) (CPUSysInfoCTLCPU)
Full name Start limit of system message method
Abbreviation CPUSysInfoCTLCPU
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU

threshold of system message control method. It
Description means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and
"Start system message method" parameter is Yes,
FUC can be done by system message control method.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default value 65
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)
Full name Start FUC flow control
Abbreviation CPUFucFlc
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Enable FUC flow control if CPU utilization of CMP

Description increases up to the CPU threshold of FUC flow control
method.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Start limit of FUC flow control

(CPUFucCtlCPU, %)
Full name Start limit of FUC flow control
Abbreviation CPUFucCtlCPU
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU

threshold of FUC control method. It means if CPU
Description utilization exceeds this threshold and Start FUC flow
control parameter is Yes, flow can be controlled by
FUC flow control.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default value 75
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The maximum control level for

MSC overload or link block
(MSCFlcMaxLevel)
The maximum control level for MSC overload or link

Full name
block (MSCFlcMaxLevel)
Abbreviation MSCFlcMaxLevel
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It indicates allowed maximum control level while MSC

Description
is overloaded or link is blocked.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range [0, 10]
Unit None
Default value 6

Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover Parameters of
BCCH
The interface of Handover Parameters of BCCH for system con-
FIGURE 86 HANDOVER PARAMETERS OF BCCH

Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)
Full name Handover BCCH
Abbrevia-
tion CanBCCHEx
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configured

BCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this function
is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured
Description
BCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this
function, it is based on if the cell can dynamically enable
dynamically configured BCCH function.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH)
Full name Scan BCCH
Abbrevia-
tion ScanBCCH

3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration

for idle BCCH channel by the network when dynamic
configured BCCH function is enabled in the cell. When
network enables dynamic configured BCCH function, the
Description
network may periodically check idle BCCH carrier state in
the cell according to this parameter, to decide conversion
condition. This parameter can reflect response time for
this case due to network BCCH carrier failure.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [600, 9000]
Unit 100 ms
Default
value 3000
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay)
Full name BCCH starting delay
Abbrevia-
tion BCCHDelay
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shall

check the state of BCCH carrier after timer timeout.
Description
Formally start switchover flow if switchover is required
indeed.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [20, 1800]
Unit 100 ms
Default
value 1200
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx)
Full name BCCH finishing delay
Abbrevia-
tion ReBCCHEx
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shall

check the state of BCCH carrier after timer timeout.
Description
Formally start switchover flow if switchover is required
indeed.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [20, 1800]

Unit 100 ms
Default
value 1200
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Delay of TRX forcible release

(TrxRel)
Full name Delay of TRX forcible release
Abbrevia-
tion TrxRel
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During BCCH

handover, if you select the carrier with existing service
Description as BCCH carrier after handover, you can inform the
service and handover to other carrier. Release the
service on this carrier after timer is timeout.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [20, 200]
Unit 100 ms
Default
value 60
Change
mode Offline

Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
The MAX cells' amount of

simultaneously handover
(MaxChangeProc)
Full name The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover
Abbrevia-
tion MaxChangeProc
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It controls the MAX number of cells that can be

Description
handovered simultaneously in a module.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [1, 8]
Unit None
Default
value 2
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover Parameters of SD
The interface of Handover Parameters of SD for system control
is shown in Figure 87.
FIGURE 87 HANDOVER PARAMETERS OF SD
Dynamic configuration SDCCH

(CanSDCCHDyn)
Full name Dynamic configuration SDCCH
Abbrevia-
tion CanSDCCHDyn
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None


SDCCH function is enabled by BSC. When this function
is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured
Description
SDCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this
function, it is based on if the cell can dynamically enable
dynamic configured SDCCH function.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default
value No
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Features ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH)
Full name Scan SDCCH
Abbrevia-
tion ScanSDCCH
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration

for idle SDCCH channel by the network when dynamic
configured SDCCH function is enabled in the cell.
When network enables dynamic configured SDCCH
Description function, the network may periodically check idle SDCCH
channels in the cell according to this parameter, to
decide conversion condition. This parameter can reflect
response time for this case due to insufficient SDCCH
channel resource.

Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [10, 1000]
Unit 100 ms
Default
value 100
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel)
Full name Delay of TS forcible release
Abbrevia-
tion TsRel
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During dynamic

config SDCCH converted to TCH, first handover the
Description
service on this timeslot to other timeslots, and release
the service on this timeslot after timer is timeout.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [5, 200]
Unit 100 ms
Default
value 10

Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Delay protection (MaxDelay)
Full name Delay protection
Abbrevia-
tion MaxDelay
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is delay protection timer, which is used

to indicate response timeout timer after waiting for
Description BTS configuration finishing while dynamic config BCCH
or SDCCH function is enabled and dynamic conversion
condition is met. Restart flow after timer is timeout.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [1200, 2400]
Unit 100 ms
Default
value 1800
Change
mode Offline
Relevant ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery,

Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH)
Full name TCH->SDCCH limit
Abbrevia-
tion MinSDCCH
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

SDCCH function is enabled and conversion threshold
Description from TCH to SDCCH. Only when idle SDCCH is lower
than this threshold, the conversion from TCH to SDCCH
can be done.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [2, 64]
Unit None
Default
value 4
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)
Full name SDCCH->TCH delay
Abbrevia-
tion TimeToTch
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter is used to enable dynamic config SDCCH

function in the cell. After TCH is dynamically converted
to SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is idle, to prevent
Description from frequent channel conversion, a time limit will be
added for the conversion from SDCCH channel to TCH
channel. During this limit, SDCCH channel can not be
converted to TCH channel.
Manage-
ment Ob-
ject BSC
Value
Range [0, 24]
Unit None
Default
value 0
Change
mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relation-
ship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Other Parameters
The interface of Other Parameters for system control is shown
in Figure 88.

B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR)
Full name B2 support AMR
Abbreviation V2TruSupportAMR
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
if B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR voice

Description algorithm determines if service on B2 carrier can use
AMR voice version.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
CHR Enable (ChrEnable)
Full name CHR Enable
Abbreviation ChrEnable
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description It indicates if call history record function is enabled.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

NC2 support (NC2support)
Full name NC2 support
Abbreviation NC2support
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description It indicates if to support NC2.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
MR server IP (MRSvrIP)
Full name MR server IP
Abbreviation MRSvrIP
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description MR server IP
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is 0~255)

Unit None
Default value 0.0.0.0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
MR server port (MRSvrPort)
Full name MR server port
Abbreviation MRSvrPort
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Description MR server TCP port
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0)
Full name BER Weight
Abbreviation VoiceQualWeight_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors.

This parameter indicates BER weight. The system
Description
calculate the weight of voice quality level while adding
or reducing these influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1)
Full name FER Weight
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates FER weight. The system
Description
calculates the weight of voice quality level while
adding or reducing these influence factors.

Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Handover frequency weight

(VoiceQualWeight_2)
Full name Handover frequence weight
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates handover frequency weight.
Description
The system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None

Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3)
Full name DTX weight
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates DTX weight. The system
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Coding decode weight

(VoiceQualWeight_4)
Full name Coding decode weight
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates coding decode weight. The
Description
system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
ABIS transmission error code weight

(VoiceQualWeight_5)
Full name ABIS transmission error code weight
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Voice quality inspects the weight of influence

factors. This parameter indicates the weight of Abis
Description transmission error code. The system calculate the
weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing
these influence factors.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)
Full name Delay weight
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates delay weight. The system
Description
Management
BSC
Object
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
A port resource block threshold

(Reslimit_0)
Full name A port resource block threshold
Abbreviation Reslimit_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs

Description
by PCM at A-interface.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

NSVC resource block threshold

(Reslimit_1)
Full name NSVC resource block threshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

Description
by NSVC at Gb interface.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Channel resource block threshold

(Reslimit_2)
Full name Channel resource block threshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None


Description
in radio channel.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3)
Full name Subcell busy threshold
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It is used as constraint condition for traffic shift and

Description
frag concentration.
Management
BSC
Object
Unit %
Default value 80
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None

Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
ABIS alarm delay time

(AbisAlmDelayTime)
Full name ABIS alarm delay time
Abbreviation AbisAlmDelayTime
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
On disconnection at Abis, if the time from

Description disconnection to recovery is shorter than the delay
time, do not send the disconnection alarm.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 60]
Unit Second
Default value 0
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

DTX factor (Info_0_8)
Full name DTX factor
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
If the cell is IP access, MS uses DTX mode, and

downlink discontinuous transmission is enabled,
Description
the final allocated Abis bandwidth equals to normal
service bandwidth multiplied by this factor.
Management
Object Cell
Unit %
Default value 50
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch),

parameters Downlink discontinuous transmission (DtxDwlink)
If MS shall use DTX mode and downlink discontinuous

Relationship
transmission is enabled, this parameter is valid.
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
IBS Parameters
The interface of IBS Parameters for system control is shown in
Figure 89.

FIGURE 89 IBS PARAMETERS
The method of intelligent TRX power

off (Info_0_0)
Full name The method of intelligent TRX power off
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
When IBS shutdown function is enabled, this

Description parameter indicates the decision condition applied to
select shutdown TRX.
Management
Object BSC
The traffic of each line, peak value occupied by the

Value Range
channel
Unit None

Default value The traffic of each line
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Performance Management
Parameters
The interface of Performance Management Parameters for
system control is shown in Figure 90.
FIGURE 90 PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT PARAMETERS

PingPong handover duration

(PingPongDura, s)
Full name Pingpong handover duration
Abbreviation PingPongDura
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
ping pong handover counter that measures the

Description number of handovers out and in the original cell
within this period.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 60]
Unit s
Default value 10
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Number of measurement
reports for dropped connections
(LatestMeasureRptNum)
Number of measurement reports for dropped

Full name
connections
Abbreviation LatestMeasureRptNum
3GPP Name None

3GPP
reference None
On call drops, you shall determine which reason

causes the call drop based on average level and
Description
quality. This parameter is used to control the average
number.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [1, 10]
Unit None
Default value 1
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Uplink quality threshold

(DropBadQualULThs, RQ)
Full name Uplink quality threshold
Abbreviation DropBadQualULThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
On call drops, if uplink quality is better than this

Description threshold, it measures as call drop due to poor uplink
quality.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 7]
Unit None
Default value 5

Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Downlink quality threshold

(DropBadQualDLThs, RQ)
Full name Downlink quality threshold
Abbreviation DropBadQualDLThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
On call drops, if downlink quality is better than this

Description threshold, it measures as call drop due to poor
downlink quality.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 7]
Unit None
Default value 5
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Uplink signal strength threshold

(DropLowSigStrULThs)
Full name Uplink signal strength threshold
Abbreviation DropLowSigStrULThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
On call drops, if uplink level is not more than this

Description threshold, it measures as call drop due to low uplink
level.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 63]
Unit None
Default value 12
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Downlink signal strength threshold

(DropLowSigStrDLThs)
Full name Downlink signal strength threshold
Abbreviation DropLowSigStrDLThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

On call drops, if downlink level is not more than

Description this threshold, it measures as call drop due to low
downlink level.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 63]
Unit None
Default value 12
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Excessive TA threshold
(DropExcessiveTAThs)
Full name Excessive TA threshold
Abbreviation DropExcessiveTAThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
On call drops, if the distance (represented by TA

value) between MS and network is not less than this
Description
threshold, it measures as call drop due to too distant
TA.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 63]
Unit None
Default value 20
Change mode Offline

Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Baseband Frequency
Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters
The interface of Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 91.
FIGURE 91 BASEBAND FREQUENCY HOPPING TRX EXCHANGE PARAMETERS

Baseband frequency hopping TRX

exchange support (Info_0_1)
Full name Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
It indicates whether baseband hopping TRX exchange

is supported. If a TRX fails in baseband hopping set,
Description the system automatically removes failed TRX from
hopping set. If the failed TRX restores, move it into
original hopping set.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX

Exchange scan timer (Info_1_0)
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan

Full name
timer
3GPP Name None

3GPP
reference None
It identifies the exchange period required by

Description periodically scanning the TRX of baseband frequency
hopping.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 3000
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Baseband frequency hopping TRX

configuration timer (Info_1_16)
Full name Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
After baseband hopping exchange, you shall update

Description the configuration for the site. This parameter defines
the timer to wait for response from the site.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 1800

Change mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Baseband frequency hopping

TRX exchange check delay timer
(Info_2_0)
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check

Full name
delay timer
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
When detecting the exchange is required for baseband

hopping TRX, the system may delay for a period
Description
to check if the exchange is required again. This
parameter defines the delay period.
Management
Object BSC
Unit 100 ms
Default value 600
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None

Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
GPRS Operation Control

Parameters
The interface of Operation Control Parameters for system con-
FIGURE 92 GPRS OPERATION CONTROL PARAMETERS
Two phase access (TwoPhaseAcce

ss)
Full name Two phase access
Abbreviation TwoPhaseAccess
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None

This parameter indicates whether the two phase

Description
access mode is used forcedly.
Management
BSC
Object
Value Range Yes/No
Unit None
Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Send radio status to SGSN

(GBMsgSndInd_0)
Full name Send radio status to SGSN
Abbreviation GBMsgSndInd_0
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates whether to send the radio

status message to SGSN. The message is sent in the
following cases:
1. MS is not in the coverage range, the message con-
taining the cause "radio connection with MS is dis-
connected".
2. Radio quality is too poor, the message containing
Description the cause "radio quality is not good".
3. The network side requires MS to perform cell re-
selection, the message containing the cause "cell
reselection command".
4. The network side can not require MS to perform
cell reselction or internal rerouting, the message
containing the cause "preparing for cell reselec-
tion".

5. PCCO fails, the message containing the cause "cell

reselection failure".
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Send LLC discard to SGSN

(GBMsgSndInd_1)
Full name Send LLC discard to SGSN
Abbreviation GBMsgSndInd_1
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
This parameter indicates whether to send discarded

LLC frame to SGSN. When this parameter is set as
Description 'Yes', the message is sent to notify SGSN of the
deleted LLC frame in the cell.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None

Default value Yes
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Threshold of quality in radio status

(RadStaQuaThs)
Full name Threshold of quality in radio status
Abbreviation RadStaQuaThs
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
After N3105 overflows, the radio status message is

sent to SGSN. The radio status message contains
two types of cause to SGSN: 0 and 1. 0 indicates
the radio connection with MS is disconnected, and 1
Description indicates the radio quality is poor. Whether the cause
value is 0 or 1 depends on the result of comparing
this parameter's value and the radio quality contained
in the downlink ack message.
Management
Object BSC
Value Range [0, 31]
Unit None
Default value 8
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None

Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None
Send packet TBF release to MS

when BSS abnormal (PacketTBFRel)
Full name Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal
Abbreviation PacketTBFRel
3GPP Name None
3GPP
reference None
When the network side becomes abnormal, this

parameter is used to decide whether the TBF release
Description message should be sent to MS.
Management
Object BSC
Yes/No
Value Range
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit None
Default value No
Change mode Offline
Relevant
Features None
Relevant
parameters None
Relationship None
Related
interfaces None
Impact on
service None

Appendix A
Flow Control Policy

Values
Barred
Over- Class Rxlev_ Pen- Cell Max-
load Num- Acces- alty select Tx-in- Re-
Level ber s_Min Time Offset teger trans
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
-1
1 0 0 0 0 1 (255)
-2
2 0 1 0 0 2 (254)
-2 -3
3 1 2 0 (254) 3 (253)
-3 -3
4 2 3 0 (253) 4 (253)
-4 -3
5 3 4 0 (252) 4 (253)
-4 -3
6 4 4 0 (252) 4 (253)
-3 -3
7 5 4 11111 (253) 4 (253)
-2 -3
8 6 4 11111 (254) 4 (253)
-1 -3
9 7 4 11111 (255) 4 (253)
-3
10 8 4 11111 0 4 (253)
-3
11 9 4 11111 0 4 (253)
-3
12 10 4 11111 0 4 (253)


Appendix B
Power Values
GSM900 GSM1800
MS Output MS Output
Power Power
Value (dBm) Value (dBm)
0~2 39 29 36
3 37 30 34
4 35 31 32
5 33 0 30
... ... ... 1 28
16 11 ...
17 9 13 4
18 7 14 2
19~31 5 15 ~ 28 0


Appendix C
Cell Layer Number

Values
Adjacent Cell
GSM GSM GSM GSM

Cur- Sec- 900M 900M 1800M 1800M
rent toral Macro Micro Macro Micro Pico
Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell
Sectoral
Cell N N N N N N
GSM
900M
Macro
Cell N SAME LOWER N LOWER LOWER
GSM
900M
Micro
Cell N UPPER SAME UPPER N LOWER
GSM
1800M
Macro
Cell N N LOWER SAME LOWER LOWER
GSM
1800M
Micro
Cell N UPPER N UPPER SAME LOWER
Pico Cell N UPPER N UPPER N N


Appendix D
Corresponding
Relationship between
Parameter Interface and
Database Values
The following introduces the corresponding relationship between

the parameter interface and parameter values in the database.
Table of Contents
BSC Global Resource Parameters Interface.......................... 855
GERAN External Cell Parameters........................................ 863
UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................ 863
Cell Parameters ............................................................... 864
Cell Object Parameters ..................................................... 875
BSC Global Resource

Parameters Interface
Basic Property Parameters
Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)
Interface Value Database Value
2 digits 0
3 digits 1
Net Type (Net)
CTCN 1
CMCN 2

China Unicom Communication

Network (CUCN) 3
Railway Telecom Network (RLTN) 4
China Netcom (CNC) 5
National Farm Transition Net-

work (NFTN) 6
Network 7 7
Network 8 8
SP Type (SpType)
Signaling End Point (SEP) 1
Signaling Transfer Point (STP) 2
Signaling terminal end point

(STEP) 3
Is TC Type (TCType)
Inner TC 0
Outer TC 1
Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)
(GMT-12:00) Enewetak, Kwaja-

lein Island -720
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Sa-

moan Islands -690
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Sa-

moan Islands -660
(GMT-10:30) Hawaii -630
(GMT-10:00) Hawaii -600
(GMT-09:30) Alaska -570
(GMT-09:00) Alaska -540
(GMT-08:30) Western Standard

Time (USA and Canada) -510

Appendix D Corresponding Relationship between Parameter
Interface and Database Values
(GMT-08:00) Western Standard

Time (USA and Canada) -480
(GMT-07:30) Arizona -450
(GMT-07:00) Arizona -420
(GMT-06:30) Mexico -390
(GMT-06:00) Mexico, Saskatch-

ewan -360
(GMT-05:30) Bogota, Lima -330
(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima,

Eastern Standard Time (USA
and Canada) -300
(GMT-04:30) San Diego -270
(GMT-04:00) San Diego -240
(GMT-03:30) Newfoundlander -210
(GMT-03:00) Brasilia, Buenos

Aires -180
(GMT-02:30) Mid-Atlantic -150
(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic -120
(GMT-01:30) Cape Verde Is-

lands, Azores Islands -90
(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Is-

lands, Azores Islands -60
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich Mean

Time, London -30
(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time,

London 0
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich Mean

Time, London 30
(GMT+01:00) Berlin, Roman,

Paris 60
(GMT+01:30) Berlin, Roman,

Paris 90
(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Cairo,

Athens 120
(GMT+02:30) Helsinki, Cairo,

Athens 150
(GMT+03:00) Baghdad, Kuwait,

Riyadh, Moscow 180

(GMT+03:30) Teheran 210
(GMT+04:00) Baku, Tbilisi 240
(GMT+04:30) Kabul 270
(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Kara-

chi 300
(GMT+05:30) Calcutta, Madras,

Bombay, New Delhi 330
(GMT+06:00) Alma-ata, Dacca 360
(GMT+06:30) Rangoon 390
(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Dja-

karta 420
(GMT+07:30) Bangkok, Dja-

karta 450
(GMT+08:00) Beijing 480
(GMT+08:30) Beijing 510
(GMT+09:00) Seoul, Tokyo 540
(GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Darwin 570
(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Mel-

bourne, Sydney, Guam 600
(GMT+10:30) Canberra, Mel-

bourne, Sydney, Guam 630
(GMT+11:00) Magadan, The So-

lomon Islands 660
(GMT+11:30) Magadan, The So-

lomon Islands 690
(GMT+12:00) Wellington, Mar-

shall Islands 720
(GMT+12:30) Wellington, Mar-

shall Islands 750
(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa 780
Radio Basic Property Parameters

DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)

DCS1800 0
PCS1900 1
MSC version ID (MSCVer)
Release 98 or older 0
Release 99 or newer 1
Other Parameters
Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)
PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rate
is jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: adding by bit after
shifting
PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + Prefer-
SpeechVer_1
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate
PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate
Note:
In this manual, the shift jointing mode is expressed by a
formula. For instance, (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + Prefer-
SpeechVer_1, meaning the value of PreferSpeechVer_0 is
shifted two bits to left and jointed with the value of Prefer-
SpeechVer_1.
Not specify the preferred version 0
Half-rate version 1 1
Half-rate version 3 3
Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rate
is jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: adding by bit after
shifting
PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + Prefer-
SpeechVer_1
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate

PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate
Not specify the preferred version 0
Full-rate version 1 1
TFOControl
TFOControl is a jointed field in the database. Joining mode:
adding by bit after shifting
TFOControl = (TFOControl_3<<3) + (TFOControl_2<<2) +
(TFOControl_1<<1) + TFOControl _0.
TFOControl_0: TFO Enabled
TFOControl_1: coding/decoding type optimization enabled
TFOControl_2: coding/decoding type unmatched enabled
TFOControl_3: AMR optimization mode
AMR Half Method Parameters

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed
with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAm-
rICM (half), jointed by string.
Initial codec mode 0
Startmode codec 1

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full)
+ AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.
IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAm-
rNscb (half), jointed by string.
AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +
AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is

jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +
AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
AMR Full Method Parameters

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed
with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAm-
rICM (half), jointed by string.
Initial codec mode 0
Startmode codec 1

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with AMR full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full)
+ AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.
IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAm-
rNscb (half), jointed by string.
AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) +
AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.
AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is
jointed with full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) +
AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top to bottom.

Cn
Cn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by
string from top to bottom.
Nn
Nn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed
by string from top to bottom.
Xn
Xn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by


NACC supported (NACCSupport)
Not support NACC 0
Support NACC, not support LLC

framework conversion 1
Support NACC, also support LLC

framework conversion. 2
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)
Network Operation Mode 1 0
Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)
Not retry 0
Retry 1 times 1
Retry 2 times 2
EDGE Parameters
SGSN version ID (SGSNVer)
Release 98 or older 0
Release 99 or newer 1
R99 Ind (R99Ind)
non-R99 version 0
R99 version 1

GERAN External Cell

Parameters
Umbrella cell 0
Macro Cell 1
Micro cell 2
Pico Cell 3
Extended range cell 4
GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
UTRAN External Cell

Parameters
FDD 0
TDD 1
UTRAN cell Band width(BandWidth3G)
0 (3.84Mcps) 0
1 (1.28Mcps) 1

Cell Parameters
Basic Parameters 1
Umbrella cell 0
Macro Cell 1
Micro cell 2
Pico Cell 3
Extended range cell 4
GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)
GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2
PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
GPRS service supported (PsSupport)

No 0
GPRS service support 1
Support EDGE 2
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)
CCCH uses one physical channel,

not combined with SDCCH 0
One basic physical channel used

by CCCH, use with SDCCH 1
Two basic physical channels

used by CCCH, do not use with
SDCCH 2
Three basic physical channels

SDCCH 4
Four basic physical channels

SDCCH 6
Basic Parameters 2
AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode)
AMR rapid speed mode 0
Adjustment interval for configu-

ration 1
Other Parameters
CipherMode
CipherMode is a jointed field in the database, consisted of Ci-
pherMode-0 ~ CipherMode-7. Jointing mode: jointed by string
from top to bottom.

System Parameters
InterfBoundary
It is a jointed field in database, consisting of InterfBoundary_0
~ InterfBoundary_5. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top
to bottom.
GPRS Other Params1 Parameters

SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)
BCCH Norm 0
BCCH Ext 1
Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)
Disallow packet access 1
Allow packet access with the pri-

ority level 1 2

ority level 1-2 3

ority level 1-3 4

ority level 1-4 5
Allow priority 6
GPRS Cell Options Parameters

T3168
0.5 0
1 1
1.5 2
2 3

2.5 4
3 5
3.5 6
4 7
T3192
500 0
1000 1
1500 2
0 3
80 4
120 5
160 6
200 7
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)
0 0
1 1
2 2
4 3
8 4
16 5
32 6
64 7
Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)
4 access burst 0
RLC/MAC control block 1

Access burst type (AccessType)
8 bits 0
11 bits 1
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)
4 0
8 1
12 2
16 3
20 4
24 5
28 6
32 7
N3102 increase step (PanInc)
4 0
8 1
12 2
16 3
20 4
24 5
28 6
32 7
N3102 MAX (PanMax)
4 0
8 1
12 2

16 3
20 4
24 5
28 6
32 7
GPRS Phone Init Coding

GPRS Phone Init Coding is a jointed field in the database. Joint-
ing mode: 1*16Kbps+2~4*16Kbps jointed by string.
GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)
InitAttachExch is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
adding InitAttachExch_0 by bit after shifting bit, that is, (Ini-
tAttachExch_1<<1)+InitAttachExch_0).
InitAttachExch_0: GPRS phones init code can be changed dy-
namically.
InitAttachExch_1: EGPRS phones init code can be changed
GPRS NC Survey Parameters

Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)
0.48 0
0.96 1
1.92 2
3.84 3
7.68 4
15.36 5
30.72 6
61.44 7
Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)
0.48 0
0.96 1

1.92 2
3.84 3
7.68 4
15.36 5
30.72 6
61.44 7
Network control order (CtrlOrder)
NC0 0
NC1 1
NC2 2
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)
No non-DRX mode 0
0.24 1
0.48 2
0.72 3
0.96 4
1.2 5
1.44 6
1.92 7
Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)
EM0 0
EM1 1
Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)

Type 1 0
Type 2 1
Type 3 2
Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)
60 0
120 1
240 2
480 3
960 4
1920 5
3840 6
7680 7
GPRS Power Control Parameters

Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)
BCCH 0
PDCH 1
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

Cell reselection offset(ReselOffset)
ReselOffset is a jointed field in database by ReselOff_0 and
ReselOff_1. Jointing mode: ReselOff_0 + ReselOff_1 jointed
by string.
Temporary offset of cell reselection(TempOffset)
TempOffset is a jointed field in database by TempOffset_0 and
TempOffset_1. Jointing mode: TempOffset_0 + TempOffset_1
jointed by string.

0 0
10 1
20 2
30 3
40 4
50 5
60 6
Large infinite 7
Penalty time of cell reselection(PenalTime)

PenalTime is a jointed field in database by PenalTime_0 and
PenalTime_1. Jointing mode: PenalTime_0 + PenalTime_1
jointed by string.
Interval of reselecting the same cell(T_Resel)
T_Resel is a jointed field in database by T_Resel_0 and
T_Resel_1. Jointing mode: T_Resel_0 + T_Resel_1 jointed by
string.
5 0
10 1
15 2
20 3
30 4
60 5
120 6
300 7
Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_Thr)

HCS_Thr is a jointed field in database by HCS_Thr_0 and
HCS_Thr_1. Jointing mode: HCS_Thr_0+HCS_Thr_1 jointed
by string.
HCS priority(PrioClass)
PrioClass is a jointed field in database by PrioClass_0 and Prio-
Class_1. Jointing mode: PrioClass_0 + PrioClass_1 jointed by
string.
C31 hysteresis(C31_Hyst)

C31_Hyst is a jointed field in database by C31_Hyst_0 and

C31_Hyst_1. Jointing mode: C31_Hyst_0 + C31_Hyst_1
jointed by string.
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis(ReselHys)
ReselHys is a jointed field in database by ReselHys_0 and Re-
selHys_1. Jointing mode: ReselHys_0 + ReselHys_1 jointed
by string.
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys)
RaReselHys is a jointed field in database by RaReselHys_0 and
RaReselHys_1. Jointing mode: RaReselHys_0 + RaReselHys_1
jointed by string.
Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry)
RadAcRetry is a jointed field in database by RadAcRetry_0 and
RadAcRetry_1. Jointing mode: RadAcRetry_0 + RadAcRetry_1
jointed by string.
Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual)
C32_Qual is a jointed field in database by C32_Qual_0 and
C32_Qual_1. Jointing mode: C32_Qual_0+C32_Qual_1
jointed by string.
GPRS access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin)
RxLevAsMin is a jointed field in database by RxLevAsMin_0
and RxLevAsMin_1. Jointing mode: RxLevAsMin_0 + RxLevAs-
Min_1 jointed by string.
HCS exist (HCS_Exist)
HCS_Exist is a jointed field in database by HCS_Exist_0 and
HCS_Exist_1. Jointing mode: HCS_Exist_0+HCS_Exist_1
jointed by string.
GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch)
MsTxMaxCch is a jointed field in database by MsTxMaxCch_0
and MsTxMaxCch_1. Jointing mode: MsTxMaxCch_0 + MsTx-
MaxCch_1 jointed by string.
GPRS Channel Parameters

Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)
2 0
3 1
4 2
5 3
6 4
7 5

8 6
9 7
10 8
12 9
14 10
16 11
20 12
25 13
32 14
50 15
Interval period of packet access attempt (S)
12 0
15 1
20 2
30 3
41 4
55 5
76 6
109 7
163 8
217 9
MAX Times of Attempt(MaxRetrans)

MaxRetrans is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
jointed by string from top to bottom.
1 0
2 1
4 2
7 3

Access Control Level(AccCtrlClass)

AccCtrlClass is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
jointed by string from top to bottom.
Access Persist Level(PersistLev)
PersistLev is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed
EDGE Parameters
EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt)
It is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by
MCS1 0
MCS2 1
MCS3 2
MCS4 3
MCS5 4
MCS6 5
MCS7 6
MCS8 7
MCS9 8
Cell Object Parameters

TRX Information Parameters
TRX type (TrxType)
Common TRX 0
Extended TRX 1
Static power level (PwRreduction)

Max output power 0
Max output power -2dB 1
Max output power +1.5dB 253
Max output power +1dB 254
Max output power +0.5dB 255
Channel Information Parameters

TS Channel Combination
TCH/F 0
TCH/H(0, 1)+FACCH/H(0,
1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1) 1
TCH/H(0, 0)+FACCH/H(0,
1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1)+TCH/H(0,
1) 2
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8 3
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH 4
BCCH+SDCCH/4 5
BCCH+CCCH 6
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH 7
SDCCH+CBCH 8
PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACC-
H+PTCCH 12
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 13
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH 14
Ps Service Preference Property

No preference 255
GPRS preference 0
EDGE preference 1
EDGE exclusion 2
EGPRS2A Preference 3
EGPRS2A dedicated 4

Power Control Level and PwrDecrLimit
They form a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P
(PcULInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcULInclLevThsN)
by string from top to bottom, according to the sequence: FR,
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P
(PcULRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcULRedLevThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualThsThs), Value
P (PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcULInclQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQualThsThs),
Value P (PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value
P (PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclLevThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value
P (PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedLevThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.

Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQualThsThs),

Value P (PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRedQualThsThs),
Value P (PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)
HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Power increasing step (db) (PwrIncStep)
It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by
string from top to bottom, according to the sequence: FR, HR,
AMR FR, AMR HR.
Power decreasing step (db) (PwrRedStep)
AMR FR, AMR HR.
AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)
AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)
AMR FR, AMR HR.
MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)
AMR FR, AMR HR.
Handover Control Parameters

Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFre-
qrCtl)
GSM900 0
EXT900 1
DCS1800 2

PCS1900 4
GSM850 7
HoPatternInd
HoPatternInd is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit
after shift.
HoPatternInd=(HoPatternInd4<<3)+(HoPatternInd3<<2)+(
HoPatternInd2<<1)+ HoPatternInd1
HoPatternInd1: Synchronization handover
HoPatternInd2: Asynchronization handover
HoPatternInd3: Pseudo-synchronization handover
HoPatternInd4: Pre-synchronization handover
HoControl
HoControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: adding by bit after
shifting:
HoControl=(HoControl18<<17)+(HoControl17<<16)+(Ho-
Control16<<15)+(HoControl15<<14)+(HoControl14<<
13)+(HoControl13<<12)+(HoControl12<<11)+(HoCon-
trol11<<10)+(HoControl10<<9)+(HoControl9<<8)+(Ho-
Control8<<7)+(HoControl7<<6)+(HoControl6<<5)+(Ho-
Control5<<4)+(HoControl4<<3)+(HoControl3<<2)+(Ho-
Control2<<1)+HoControl1
HoControl1: Allow SDCCH handover
HoControl2: Allow inter-cell handover due to uplink interfer-
ence
HoControl3: Allow inter-cell handover due to downlink inter-
ference
HoControl4: Allow handover due to distance
HoControl5: Allow standard PBGT handover
HoControl6: Allow automatic handover based on traffic
HoControl7: Allow handover based on direction
HoControl8: Allow handover based on homocentric circularity
HoControl9: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel
due to downlink interference
HoControl10: Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel
due to uplink interference
HoControl11: Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX chan-
nel due to PBGT
HoControl12: Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
HoControl13: Allow rapid handover
HoControl14: Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
HoControl15: Allow Micro-Macro delay handover
HoControl16: Allow internal handover based on TA

HoControl17: Allow force transfer handover

HoControl18: Subcell handover algorithm
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)
Concentric handover 0
Path loss and TA handover 1
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters

Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell
(Qsearch_P)
Qsearch_P is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
Qsearch_P_0+Qsearch_P_1 jointed by string.
Qsearch_P_0: idle state
Qsearch_P_1: packet transmission state
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed
by string.
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database. Jointing
mode: TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed
by string.
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state
FDD_QminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_QminPS_0+FDD_QminPS_1 jointed by string.
FDD_QminPS_0: idle state
FDD_QminPS_1: packet transmission state
Offset of FDD_QminPS_0(FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS is a jointed field in database. Joint-
ing mode: FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0+FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1
jointed by string.
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0: idle state
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1: packet transmission state
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)
FDD_RSCPminPS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDD_RSCPminPS_0+FDD_RSCPminPS_1 jointed by string.

FDD_RSCPminPS_0: idle state

FDD_RSCPminPS_1: packet transmission state
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP(FDDRprt-
Tho2PS)
FDDRprtTho2PS is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode:
FDDRprtTho2PS_0+FDDRprtTho2PS_1 jointed by string.
FDDRprtTho2PS_0: idle state
FDDRprtTho2PS_1: packet transmission state
UTRAN Handover Control

Parameters
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)
Handover to UTRAN first 0
Not handover to UTRAN first 1
Not allow to handover to UTRAN 2
According to MSC, default hand-

over to UTRAN first 3
According to MSC, default not

handover to UTRAN first 4
According to MSC, default not al-

lowed to handover to UTRAN 5
FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)
Priority to FDD 0
Handover to TDD cell should be

performed 1
Adjacent Cell Handover and


Undefined 0
Same layer of the home cell 1
Upper layer of the home cell 2
Lower layer of the home cell 3
Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

Undefined 0
Same layer of the home cell 1
Upper layer of the home cell 2
Lower layer of the home cell 3
Frequency Hopping System

Parameters
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)
Base band freqhop 1
RFID freqhop 2

Figures
Figure 1 Starting NE Agent .................................................. 3

Figure 2 Selecting NE Management > Configuration
Management.................................................... 3
Figure 3 Configuration Management Interface ........................ 4
Figure 4 Selecting Apply Mutex Right ................................. 5
Figure 5 Information Dialog Box ......................................... 5
Figure 6 Successfully Applying Mutex Right ............................ 5
Figure 7 Selecting Release Mutex Right .............................. 6
Figure 8 Selecting Export Network Plan Data...................... 6
Figure 9 Selecting MOC to Be Exported.................................. 7
Figure 10 Selecting Attributes to Be Exported for MOC............. 8
Figure 11 Selecting File Type to Be Exported .......................... 8
Figure 12 Setting Saving Path and File Name for Data ............. 9
Figure 13 Parameter Data .................................................... 9
Figure 14 Selecting Batch Apply Network Plan Data...........11
Figure 15 Selecting File Type to Be Imported .........................11
Figure 16 Applying Network Planning Data in Batch................12
Figure 17 Radio Basic Property Parameters ...........................16
Figure 18 Other Parameters ................................................27
Figure 19 Channel Allocation Control Parameters ...................44
Figure 20 Timer 1 Parameters .............................................56
Figure 21 Timer 2 Parameters .............................................73
Figure 22 GPRS Max Retrying Times Parameters ....................94
Figure 23 GPRS Timer Parameters ..................................... 105
Figure 24 AMR Half Method Parameters .............................. 122
Figure 25 AMR Full Method Parameters ............................... 128
Figure 26 GPRS Other Parameters 1 ................................... 134
Figure 28 BVC Flow Control Parameters .............................. 153
Figure 29 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters........................ 163
Figure 30 EDGE Parameters .............................................. 170
Figure 31 eMLPP Set ........................................................ 179
Figure 32 Ater Timer Parameters ....................................... 201

Figure 33 Basic Property Parameters for GERAN External

Cell................................................................ 212
Figure 34 GPRS Property Parameters for GERAN External
Cell................................................................ 221
Figure 35 UTRAN External Cell Parameters .......................... 240
Figure 36 Basic Parameters 1 ............................................ 252
Figure 39 Optional Parameters .......................................... 311
Figure 40 Cell Selection Parameters ................................... 324
Figure 41 Service Process Additional Parameters.................. 335
Figure 42 System Parameters............................................ 350
Figure 43 Other Parameters .............................................. 358
Figure 44 GPRS Basic Parameters ...................................... 366
Figure 48 GPRS Cell Options Parameters............................. 419
Figure 49 GPRS NC Survey Parameters............................... 431
Figure 50 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................... 441
Figure 51 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters........................ 447
Figure 52 GPRS Channel Parameters .................................. 476
Figure 53 EDGE Parameters .............................................. 490
Figure 54 TRX Information Parameters ............................... 500
Figure 55 Channel Information Parameters ......................... 509
Figure 56 IP Parameters ................................................... 519
Figure 57 Panel Parameters .............................................. 522
Figure 58 Power Control Parameters................................... 526
Figure 59 Power Survey Parameters ................................... 529
Figure 60 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .............. 538
Figure 62 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................... 553
Figure 63 Handover Pretreatment Parameters ..................... 558
Figure 64 Handover Threshold Parameters .......................... 568
Figure 65 Handover Condition Parameters........................... 580
Figure 66 Handover Control Parameters.............................. 594
Figure 68 Handover Algorithm Parameters .......................... 618
Figure 69 Subcell Parameters ............................................ 631
Figure 70 Basic Properties 1 Parameters ............................. 637

Figures

Figure 74 GPRS Parameters 1............................................ 682
Figure 75 GPRS Parameters 2............................................ 695
Figure 76 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters.................. 708
Figure 77 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 710
Figure 78 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters...................... 730
Figure 79 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ................... 745
Figure 80 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection
Parameters ..................................................... 748
Figure 81 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ........... 755
Figure 82 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters......... 761
Figure 83 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................ 765
Figure 84 Operation Control Parameters ............................. 772
Figure 85 FUC Parameters ................................................ 802
Figure 86 Handover Parameters of BCCH ............................ 807
Figure 87 Handover Parameters of SD ................................ 813
Figure 89 IBS Parameters ................................................. 833
Figure 90 Performance Management Parameters.................. 834
Figure 91 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange
Parameters ..................................................... 840
Figure 92 GPRS Operation Control Parameters ..................... 844


Glossary
3GPP
- 3rd Generation Partnership Project
AMR
- Adaptive Multiple Rate
Abis
- Abis Interface between BSC and BTS
BCCH
- Broadcast Control CHannel
BER
- Bit Error Rate
BSC
- Base Station Controller
BSS
- Base Station System
BTS
- Base Transceiver Station
CHR
- Call History Record
DSP
- Digital Signal Processor
DTX
- Discontinuous Transmission
FACCH
- Fast Associated Control Channel
FER
- Frame Error Rate
FUC
- Frame Unit Controller
GERAN
- GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GSM
- Global System for Mobile Communication
MR
- Meaturement Report
MS
- Mobile Station
MSC
- Mobile Switching Center
NSS
- Network Subsystem
SDCCH
- Stand alone Dedicated Control Channel

TCH
- Traffic Channel
TCP
- Transfer Control Protocol
TDD
- Time Division Duplex
TDMA
- Time Division Multiple Access
TRX
- Transmitter and Receiver
TS
- Time Slot

Documents - Tips - Ibscbase Station Controller Radio Parameter Reference PDF

Cargado por

Información del documento

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Documents - Tips - Ibscbase Station Controller Radio Parameter Reference PDF

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

ZXG10 iBSC

Base Station Controller

Copyright 2010 ZTE CORPORATION.

The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.

Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason

Serial Number: SJ-20100414142254-017

About This Manual............................................. I

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION I

Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)....................30

II Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION III

Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (RmsT12,

IV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION V

Start mode (AmrStartMode)...................................... 126

VI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION VII

ABIS resource dynamic manage (Info_1_8) ................ 178

VIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION IX

LAC (LAC) .............................................................. 216

X Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XI

Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access

XII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XIII

Access Control (AccessControl).................................. 319

XIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XV

Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs) .............. 375

XVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XVII

MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax) ........... 424

XVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XIX

LSA ID (LSA_Id)...................................................... 474

XX Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXI

Downlink rapid power control indication

XXII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXIII

Downlink power level Weight

XXIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXV

Allow standard PBGT handover (HoCon-

XXVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXVII

The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax).................. 632

XXVIII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXIX

Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change

XXX Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXI

GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level

XXXII Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXIII

Handover force resource threshold

XXXIV Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXV

Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1).................................... 789

XXXVI Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION

Confidential and Proprietary Information of ZTE CORPORATION XXXVII

Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange